Home

Series to Q Series Handbook (Fundamentals)

1. 3 QA65B 2 Xx 6 M4 screw 4 6 mounting hole For module mounting M5 mounting screw k2 e F F Base cover kb Mo Mi Me W Handle J 2o g foe O e Olo o pig iol _igl ty E J 332 0 3 13 07 0 01 352 13 86 J 2 8 oO it t Unit mm inch 4 QA68B 2 X 9 M4 screw 4 6 mounting hole Base cover For module mounting M5 mounting screw x 5 5 F 5 r S 5 k mH O im WW Hm WM 1 Od Handle nlo F olo Om ojo Q gt Y 446 0 3 17 56 0 01 46 6 466 18 35 1 83 Unit mm inch 6 MEMORY AND BATTERY REPLACEMENT MEMORY AND BATTERY REPLACEMENT 6 1 List of Alternative Models for Memory AnS QnAS series models to be discontinued Q series alternative models Product Model Model Remarks restrictions A1SNMCA 2KE Memory cassette E2ROM ae Built in flash ROM can replace program change into A2SNMCA 30KE Unnecessary POM Pane RSS E M tt emory cassete ASNMCA 8KP EP ROM Q1MEM 64S Q1MEM 128S Memory card Q1MEM 256S inneceees Sisndard RAN i i i SRAM Q1MEM
2. Function Bee Format of instruction Remarks Format of instruction Remarks f e Rotation data is set in Ror Ip nH D Rotation data ROR In H AO Right rotation of 16 Rotation data is set in bit data D Rotation data AO 4 H Use SM700 for carry RGR D n fla Y BERL H e Use M9012 for carry 9 flag e Rotation data is set in ROL ID nH e D Rotation data TROL In H AO Left rotation of 16 Rotation data is set in bit data D Rotation data A0 4 H Use SM700 for carry 4 i ROID a fla y ROES H e Use M9012 for carry 9 flag i e Rotation data is set in I DROR D nH D Rotation data _JDRORI n H A0 A1 e Oi Se acer eee ae e Rotation data is set in D i ae Use SM700 for car upon DRCR D nH fla Yj DRCR n H e Use M9012 for carry 9 flag f e Rotation data is set in DROLI D nH D Rotation data DROLI n H A0 A1 Left rotation of 32 f e Rotation data is set in bit data D Rotation data AO A1 Use SM700 for car ae pRcL D nH ji Y DReL n H Use M9012 for carry 9 flag e Search result is s h Iti e Search result is 16 bit data search SER S1 S2 D n storedinD D 1 ser Js1 s2 n H stored in AO
3. Cc t Specifications A1SX41 0 C HESY ee Precautions for replacement Number of input points 32 points 32 points 8 Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated input voltage 12 24VDC 24VDC A 12VDC is not applicable n The rated input current is Rated input current Approx 3mA Approx 7mA Approx 6mA A 9 reduced eee IGS 10 2 to 26 4VDC 20 4 to 28 8VDC 4 e E ripple ratio within 5 ripple ratio within 5 A EVES emer applicable Maximum number of 3 3 Use it within the range shown in j Refer to the derating chart Refer to the derating chart A f simultaneous input points the derating chart On voltage on current 8VDC or more 2mA or more 15VDC or more 3mA or more A 12VDC is not applicable 1 Off voltage off current 4VDC or less 1mA or less 5VDC or less 1 7mA or less A 12VDC is not applicable 1 2 R The input resistance is Input resistance Approx 3 3kQ Approx 3 6kQ A b 9 increased 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms 70ms or less Of on 10ms or less Configure the setting in the PLC o 24VDC parameter dialog box P Set the input response time of Response 10ms is set by default s parameter to the default value time 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms 70ms or less 10ms On gt off 10ms or less Configure the setting in the PLC o 24VDC parameter dialog box 10ms is set by default Common terminal 32 points common 32 points
4. Description High Performance model QCPU Reference Instruction name Instruction name Conversion TET BSFR BSFR O 1 bit shift to right of n bit data BSFRP BSFRP O CALL CALL O Sub routine program calls CALLP CALLP O Special format failure checks CHK OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 3 Bit device output reverse CHK OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 1 Main lt gt subprogram switching CHG OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 2 Pointer branch instruction CJ CJ x Section 7 7 8 Carry flag reset CLC OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 3 16 bit data negation transfer CML OML o bi i CMLP CMLP O Link Refresh Instructions COM COM O D D O BIN 32 bit addition subtraction pan cii D D O D P D P O D D O D P D P O BIN 32 bit multiplication division D D O D P D P O a A DAND DAND O Logical products of 32 bit data DANDP DANDP O DB DB O DB P DB P O BCD 8 digit addition subtraction DB DB O DB P DB P O DB DB O aera Ree DB P DB P O BCD 8 digit multiplication division DB DB O DB P DB P O we DBCD DBCD O Conversion from BIN data to 8 digit BCD DBCDP DBCDP O Sele DBIN DBIN O Conversion from 8 digit BCD to BIN data DBINP DBINP O 32 bit data negation transfer DCML POM Q bi i DCMLP DCMLP O 32 bit BIN data decrement DDEC PRES bi DDECP DDECP O 16 bit BIN data decrement DEC DEC bi DECP DECP O h DECO DECO O 8 256 bi
5. Cc t Specifications PNY Cary ilit Precautions for replacement Number of input points 32 points 32 points O Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler Rated input voltage 24VDC 24VDC O The rated input current is Rated input current Approx 7mA Approx 4mA A 4 reduced a E ance 19 2 to 26 4VDC 20 4 to 28 8VDC The operating voltage range e SE ripple ratio within 5 ripple ratio within 5 A differs Maximum number of x A 5 Refer to the derating chart 2 Refer to the derating chart 2 O simultaneous input points The on voltage on current On voltage on current 14VDC or more 3 5mA or more 19VDC or more 3mA or more A differ iffer Off voltage off current 6 5VDC or less 1 7mA or less 11VDC or less 1 7mA or less A The off voltage differs The input resistance is Input resistance Approx 3 3kQ Approx 5 6kQ A 4 increased 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms 70ms or less Off gt on 10ms or less Configure the setting in the PLC o 24VDC parameter dialog box N i p Set the input response time of Response 10ms is set by default parameter to the default value time 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms 70ms or less 10ms On gt off 10ms or less Configure the setting in the PLC o 24VDC parameter dialog box 10ms is set by default Common terminal 32 points common 32 points common arrangement common terminal B1 B2 common terminal B01 B02 Operation indic
6. Cc t Specifications A1SX10 bity Precautions for replacement Number of input points 16 points 16 points O Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated input voltage 100 120VAC 50 60Hz 100 120VAC 50 60Hz O Input voltage distortion Within 5 Within 5 O A 6mA A 8mA 100VAC 60H The rated input current is Rated input current pase pprox 8mA t 2 O p 100VAC 60Hz Approx 7mA 100VAC 50Hz increased a Maximum 200mA Within 1ms Maximum 200mA Within 1ms o 132VAC 132VAC an e a e 85 to 132VAC 85 to 132VAC o P EE Ee 50 60Hz 5 50 60Hz 3Hz Maximum number of 9 l 9 Use it within the range shown in F a P Refer to the derating chart Refer to the derating chart A simultaneous input points the derating chart 80VAC 5mA On voltage on current 80VAC or more 5mA or more ee Ons Ape O 30VAC or less 1 7mA or 50H Off voltage off current 30VAC or less 1 4mA or less slate aoe a he A The off current is increased A 18kQ 60H A 12kQ 60H The input resistance is Input resistance ape z P z O P Approx 21kQ 50Hz Approx 15KQ 50Hz reduced 20ms or less 15ms or less Off gt on O Response 100VAC 60Hz 100VAC 50Hz 60Hz time On gt off 35ms or less 20ms or less o 100VAC 60Hz 100VAC 50Hz 60Hz Common terminal 16 points common 16 points common arrangement common terminal TB9 TB18 common terminal TB17 Ope
7. g a gi Ut U_ LT 24 0 95 Width W Unit mm inch Power supply 220 A1S55B 260 A1S32B cae module CPU module I O module 8 cases 4 6 mounting hole _ 3 8 66 81 10 23 connedor S mpn eran p M5 mounting screw 255 A1S58B 365 y Extension connector A1S33B 10 03 S1 14 37 lem m O E g a a al loll fol lo A1S35B 325 A1S65B 315 gle 12 79 S1 12 40 g O G 00 00 M 430 A1S68B 420 a 5 ol foll fol fo 16 93 S1 16 53 Y 20 0 79 54 5 2 14 54 5 2 14 8 0 31 x 35 1 38 mm inches 280 11 02 20 0 79 A159529 155 k 410 16 14 R S1 6 10 Width W 430 16 93 W Amemory cassette is installed from the front face for A2US S1 and AZUSH S1 and the left face for A1SH and A2SH 2 Q2AS H gt gt C 126 4 4 98 110 4 33 y l PAE ee ULL U__ 24 0 95 F Power supply module CPU module I O module 8 cases o mounihahoe Extension c l g x M5 mounting screw connector Q2ASHCPU Extension connector Oo O 130 5 12 0 j i lo C Jo allal ie O O Y l I 20 0 79 54 5 2 14 54 5 2 14 8
8. Number of output points 32 points 32 points O Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated load voltage 12 24VDC 12 24VDC O Operating load voltage 10 2 to 30VDC 10 2 to 28 8VDC A Voltage exceeding 28 8VDC is range peak voltage 30VDC not applicable Maximum load current 0 1A point 2A common 0 1A point 2A common O Maximum inrush current 0 7A 10ms or less 0 7A 10ms or less O Leakage current at off 0 1mA or less 0 1mA or less O Maximum voltage drop 0 1VDC typ 0 1A 0 1VDC typ 0 1A o at on 0 2VDC MAX 0 1A 0 2VDC MAX 0 1A Off gt on ims or less ims or less O Response time One er ims or less ims or less o rated load resistance load rated load resistance load Surge suppressor Zener diode Zener diode O Common terminal 32 points common 32 points common o arrangement common terminal A1 A2 common terminal A01 A02 Operation indication On indication LED On indication LED O Available Available overheat protection function overheat protection function overload protection function overload protection function Protection function The overheat protection function is The overheat protection function is O activated in increments of 1 point activated in increments of 1 point The overload protection function is e The overload protection function is activated in increments of 1 point activated in increments of 1 point 12 24VDC 12 24DE Voltage exceeding 28 8VDC
9. Q32SB 114 4 49 101 3 98 7 Q33SB 142 5 59 129 5 08 0 33 Q35SB 197 5 7 78 184 5 7 26 Q33B 189 7 44 169 6 65 Q35B 245 9 65 224 5 8 84 Q38B ag 328 12 92 gg m 3 308 12 13 Q312B 439 17 30 419 16 50 3 86 3 86 3 15 0 28 Q52B 106 4 17 83 5 3 29 15 5 Q55B 189 7 44 167 6 57 0 61 Q63B 189 7 44 167 6 57 Q65B 245 9 65 222 5 8 76 Q68B 328 12 92 306 12 05 Q612B 439 17 30 417 16 42 QA1S65B 130 315 12 41 110 110 10 295 11 61 QA1S68B 5 12 420 16 55 4 33 4 33 0 39 400 15 75 10 QA65B 352 13 86 1304 332 13 07 0 39 QA68B 200 a 466 18 35 5 12 eNOS 25 0 98 446 17 56 aA D depth varies depending on the module to be mounted Therefore confirm the external dimensions of each module lt 2 For mounting Q series module of which depth is 90 mm 3 54inch 3 For mounting AnS series module of which depth is 93 6 mm 3 69inch 4 For mounting A series module of which depth is 121 mm 4 76inch 8 EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS 8 1 1 AnS QnAS series external dimensions and mounting dimensions 1 A1SH A2SH A2US A2US S1 A2ZUSH S1
10. Number of output points 16 points 16 points O Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated load voltage 12 24VDC 12 24VDC O Operating load voltage 10 2 to 30VDC 10 2 to 28 8VDC A Voltage exceeding 28 8VDC is range peak voltage 30VDC not applicable Maximum load current 0 8A point 3 2A common 0 5A point 4A common A The current value is reduced Carefully select a load for use Maximum inrush current 8A 10ms or less 4A 10ms or less A since the minimum load current is increased Leakage current at off 0 1mA or less 0 1mA or less O Maximum voltage drop at 0 2VDC typ 0 5A 1 5VDC MAX 0 8A O on 0 3VDC MAX 0 5A Off gt on 2ms or less ims or less O Response imie On Lof 2ms or less ims or less o resistance load rated load resistance load Surge suppressor Zener diode Zener diode O As the common is changed from Common terminal 8 points common 16 points common 2 commons to 1 common wiring arrangement common terminal TB9 TB19 common terminal TB17 A with a different voltage for each common is not possible Operation indication On indication LED On indication LED O 5A 6 7A Fuse rating 1 fuse common Cannot be changed O breaking capacity Cannot be changed breaking capacity 50A breaking capacity 50A g capagiy Available Available 1G coer LED turns on when a fuse is blown LED turns on when a fuse is blown Fuse blown indication O and a signal is output to
11. The stored history data can be monitored with a peripheral 4 Universal model QCPU refers QOOUJCPU QOOUCPU Q01UCPU and others QnUCPUs 2 It is necessary to set the reserved capacity for the write during RUN in advance Default set to 500 steps 3 A SRAM card is required 4 SWUOIVD NX GPPQ is required 5 The function is not provided in QQOUJCPU 6 It is said Module service interval time in Q series data processin executed in one END operation 9 A set the communication reserved time with j P g P special register SD315 if necessary F A er Th handles th four digit Reads or writes the internal clock data of the Bee lee handles the year Tour digi S 8 CPU module western calendar whereas the QnAS series Clock function O A handles the year in the last two digits The clock data consists of year month day i Pay attention to the handling of the day of the hour minute second and a day of the week week data Changes the programs of writes programs For the Q series itisifecessary to set thg Section Write during RUN 2 2 d ity for th ite during RUN i rite during to the running CPU module O oO reserved capacity for the write during in 243 advance Stores the data of the entire devices at the Seuke time of error occurrence to the memory 034 x The Q series does not support the status latch cassette or built in memory and monitors the function stored data by a
12. Number of output points 8 points 16 points O The isolation method differs but Isolation method Photocoupler Relay A the performance is the equivalent Output format Contact output Contact output O Ted oiia ece 24VDC 2A resistance load 24VDC 2A resistance load point P 240VAC 2A COSo 1 point 240VAC 2A COSo 1 point O 8A common 8A common Minimum switching load 5VDC 1mA 5VDC 1mA O Medmurmswicnmg 264VAC 125VDC 264VAC 125VDC o voltage Response Off gt on 10ms or less 10ms or less O time On gt off 12ms or less 12ms or less O Mechanical 20 million times or more 20 million times or more O Rated switching voltage current load Rated switching voltage current load o 100 000 times or more 100 000 times or more 200VAC 1 5A 240VAC 1A 200VAC 1 5A 240VAC 1A COS 0 7 100 000 times or more COS 0 7 100 000 times or more 200VAC 0 4A 240VAC 0 3A COS 0 7 300 000 times or more Life f 200VAC 1A 240VAC 0 5A Electrical 200VAC 1A 240VAC 0 5A COS 0 35 100 000 times or more o COS 0 35 100 000 times or more 200VAC 0 3A 240VAC 0 15A COS 0 35 300 000 times or more 24VDC 1A 100VDC 0 1A 24VDC 1A 100VDC 0 1A L R 7ms 100 000 times or more L R 7ms 100 000 times or more 24VDC 0 3A 100VDC 0 03A L R 7ms 300 000 times or more Maximum switening 3600 times hr 3600 times hr o frequency Common terminal 8 points common 16 points common o arrangement common terminal TB18 common terminal TB17 Operation indication On
13. Personal computer A REPLACEMENT OF PROGRAM 7 1 2 Changing programmable controller type Change PLC type is a function that changes the target programmable controller type of the data read to the GX Developer Some instructions that cannot be automatically converted are changed to OUT SM1255 for QCPU OUT SM999 for the Basic model QCPU Search for these instructions or SM1255 SM999 in the converted program and modify the program manually For intelligent function modules and network modules review programs and parameters 1 Applicable range of conversion from AnS QnASCPU by the GX Developer The following table shows the applicable range of conversion from the AnS QnASCPU to other CPU As it shows converting to all programmable controller CPUs is applicable Change destination Product Change source ACPU QnACPU AnSCPU QnASCPU GX Developer JAnScPUQnascPUL O Jo OO 2 Operation of GX Developer a Select Change PLC type of the Project menu 2 2 Ble E31 Posen E Open project Cte ai of ik 4 Close project deae ty HEE Ft sF sF8 aF7 aF8 aF5 caF5 cofl0 F10 aF9 SNS Cts q Svea SQ FE Sie el ee ol Delete project MO a Verity e a Copy M1 Edit Data gt Change PLC type END Import file Export file Macro gt Function Block Printer setup Print Chee 1 CAMy Documents program 2 CAMELSEC LL
14. cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeneecaecaeeeeeeeeeeesesecneaeeeeeeeeeeeeeetees 2 24 2 4 1 Memory for CPU module ecccceecceeeeeeeeeeeenne eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeaaeeeeseecaeeeeeseeiaeeeeeeeaes 2 24 2 4 2 Keyword registration and password registration ecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeneeeeeeseenaeeeeeeeaaees 2 27 249 OWrite during RUN os titer tects esvetectcuts ni EEE EERE 2 27 2 4 4 Number of slots on the base unit ccececeeeeeeneeceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeaaecaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseceeenencaeeaeeeeees 2 28 2 4 5 Base unit compatible with QCPU ccccccccccceceeee adiada aaa diania i aaa daaa addaa 2 30 2 4 6 Programming tool and connection cable for Q series CPU eee eect ee eeneeetes 2 32 CHAPTER 3 REPLACEMENT OF I O MODULE 3 1to 3 89 3 1 List of Alternative Models of I O Module 0000 00 02 2 cccceeeeceeeeeeeenneceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseceaaaeaeeeeeeeeeeeseeteetenniaaeees 3 1 3 2 Comparison of I O Module Specifications ccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeseeeecncacaeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeenaees 3 13 3 2 1 Comparison of input module specifications ccccccecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenneaaaeees 3 13 3 2 2 Comparison of output module specifications cccccecceceeceeeeeeeeeeececeneeceeeeeeeeeeeseeteeseeaeees 3 47 3 2 3 Comparison of I O combined module specifications ceceeseeeeeeeecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesennneaaees 3 70 3 2 4 Comparison of interrupt Module
15. Cc t Specifications A1SX81 S2 ilit Precautions for replacement Number of input points 32 points 32 points O Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler Rated input voltage 24VDC 24VDC O The rated input current is Rated input current Approx 7mA Approx 4mA A 4 reduced One inenaenetanae 19 2 to 26 4VDC 20 4 to 28 8VDC The operating voltage range e SE ripple ratio within 5 ripple ratio within 5 A ditfers Maximum number of x A 5 Refer to the derating chart 2 Refer to the derating chart 2 O simultaneous input points On voltage on current 13VDC or more 3 5mA or more 19VDC or more 3mA or more A The on voltage on current differ Off voltage off current 6VDC or less 1 7mA or less 11VDC or less 1 7mA or less A The off voltage differs p The input resistance is Input resistance Approx 3 3kQ Approx 5 6kQ A J 4 increased 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms 70ms or less Or en 10ms or less 24VDC Configure the setting in the PLC o parameter dialog box Set the input response time of Response 10ms is set by default parameter to the default value time 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms 70ms or less 10ms Confi the setting in the PLC i On gt off 10ms or less 24VDC Configure the setting in the o parameter dialog box 10ms is set by default Common terminal 32 points common 32 points common arrangement common terminal 17 18 36 common terminal 17 18 36 Operation indication On indication LED On indication LED External connec
16. Ad w V When adding a dummy step When changing to jump transition Jump destination step The selective coupling was Example of addition changed to jump transition of dummy step The step including a jump destination is the one next to the step that included the selective coupling before the modification T 35 A REPLACEMENT OF PROGRAM 7 7 Precautions for Program Replacement 7 7 1 List of applicable devices Device name QCPU Q02 Q02H Q06H QOOUJ 256 points Q00J 256 points Q12H Q25H 9000 1044 points Z Q01U 1024 points Number of I O points Q00 1024 points Q02PH Q06PH 4096 points Q02U Q03UD Q01 1024 points Q12PH Q25PH QO4UDH QOsUDH 4096 points Q12PRH Q25PRF Q13UDH Q26UDH Number of I O device eee 2048 points 8192 points points Internal relay 8192 points Latch relay 2048 points 8192 points Sequence Step relay program SFC 2048 points 8192 points Annunciator 1024 points 2048 points Edge relay 1024 points 2048 points Link relay 2048 points 8192 points
17. O Usable A Unusable x Partially different in spec e g setting method Precaution for replacement O yf ag ag direct O instructions to input output in the direct mode as the Q series supports the refresh mode only o o o The MELSAP language for QnAS Q series supports is MELSAP3 and that for AnS series is MELSAP II 0 2 0 16 0 1 10 to 2000 10 to 2000 10 to 2000 Max 58K Max 94K Max 94K a ee as user memory while the user memory is Max 8K Max 8K Max 14K x x The AnUS QnAS and Q series do not include microcomputer program Therefore consider use of the sequence program etc as the substitution 256 1024 1024 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 8192 8192 8192 2048 2048 2048 2048 5 2048 2048 1024 1024 1024 1024 1024 1024 2048 2048 2048 512 512 512 512 512 512 11136 11136 11136 2048 2048 2048 x 32768 32768 The QOOJCPU does not have file registers z Z x Accumulators are converted to the special registers SD718 SD719 upon AnS gt Q program conversion as they are not included in the QnAS and Q series 10 10 10 x x x This is used as an edge relay for the QnAS and Q series 15 15 15 300 300 300 1024 1024 1024 1024 1024 1024 Max 1400 Max 2300 Max 2300 O O O O O O O O O 2 App 4 Appendix 1 3 CPU module functional comparison 1 Functional comparis
18. ibility Number of input points 32 points 32 points O Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Sink t Input format Sink type P A ype O positive common Rated input voltage 24VDC 24VDC O r a AA 19 2 to 26 4VDC 20 4 to 28 8VDC The operating voltage range EEEE EE ripple ratio within 5 ripple ratio within 5 A differs 7 The rated input current is Rated input current Approx 5mA Approx 4mA A 4 reduced Maximum number of A EEROR iz oe 60 20 points common 9 o 5 u p Simultaneously on 24VDC Refer to the derating chart points On voltage on current 15VDC or more 3mA or more 19VDC or more 3mA or more A The on voltage on current differ D x 2 Off voltage off current 3VDC or less 0 5mA or less 11VDC or less 1 7mA or less A The off voltage off current differ 1 5 4 The input resistance is Input resistance Approx 5kQ Approx 5 6kQ A 4 increased 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms 70ms or less Confi the setting in the PLC Off on 0 3ms or less Configure the an Bede A parameter dialog box The response time differs Response 10ms is set by default i Set the time according to the time 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms 70ms or less control Ona amearless Configure the pening in the PLC A parameter dialog box 10ms is set by default Common terminal 32 points common 32 points common o arrangement common terminal 1B1 1B2 common terminal 1B0
19. 2 25 REPLACEMENT OF CPU MODULE 2 Capacity of each memory The following table shows the memory of CPU modules in which the user program etc is stored together with its capacity The memory capacity of each item is different according to CPU type Please refer to the manual of corresponding CPU Max 64K bytes AnS series QnAS series Max 240K bytes Universal model Max 4000K bytes High performance model Max 1008K bytes Built in RAM A2USHCPU S1 256K bytes program memory program memory program memory Memo 32K bytes Y E2PROM m cassette for writing programs to ROM SRAM card Max 2M bytes Max 8M bytes Max 2M bytes 2 Memory FRROM Max 512k bytes card card Flash card Max 1M byte Max 4M bytes ATA card Max 32M bytes Standard RAM Max 1792K bytes QOOUJCPU none Max 256K bytes QOOJCPU none Standard ROM Max 16384K bytes Max 1008K bytes REPLACEMENT OF CPU MODULE 2 4 2 Keyword registration and password registration The Q series prohibits reading from writing to programs etc when a password is registered as do the AnS QnAS series with keyword registration Available functions are described below Item Model AnS series QnAS series Q series Batch password setting for all files Either of the following provides the equivalent function The following attribute can attr
20. 2 Product supply including repair parts is not available after production is discontinued 3 Overseas service Overseas repairs shall be accepted by Mitsubishi s local overseas FA Center Note that the repair conditions at each FA Center may differ 4 Exclusion of loss in opportunity and secondary loss from warranty liability Regardless of the gratis warranty term Mitsubishi shall not be liable for compensation of damages caused by any cause found not to be the responsibility of Mitsubishi loss in opportunity lost profits incurred to the user by Failures of Mitsubishi products special damages and secondary damages whether foreseeable or not compensation for accidents and compensation for damages to products other than Mitsubishi products replacement by the user maintenance of on site equipment start up test run and other tasks 5 Changes in product specifications The specifications given in the catalogs manuals or technical documents are subject to change without prior notice Company and product names herein are either trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners L NA 08219ENG A Mitsubishi Programmable Controller sfa MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC CORPORATION HEAD OFFICE TOKYO BUILDING 2 7 3 MARUNOUCHI CHIYODA KU TOKYO 100 8310 JAPAN NAGOYA WORKS 1 14 YADA MINAMI 5 CHOME HIGASHI KU NAGOYA JAPAN When exported from Japan this handbook does not require application to the Ministry of Economy
21. Compact control panel and space saving Comparing to the AnS QnAS series the Q series requires 60 mounting area which allows installing compacter control panel Improved maintainability a The high speed program ports USB port and high speed serial port enable the program reading writing time to be greatly reduced resulting in improvement of on site maintainability b As standard ROM Flush ROM is built in the Q series ROM operation can be performed Without Battery without a memory card c As large files can be managed it is possible to store conventional programs as correction history in memory Easy support for information systems The Web server module can perform remote monitoring of programmable controller CPUs and perform data collection for quality control and traceability Information can be easily gathered from the factory using a Web server module once transition from AnS QnAS series to Q series has been completed Point The Web server module is a module equipped with the Ethernet interface of 100BASETX 10BSET and the RS 232 interface to connect to the modem The Web server function allows users to remote monitor via Internet Intranet log data write data and monitor event Please refer to the Web Server Module User s Manual for more information 1 INTRODUCTION 1 2 2 Suggestions for transition to Q series 1 Replacing the CPU module with the QCPU and replacing existing modules with the Q series m
22. External dimensions 130 H x34 5 W x93 6 D mm 98 H x27 4 W x90 D mm O Weight 0 08kg 0 07kg O 2 Specifications comparison between A1SG62 and QG60 Specifications A1SG62 O Compatible A Partially changed x Incompatible Compat Precautions for replacement Number of occupied I O Maximum 64 points selected from 16 32 48 and 64 Empty slot default empty 16 points ibility The setting methods differ points points by the switch on the front of The number of occupied points the module f Tomi th Araby ich can be set or changed in the I O VOmecionment A ea ted ns at Selected from empty 0 16 32 48 assignment tab of the PLC ae g p P 64 128 256 512 and 1024 points A parameter dialog box classification points default 16 points 16 32 48 64 points IOP Mounted to the slot wh VO Mounted to reserve points 16 32 oun aerate ne aot A F module is mounted especially the Application 48 and 64 points in advance for A i empty slot between modules for future expansion dust control Current consumption 0 06A External dimensions 130 H x34 5 W x93 6 D mm 98 H x27 4 W x90 D mm A Weight 0 13kg 0 07kg O 3 87 3 REPLACEMENT OF I O MODULE 3 3 Precautions for I O Module Replacement 1 Size of wire and solderless terminal Since the module and terminal block of the Q series are smaller than those of the A series the applicable size of wire an
23. Replacing the AnSCPU with the QCPU The QCPU uses a different special relay from the one for the AnSCPU With Change PLC type the automatic conversion is applied to the replacement of the AnSCPU special relay M9000 and after with the QCPU special relay SM Refer to Section 7 1 2 Ex Point 1 Some AnSCPU special relays are not compatible with the QCPU Those special relays not compatible with the QCPU are converted to dummy special relays SM1255 when changing programmable controller type Search the dummy special relays SM1255 and correct the programs as required 4 For the Basic model QCPU it is converted to the SM999 Replacing the QnASCPU with the QCPU Basically special relays for the QnASCPU can be used without modification in the QCPU Note that however some of them are not compatible with the QCPU 4 When programs for the QnASCPU are replaced with those for the Universal model QCPU or the High Performance model QCPU by Change PLC type devices for the QNASCPU SM1000 to SM1255 and SD1000 to SD1255 are replaced with those for the QCPU Note when programs for the QnASCPU are replaced with those for the Basic model QCPU by Change PLC type the devices for the QNASCPU may be replaced with SM999 and SD999 as an unsupported device T 31 A REPLACEMENT OF PROGRAM 7 5 Replacement of Special Register 7 5 1 7 5 2 A special register is an internal register that has a set application in a progra
24. ower Ripple voltage 4Vp p or less An eeomel power supply is not Stet area 140mA o required typ 24VDC all points on External connection 34 point terminal block connector 18 point terminal block system 2 pieces M3 5x6 screws M3x6 screws Core 0 3 to 0 75mm Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm outside diameter 2 8mm x Wiri f iring change is required 0 11 inches or less Applicable solderless R1 25 3 5 R2 3 5 Sleeved cee Ran x terminal RAV1 25 3 5 RAV2 3 5 be used Number of occupied I O TeS pons 16 points points Slot 0 Output 64 points I O assignment Output 16 points i slots 1 to 4 Empty 16 points The module configuration differs Current consumption 0 22A typ all points on 0 43A typ all points on Recalculate the current consumption External dimensions 130 H x174 5 W x65 6 D mm 98 H x27 4 W x90 D mm A Wiring space is narrower Weight 0 80kg 0 22kg O 3 85 3 REPLACEMENT OF I O MODULE 3 2 4 Comparison of interrupt module specifications 1 Specifications comparison between A1SI61 and QI60 3 86 Specifications Number of interrupt input A1S161 O Compatible A Partially changed x Incompatible Compat ibility Precautions for replacement points 16 points 16 points O Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated input voltage 12 24VDC 24VDC A 12VDC is not applicable F Approx 4mA 12VDC T
25. 400 0i ms Programs are executed PROGRAM2 PROGRAM2 Low speed i PROGRAM3 3 PROGRAMI Scan x in selected sequence 4 Ea a 6 o Ea Lg Insert Delete Cc c File usability setting 1 0 refresh setting Acknowledge XY assignment Multiple CPU settings Default Check i Cancel T 45 A REPLACEMENT OF PROGRAM T 46 a b Program name Set a name for a program to be executed with a CPU module Execution type Select the execution type of files set in the program name 1 Initial execution type Initial This type of programs is executed only one time when switching the power supply from off to on or STOP status to RUN status 2 Scan execution type Scan This type of programs is executed every scan after having executed the initial execution type program 3 Low speed execution type Low speed This type of programs is executed only when the constant scan or low speed type program execution time is set 4 Stand by type Wait This type of program is executed only when demanded 5 Fixed scan execution type Fixed scan This type of program is executed per interval set in the Fixed scan interval and In unit e Fixed scan interval Sets the program execution interval of fixed execution type program Setting range depends on the unit set in the fixed scan interval e For ms 0 5 to 999 5ms 0 5ms unit e For s 1 to 60s 1s unit e Unit Selects the unit ms or
26. After replacement the start I O numbers of the first extension base unit will be X Y50 9 npow Ajddns Jamod sjulod 9 1 Setting the start XY address of each slot 2 Setting the number of slots to 8 PLC name PLS system PLG file PLG RAS Device Program Boot fle SFO 1 0 assienment PLC name PLC system PLC fie PLCRAS Device Progam Bootfie SFC 1 0 assignment TO Assignment 170 Assignment E 5 Model name Points Start H zi Switch setting Detailed setin m Setting the start XY z Setting the number aI address of each slot E z of slots allows the Sea allows the CPU Eta mania eaa aem aaaea CPU module to start zh bol Base selina Ermi module to use the Base model name Power model name Extension cable Slots the I O numbers of Biba F ze same XY address Man 0358 3 epee the first extension see 2 1250 Det Ebert 0565 oa used in the AnS cates asara base unit from bara aaa series CPU module Etes 1 ziz Zaal X Y80 E a Inport Multiple CPU Parameter Fead PLO dota Cains addi to ane ppo te CPU Panai Rand PLE I O assignment for the Q series when the start XY address of I O assignment for the Q series when the number each slot is set after replacement of slots of the base u
27. Number of output point 24 point 16 point Sake ache PRS ro aa A used use two QY50 modules Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Output format Sink type Sink type O Rated load voltage 24VDC 12 24VDC O Operating load voltage 19 2 to 30VDC 10 2 to 28 8VDC A Voltage exceeding 28 8VDC is range peak voltage 30VDC not applicable Maximum load current 0 5A point 4A common 0 5A point 4A common O Maximum inrush current 4A 10ms or less 4A 10ms or less oO Leakage current at off 0 1mA or less 0 1mA or less O Maximum voltage drop at 0 9V typ 0 5A 0 2VDC typ 0 5A o off 1 5V MAX 0 5A 0 3VDC MAX 0 5A Off gt on 2ms or less ims or less O Response time On gt off 2ms or less 1ms or less o resistance load rated load resistance load Surge suppressor Zener diode Zener diode O As the number of points per 3 8 points common P Common terminal 16 points common common is changed to 16 wiring common terminal TB10 TB20 A j arrangement TB30 common terminal TB18 with a different voltage for each common is not possible Operation indication On indication LED On indication LED O 6 7A Fuse rating 1 fuse common breaking capacity Cannot be changed breaking capacity 50A None 2 i pai O Available ERE LED turns on when a fuse is blown Fuse blown indication i and a signal is output to the CPU module 12 24VDC 20 159 Volt ding 28 8VDC i External Voltage 24VDC 19 2 to 30VDC p A TO cpt ripple
28. O method Direct access input O O Direct access output O Direct mode oO 4 The direct output dedicated instructions include the DOUT DSET and SRST instruction and do not include the direct input dedicated instructions 2 The DIP switch on the CPU module enables to switch between refresh mode and direct mode Usable data format for instructions O Usable A Conditionally usable Unusable 3 AnSCPU Setting data QCPU QnASCPU AnUS H CPU AnS J HCPU Bit device O O O Bit dat O taata Word device Bit designation required o O O Bit device Digit designation Digit designation Word data Kaa Digit designation required Digi es i Digi 9 i required required Word device O O O o O O Bit device Digit designation Digit designation Double word data Koga Digit designation required Digi a i Digi os i required required Word device O O O Real number data ox A A Character string data o A A bi The microcomputer package for the floating point real number type of the SWOSRXV FUN2 package can be used during entry 2 Applicable to the first 5 digits of serial number Q00J Q00 Q01CPU of 04122 or higher 3 For the Q00J Q00 Q01CPU it can be used with the MOV instruction 4 The AnA AnU dedicated instruction can be used A REPLACEMENT OF PROGRAM 7 7 4 1 T 40 Timer AnSCPU Function QC
29. ROLP ROLP O Section 7 7 8 i ROR ROR O Section 7 7 8 Right rotation of 16 bit data RORP RORP O Section 7 7 8 Bit device reset RST RST O Remote O station data write RTOP OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 3 Pointer branch instruction SCJ SCJ O 7 segment decode SEG SEG O Partial refresh SEG SEG x Section 7 7 8 R SER SER O Section 7 7 8 16 bit data search SERP SERP O Section 7 7 8 Bit device set SET SET O 5 SFL SFL O 16 bit data n bit left shift SFLP SFLP O E 4 SFR SFR O 16 bit data n bit right shift SFRP SFRP O r h p SFT SFT O Bit device shift SFTP SFTP O i SLT OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 3 Setting and resetting status latch SLTR OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 3 Carry flag set STC OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 3 Sequence program stop STOP STOP O B STRA OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 3 Setting and resetting sampling trace STRAR OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 3 SUM SUM O 16 bit data checks SUMP SUMP O 3 SUB OUT SM1255 x Microcomputer program SUBP OUT SM1255 x 1 word data write to the intelligent TO TO g special function module TOP TOP oO 4 bit linking of 16 bit data UN SN bit linki bi g UNIP UNIP O F WAND WAND O Logical products with 16 bit data WANDP WANDP O WDT WDT O WDT reset WDTP WDTP O Logical sums of 16 bit data MOR WOR i u bi WORP WORP O 16 bit data non exclusive logical sum operations WANR DOR bi exclusiv i u i g WXNRP WXNRP O 16 bit exclusive logical sum operations pee WOR 9 b
30. Wait only Wait only URR program None None None Act at step multi activated Equipped Equipped start mode Transfer only Transfer only Transfer only setting Periodic execution block 3 l Equipped None None None Equipped setting Forced transition check instruction LD etc TRn z Equipped None None None Equipped LD etc BLm TRn Active step change instruction SFC SCHG D Equipped None None None Equipped control Transition control instruction instructions SET TRN SERED Equipped None None None Equipped ui ui RST TRn quipp quipp RST BLm TRn Block switching instruction BRSET S Equipped None None None Equipped SFC fi ti a A tena Equipped None None None Equipped management Program execution type setting Equipped None None None Equipped 1 LDI AND OR LDI ANI ORI instructions correspond besides LD instruction T 34 A REPLACEMENT OF PROGRAM 7 6 5 SFC diagram that cannot be read normally in another format SFC diagram created by SWOIVD NX GPPA may cause an error such as incorrect reading Add dummy steps before replacement with SWOIVD NX GPPA Refer to PRECAUTIONS FOR CREATING SFC PROGRAMS in the GX Developer Version 8 Operating Manual SFC Example No step No ste No step L j
31. ripple ratio within 5 A ditfers Maximum number of i 9 9 Use it within the range shown in 5 j Refer to the derating chart Refer to the derating chart A simultaneous input points the derating chart The on voltage on current On voltage on current 14VDC or more 3 5mA or more 15VDC or more 3mA or more A differ iffer Off voltage off current 6 5VDC or less 1 7mA or less 5VDC or less 1 7mA or less A The off voltage differs f The input resistance is Input resistance Approx 3 3kQ Approx 3 6kQ A 4 increased 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms 70ms or less Off 3 on 10ms or less Configure the setting in the PLC o 24VDC parameter dialog box Set the input response time of Response 10ms is set by default 3 parameter to the default value time 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms 70ms or less 10ms e 10ms or less Configure the setting in the PLC o 24VDC parameter dialog box 10ms is set by default Common terminal 32 points common 32 points common arrangement common terminal B1 B2 common terminal B01 B02 Operation indication On indication LED On indication LED External connection 40 pin connector 40 pin connector o system accessory sold separately Existing external wiring can be T 0 3mm used Applicable wire size 2 O ay Oa A6CON1 A6CON4 Current consumption 0 08A typ all points on 0 075A typ all points on e External dimensions 130 H x34 5 W x93 6 D mm 98 H x27 4 W x90 D mm O Weight 0 21kg 0 15kg O 4 Check the specificatio
32. 0 1ms 0 2ms 0 4ms 0 6ms 1ms or less Off gt on 1 5ms or less Configure the setting in the PLC O parameter dialog box The response time differs Response 0 2ms is set by default i Set the time according to the time 0 1ms 0 2ms 0 4ms 0 6ms 1ms or control less On off 3ms or less Configure the setting in the PLC O parameter dialog box 0 2ms is set by default Common terminal 32 points common 32 points common arrangement common terminal B1 B2 common terminal B01 B02 Operation indication On indication LED On indication LED External connection 40 pin connector 40 pin connector o system accessory sold separately Existing external wiring can be eae 0 3mm used Applicable wire size 0 3mm O a us A6BCON1 A6CON4 Current consumption 0 075A typ all points on 0 075A typ all points on O External dimensions 130 H x34 5 W x93 6 D mm 98 H x27 4 W x90 D mm O Weight 0 19kg 0 15kg O 1 When applying 5 12VDC use the QX71 2 Check the specifications of the sensor or switches to be connected to the QX41 S1 3 The following shows the derating chart A1SX71 QX41 S1 100 100 90 90 24VDC 80 On 28 8VDC a 30 ratio 70 se 65 60 g 60 56 C 50 50 40 E 40 0 10 20 30 40 5055 C oO 40 P 30 Ambient temperature 20 10 0 10 20 30 40 50 55 C Ambient temperature 3 REPLACEMENT OF I O MODULE 23 Specifications comparison between A1SX71 and QX41 S2 O Compatible A Partially changed x
33. 7 Program utilization a Whether utilizing the program in the existing system or creating a new program b Whether the workload and cost of correction have been considered or not when utilizing the program of intelligent function module and communication module nonprocedural mode EE Point The purpose of this transition handbook is to how the Universal model QCPU can be used to transition from the MELSEC AnS QnAS series The Universal model QCPU can not be used with the QA 1S extension base unit Planned to support in the future If the QA 1S extension base unit is necessary for a phased replacement of MELSECNET II data link system please consider the replacement with High Performance model QCPU Refer to Appendix 1 2 2 Please refer to the Transition from MELSEC A QnA Large Type Series to Q Series Handbook Fundamentals L NA 08043ENG for the replacement with a High Performance model QCPU 1 INTRODUCTION 1 2 Suggestions for Transition from the AnS QnAS Small Type Series to the Q Series 1 2 1 1 2 3 4 Advantages of transition to Q series Advanced performance of equipments Tact time reduction The Q series includes faster operation processing speed faster bus speed and dual processors of Super MSP MELSEC SEQUENCE PROCESSOR and general purpose processor to provide approximately 5 times more efficient processing than the AnS series This realizes more advanced performance of equipments
34. A D converter module type A1S64AD User s Manual IB 66336 13J676 27 Analog Digital Converter Module type A1S68AD User s Manual IB 66576 135757 28 D A converter module type A1S62DA User s Manual IB 66335 13J673 29 Digital Analog Converter Module Type A1S68DAV DAI User s Manual IB 66587 13J810 30 Thermocouple input module type A1S68TD User s Manual IB 66571 13J781 31 Type AG8RD3N 4N A1S62RD3N 4N Pt100 Input Module User s Manual SH 080193 13JR46 A1S62TCTT S2 Heating Cooling Temperature Control Module 32 A1S62TCTTBW S2 Heating Cooling Temperature Control Module SH 3643 13JL35 with Wire Breakage Detection Function User s Manual A1S62TCRT S2 Heating Cooling Temperature Control Module 33 A1S62TCRTBW S2 Heating Cooling Temperature Control Module SH 3644 13JL36 with Wire Breakage Detection Function User s Manual Temperature Control Module Type A1S64TCTRT Temperature Control 34 Module with Disconnection Detection Function Type A1S64TCTRTBW SH 080549ENG 13JR79 User s Manual A1S64TCRT S1 Temperature Control Module A1S64TCRTBW S1 35 Temperature Control Module with Disconnection Detection Function User s IB 66756 13JL03 Manual App 13 Manual Name A1S64TCTT S1 Temperature Control Module A1S64TCTTBW S1 Manual Number Model Code 36 Temperature Control Module with Disconnection Detection Function User s IB 66747 13J891 Manual 37 Positioning module type A1SD70 User s Manual IB 66367 13JE04 38 A
35. A1 device wes e Search result is s h Iti i e Search result is 32 bit data search J psERIs1lS2 D n stored in D D 1 pseERI sils n H SARADA device n doi daa cheek e Check result is e Check result is stored eee SUM S DH stored in D device 4 SUM S H in AO BD RUE TeNCee e Check result is e Check result is stored bi DSUM S DH stored in D device DSUM S H in AO f Add dedicated e Only when M9052 is Partial refresh RFs lD m inetruction J sEG p n H wit 8 characters ASCII 3 conversion MOV Charactr stings D H ASC Charactor stings D H c fl e No dedicated 9 amy fag set SET sM700 instruction STC H e No dedicated 3 Carry flag reset RST sM7oo H instruction Scie H T 43 A REPLACEMENT OF PROGRAM 7 7 9 1 2 T 44 Function QCPU QnASCPU AnSCPU uncti Format of instruction Remarks Format of instruction Remarks P255 END Jump to END e Add dedicated coendH Icy P255 instruction instruction instruction 2 specification CHKST Add CHKST CJ Pn CHK instruction i i 3 instruction HHF 4H CHK P254HHHFHF 4H CHK 4 Not applicable to the Universal model QCPU the Basic model QCPU 2 Deleting or adjusting is required since it becomes the instruction of different function 3 Converted to SM1255 as inconvertible instruction
36. AnUSCPU dedicated instruction Display method of dedicated instruction The dedicated instructions for the ANUSCPU using LEDA LEDB LEDC and LEDR instructions are changed into instructions in the same format as basic instructions and application instructions for the QCPU QnASCPU Some instructions are not converted since the QCPU QnASCPU does not have the corresponding instruction The instructions are converted into OUT SM1255 or OUT SM999 Q00J Q00 Q01CPU Replace or delete instructions that has been converted to the OUT SM1255 OUT SM999 QCPU QnASCPU AnUSCPU Command _ LEDA B Seer LEDC SUB name S D n LEDC SUB D S D n indicate the data used in instructions Dedicated instruction with changed instruction name For the ANUSCPU some instruction names are the same as the basic instructions application instructions Those names have been changed for the QCPU QnASCPU Function QCPU QnASCPU AnUSCPU Floating decimal point addition E ADD Floating decimal point subtraction E SUB Floating decimal point multiplication E MUL Floating decimal point division E DIV Data dissociation NDIS DIS Data linking NUNI UNI Check pattern updates CHKCIR CHKEND CHK CHKEND A REPLACEMENT OF PROGRAM 7 7 10 Setting method when multiple sequence programs are created For the AnSCPU when a main program including SFC program is replaced for the QCPU the programs are separated into different pr
37. I O control refresh mode and direct mode switching refresh only 2 Processing speed LD instruction at refresh 0 33yus gt 0 16us 3 PC MIX value 0 4 gt 2 0 4 Number of I O points 256 points 1024 points 5 Number of I O device points 2048 points 2048 points A1SHCPU QOOCPU 6 Program size 8K steps gt 8K steps 7 Number of file register points 8K points 64K points 8 Number of extension bases 1 stage 4 stages 9 Used memory built in RAM EEP ROM cassette sold separately program memory standard RAM standard ROM 10 Microcomputer program available not available CPU module 1 I O control refresh mode and direct mode switching refresh only 2 Processing speed LD instruction at refresh 0 25us 0 1us 3 PC MIX value 0 5 gt 2 7 4 Number of I O points 512 points 1024 points 5 Number of I O device points 2048 points 2048 points A2SHCPU Q01CPU 6 Program size 14K steps gt 14K steps 7 Number of file register points 8K points 64K points 8 Number of extension bases 1 stage 4 stages 9 Used memory built in RAM EEP ROM cassette sold separately program memory standard RAM standard ROM 10 Microcomputer program available not available 1 I O control refresh only 2 Processing speed LD instruction 0 2us gt 0 079us 3 PC MIX value 0 9 gt 4 4 4 Number of I O points 512 points 4096 points 5 Number of I O device points 819
38. STOP to RUN execution 9 The points indicate the number of usable points in the program 10 For the QnAS and Q series the steps relay S is dedicated for SFC programs 11 A memory card sold separately is required 12 The points apply when the size of a memory card used is 2M bytes 13 The number of comment points indicate the maximum number of points that can be written to the CPU module REPLACEMENT OF CPU MODULE Basic model QCPU O Available A Although available specifications such as setting method partially differ High Performance model QCPU x Not available Precautions for replacement Reference QO00JCPU Q00CPU Q01CPU el17101 218 Q02HCPU QO6HCPU 2048 2048 2048 8192 8192 8192 2048 2048 2048 8192 8192 8192 8192 8192 8192 8192 8192 8192 2048 2048 2048 8192 8192 8192 2048 10 204810 2048 10 8192 10 8192 10 8192 10 2 i 1024 1024 1024 2048 2048 2048 1024 1024 1024 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 8192 8192 8192 512 512 512 2048 2048 2048 512 512 512 1024 1024 1024 11136 11136 11136 12288 12288 12288 2048 2048 2048 8192 8192 8192 x 32768 32768 32768 32768 32768 32768 65536 65536 T 65536 65536 capacity of capacity of capacity of memory card memory card memory card max 1018K max 1018K max 1018K The QnAS Q series CPU modules do not use the
39. Specifications Rated output voltage not changed Rated output current not changed 5 Function changed fuse overheat overload protection A1SY82 QY82P 3 REPLACEMENT OF I O MODULE AnS QnAS series model Q series alternative model Product Model Model A1SH42 QH42P Remarks restrictions External wiring not changed Number of slots not changed Program Number of occupied I O points not changed Specifications input part Rated input voltage changed 12VDC is not applicable Rated input current changed On voltage on current changed Off voltage off current changed Input resistance changed output part Rated output voltage not changed Rated output current not changed Function changed fuse overheat overload protection A1SH42P QH42P I O module External wiring not changed Number of slots not changed Program Number of occupied I O points not changed Specifications input part Rated input voltage changed 12VDC is not applicable Rated input current changed On voltage on current changed Off voltage off current changed Input resistance changed output part Rated output voltage not changed Rated output current not changed Function not changed A1SH42 S1 QH42P A1SH42P S1 QH42P 5 External wiring not changed Number of slots not changed Program Number of occupied I O points not changed Specifications input part Rated input voltage
40. Trade and Industry for service transaction permission Specifications subject to change without notice L NA 08219ENG A 1111 MEE
41. not changed Rated input current changed On voltage on current changed Off voltage off current changed Input resistance changed output part Rated output voltage not changed Rated output current not changed Function changed fuse overheat overload protection External wiring not changed Number of slots not changed Program Number of occupied I O points not changed Specifications input part Rated input voltage not changed Rated input current changed On voltage on current changed Off voltage off current changed Input resistance changed output part Rated output voltage not changed Rated output current not changed Function not changed 3 REPLACEMENT OF I O MODULE AnS QnAS series model Q series alternative model Product Model Model Remarks restrictions 1 External wiring changed 2 Number of slots changed 2 modules are required 3 Program Number of occupied I O points changed 16 points 32 points 16 points x 2 modules 4 Specifications input part Rated input voltage not changed Rated input current changed On voltage on current changed Off voltage off current changed Input resistance changed output part Rated output voltage not changed Rated output current not changed 5 Function not changed QX40 A1SX48Y18 QY10 1 External wiring changed 2 Number of slots not changed 3 Program Number of occupied I O points not changed 4 Specifi
42. on 0 4VDC MAX 2A Response Off gt on 3ms or less 3ms or less O time On gt off 10ms or less resistance load 10ms or less resistance load O Surge suppressor Zener diode Zener diode O gt a Wiring of the terminal block Common terminal 8 points common EEN All points independent common A needs to be changed because all arrangement common terminal TB9 TB19 terminals become independent Operation indication On indication LED On indication LED O 7A Fuse rating 1 fuse common breaking capacity Cannot be changed N breaking capacity 300A one sacs A Connecting a fuse to external wiring x Fuses are not built in Available is recommended AE A LED turns on when a fuse is blown and a signal is output to the CPU module External Voltage 12 24VDC 10 2 to 26 4VDC O An external power supply is not Bona Current Oma O required supply typ 24VDC for each common T i External connection 20 point terminal block connector 18 point terminal block 5 system M3 5x7 screws M3x6 screws Core 0 3 to 0 75mm Applicable wire si 2 3 pplicable wire size 0 75 to 1 25mm outside diameter 2 8mm 0 11 x Wiring change is required inches or less R1 25 3 Applicable solderless RIAI 3 9 ROS Sleeved solderless terminal cannot x terminal RAV1 25 3 5 RAV2 3 5 be used When two QY68A modules are Current consumption 0 20A typ all points on 0 11A typ all points on A used ng currerit consumpuoniis increase
43. program Holds the data of devices when turning OFF th j tting and Latch power backup abies e pote maran O O O O a momentary power failure longer than 20ms occurs Executes the remote RUN STOP Remote RUN STOP using the external switches and O O O O peripheral devices PAUSE Stops operations while holding the o o o o _ output status Executes the program that For anne series an interrupt program is 3 required for main program For Basic model Interrupt processing corresponds to the cause when an O A A A j QCPU create only one interrupt program to interrupt cause occurs share between the two programs Display priority of The settings for ON OFF of ERROR o o o o Target errors vary for each model but there ERROR LED LED at the occurrence of error are no functional differences Manages all of parameters File management sequence programs device O O O O Only one file can be created for each file comments file registers etc as files Select itabl tion type fi Taraa Su a F nae an Ype e3 For the Basic model QCPU only one ladder program application and divides Structured program B O x x x program and SFC program is respectively each program by designer process i available Set all execution type to Scan or others Performs the I O assignments to any When using a base unit with other than 8 I O assignment individual module regardless of its O A A A slots set the number of slots with the mounted position parameter I O a
44. 0 1A 0 1VDC typ 0 1A o at on 0 2VDC MAX 0 1A 0 2VDC MAX 0 1A Off gt on ims or less ims or less O Response time One er 1ms or less ims or less o rated load resistance load rated load resistance load Surge suppressor Zener diode Zener diode O As the common is changed from Common terminal 8 points common 16 points common 2 commons to 1 common wiring arrangement common terminal TB10 TB20 common terminal TB18 A with a different voltage for each common is not possible Operation indication On indication LED On indication LED O Available Available overheat protection function overheat protection function overload protection function overload protection function Protection function The overheat protection function is The overheat protection function is O activated in increments of 1 point activated in increments of 1 point The overload protection function is e The overload protection function is activated in increments of 1 point activated in increments of 1 point 12 24VDC 122W DC Voltage exceeding 28 8VDC is External Voltage 10 2 to 28 8VDC A i 10 2 to 30VDC See tipi not applicable power ripple ratio within 5 supply 11mA MAX 10mA 24VDC Current O typ 24VDC for each common all points on External connection 20 point terminal block connector 18 point terminal block e system M3 5x7 screws M3x6 screws Core 0 3 to 0 75mm Applicable wire size 0 75 to 1 5mm outside diameter 2 8mm x Wiri
45. 10120 OE ripple ratio within 5 A Jot Ie hot aplicable ripple ratio within 5 10 2 to 14 4VDC ripple ratio within 5 a a eee Refer to the derating chart Simultaneously on 100 O On voltage on current 8VDC or more 2mA or more 3 5VDC or more 1mA or more A 24VDC is not applicable 1 2 Off voltage off current 4VDC or less 1mA or less 1VDC or less 0 1mA or less A 24VDC is not applicable 1 2 Input resistance Approx 3 3kQ Approx 3 3kQ O 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms 70ms or less Off gt on 10ms or less Configure the setting in the PLC o 24VDC parameter dialog box A A Restores 40ms is set by default Set the input response time of s parameter to the default value time m l pa aa pa 10ms ms or less onfigure the setting in the onon 24VDC ean ite box o 10ms is set by default Common terminal 32 points common 32 points common arrangement common terminal B1 B2 common terminal B01 B02 Operation indication On indication LED On indication LED External connection 40 pin connector 40 pin connector o system accessory sold separately Existing external wiring can be ae 0 3mm used Applicable wire size 0 3mm2 ABCON1 A6CON4 a Current consumption 0 08A typ all points on 0 075A typ all points on O External dimensions 130 H 34 5 W x93 6 D mm 98 H x27 4 W x90 D mm O Weight 0 21kg 0 12kg O al When applying 24VDC use the QX41 S2 2 Check the specifications of the sensor or switches to be connected to the QX71 3
46. 13JZ25 19 RTD Input Module Channel Isolated RTD Input Module User s Manual SH 080142 13JR31 Channel Isolated RTD Input Module User s Manual Q68RD3 G GX 20 SH 080722ENG 13JZ06 Configurator Tl Thermocouple Input Module Channel Isolated Thermocouple Micro Voltage 21 SH 080141 13JR30 Input Module User s Manual Channel Isolated Thermocouple Input Module User s Manual Q68TD G H01 22 SH 080795ENG 13JZ26 Q68TD G H02 GX Configurator Tl SW1D5C QTIU E 23 Temperature Control Module User s Manual SH 080121 13JR21 24 High Speed Counter Module User s Manual SH 080036 13JL95 25 High Speed Counter Module User s Manual SH 080036 13JL95 26 Type QD75P QD75D Positioning Module User s Manual SH 080058 13JRO09 27 User s Manual Type QD75M Positioning Module Details IB 0300062 ICT752 28 Q Corresponding Serial Communication Module User s Manual Basic SH 080006 13JL86 29 MELSEC Q L Serial Communication Module User s Manual Application SH 080007 13JL87 30 MELSEC Q L MELSEC Communication Protocol Reference Manual SH 080008 13JF89 31 Q Corresponding Ethernet Interface Module User s Manual Basic SH 080009 13JL88 32 Q Corresponding Ethernet Interface Module User s Manual Application SH 080010 13JL89 33 IQ Corresponding Intelligent Communication Module User s Manual SH 080089 13JR16 34 AD51H BASIC Programming Manual Command SH 080090 13JF63 35 AD51H BASIC Programming Manual Debug and Compile SH 080091 13JF64 36 CC Link System Master Loc
47. 1A point 2A common O Maximum inrush current 0 4A 10ms or less 0 7A 10ms or less O Leakage current at off 0 1mA or less 0 1mA or less O Maximum voltage drop 1 0VDC typ 0 1A 0 1VDC typ 0 1A o at on 2 5VDC MAX 0 1A 0 2VDC MAX 0 1A Off gt on 2ms or less ims or less O Response R 2ms or less 1ms or less time On gt off A Oo resistance load rated load resistance load Surge suppressor Zener diode Zener diode O Common terminal 32 points common 32 points common o arrangement common terminal 17 18 36 common terminal 17 18 36 Operation indication On indication LED On indication LED O Fuse ratin ean een 2 acity Cannot be changed EEY breaking capacity 50A a These specifications are changed Available 3 F to the protection function E LED turns on when a fuse is blown Fuse blown indication and a signal is output to the CPU module Available overheat protection function overload protection function Protection function The overheat protection function is Oo activated in increments of 2 points The overload protection function is activated in increments of 1 point 12 24VDC 12 24VDC Voltage exceeding 28 8VDC is External Voltage 10 2 to 28 8VDC A 10 2 to 30VDC AS Rane cat not applicable power ripple ratio within 5 suppl 8mA pey Current TYP 24VDC HE c iiman 40mA 24VDC A The current value is increased External connection 37 pin D sub connector 37 pin D sub connector o Existing
48. 256 512 512 1024 512 512 points point 6 S1 1024 S1 1024 4 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 2 12 I O control mode refresh mode or direct mode is selectable with the I O control method setting switch Only refresh mode is available but there are instructions and devices that can use direct mode Free space areas except that in the program memory can be used as user memory Memory cassette is for copying programs to the ROM Use of the cassette does not increase the memory capacity Only one memory card can be used This number means the number of applicable points for the access to actual I O modules The memory capacity corresponds to the maximum number of steps in a sequence program The program capacity is included to a sequence program REPLACEMENT OF CPU MODULE Basic model QCPU O Available A Although available specifications such as setting method partially differ High Performance model QCPU x Not available Precautions for replacement Reference QO00JCPU QO0CPU Q01CPU el17101 10 Q02HCPU QO6HCPU O O O O O O For the Q series only refresh mode is available To input or O O O O O fe tas 10 5 ns 2 output data in direct mode use the direct input output dedicated instructions The MELSAP language for the A AnS series is MELSAP II 9 B 9 2 a and that for the QnA Q2AS Q g series is MELSAP3 0 2 0 16 0 1 0 079 0 034 0 034 10 to 2000 10 to 2000 10
49. 8A 10ms or less 8A 10ms or less O Leakage current at off 0 1mA or less 0 1mA or less O Maximum voltage drop at 0 9VDC typ 2A 0 3VDC MAX 2A O on 1 5VDC MAX 0 5A R Off gt on 2ms or less 3ms or less A Panse The response time differs time On off 2ms or less resistance load 10ms or less resistance load A Surge suppressor Zener diode Zener diode O Wiri f the terminal block Common terminal 8 points common All points independent MNS creat GENNA SS A needs to be changed because all arrangement common terminal TB10 TB20 common terminals become independent Operation indication On indication LED On indication LED O 5A Fuse rating 1 fuse common breaking capacity Cannot be changed None breaking capacity 50A N Connecting a fuse to external wiring x Fuses are not built in Available A is recommended e e A LED turns on when a fuse is blown and a signal is output to the CPU module External Voltage 24VDC 21 6 to 26 4VDC An external power supply is not power 15mA Current required supply typ 24VDC for each common External connection 20 point terminal block connector 18 point terminal block p system M3 5x7 screws M3x6 screws Core 0 3 to 0 75mm Applicable wire si 2 i i pplicabie wire size 0 75 to 1 25mm Outside diameter 2 8mm 0 11 x Wiring change is required inches or less R1 25 3 Applicable solderiess lesen eae Sleeved solderless terminal cannot x ter
50. A61PEU A62PEU AX10 AXx11 AX11EU AX20 AX21 AX21EU AX31 AX31 S1 AX40 AX41 AX41 S1 AX42 Input module AX42 S1 AX50 AX50 S1 AX60 AX60 S1 AX70 AX71 AX80 AX80E AX81 AX81 S1 AX81 S2 AX81 S3 AX81B AX82 AY10 AY10A AY11 AY11A AY11E AY11AEU AY11EEU AY13 AY13E AY13EU AY15EU AY20EU AY22 AY23 AY40 AY4OP Ouisuimodute AY40A AY41 AY41P AY42 AY42 S1 AY42 S2 AY42 83 AY42 S4 AY50 AY51 AY51 S1 AY60 AY60S AY60E AY60EP AY70 AY71 AY72 AY80 AY80EP AY81 AY81EP AY82EP I O module A42XY AH42 High speed counter module AD61 AD61S1 a A D converter module A68AD A68AD S2 A68ADN A616AD DA conver module A62DA A62DA S1 A68DAV A68DAI S1 A616DAV A616DAI Temperature digital converter A68RD3 A68RD4 A616TD A60MX module A60MXR A60MXT Interrupt module Al61 Al61 S1 3 AD70 AD70D AD71 AD71S1 AD7182 AD71S7 AD72 AD778M Positoning module AD75P1 83 AD75P2 83 AD75P3 S3 4 AD75M1 AD75M2 AD75M3 4 Boa ai AJ71PT32 S3 AJ71T32 S3 4 Intelligent communication module AD51 S3 AD51H S3 2 Position detection module A61LS A62LS S5 A63LS PC fault detection module AS91 Memory card interface module AD59 AD59 S1 sea linear scale interface AG4BTL AJ711D1 R4 AJ71ID2 R4 2 ID interface module AD32ID1 AD32ID2 MELSEC I OLINK module AJ51T64 B NET interface module AJ71B62 S3 External failure diagnostics module AD51FD S3 Voice output module A11VC Vision sensor module AS50VS AS50VS GN Blanking module AG60
51. Analog timer module A1ST60 Interrupt module A1SI61 3 A1SD70 Positioning module A1SD75P1 S3 A1SD75P2 S3 A1SD75P3 S3 4 A1SD75M1 A1SD75M2 A1SD75M3 1 B un roe master A1SJ71PT32 83 4 Computer Link module A1SJ71UC24 R4 2 4 Intelligent communication module A1SD51S 2 aaa eet a aes cel A1SJ71AP23Q A1SJ71AR23Q A1SJ71AT23BQ Position detection module A1S62LS PC fault detection module A1SS91 Memory card interface module A1SD59J S2 ID interface module A1SD351D1 A1SD351D2 2 MELSEC I O LINK master module A1SJ51T64 B NET interface module A1SJ71B62 S3 S LINK master module A1SJ71SL92N AS i master module A1SJ71AS92 Blank cover A1SG60 Dummy module A1SG62 4 The dedicated instructions in A AnSQnA QnAS series program are not applicable to the QCPU program Replace them with the FROM TO instructions 2 When using the QA6LIB up to six modules having the same product name can be mounted to the QA60B 3 Only one interrupt module any of QI60 A1SI61 Al61 and Al61 S1 can be used 4 Only the multidrop link function can be used The computer link function dedicated protocols non procedure cannot be used 5 11 s REPLACEMENT OF BASE UNIT AND EXTENSION CABLE 2 QA extension base unit The following table shows modules that can be used on the QA6LB extension base unit Product Model Remarks A61P A62P A63P A65P Power supply module A67P A66P A68P
52. CPUs Generic term for A series AnS series QnA series and QnAS series programmable controller A AnS QnA QnASCPU CPUs QCPU Generic term for MELSEC Q series programmable controller CPUs A 13 Memo 1 INTRODUCTION INTRODUCTION 1 1 Considerations before Selection of Alternative Models for Replacement This transition handbook describes the model selection of CPU modules and I O modules after replacing models for the transition from the MELSEC AnS QnAS series to the Q series At the transition from MELSEC AnS QnAS series to Q series some items such as the replacement procedure installation location specifications comparisons between existing modules and replaced modules and replacement method are required to be considered beforehand The following shows major options Consider them sufficiently in advance It is necessary to understand the existing system configuration before making considerations Major items required to be considered in advance 1 Replacement methods and installation location a Whether gradual replacement only the CPU module is replaced with Q series etc or batch replacement for the replacement method of the existing system When replacing it gradually which existing modules should be leveraged left b Whether some space can be reserved when adding a base unit at the replacement work 2 Replacement schedule 3 Model selection after replacing models I O module a Whether a module whose
53. Compatible A Partially changed x Incompatible Compat Precautions for replacement ibility Number of output points 16 points 16 points O The isolati thod diffi but Isolation method Photocoupler Relay A EE T SES Ta a the performance is the equivalent De 24VDC 2A resistance load point 24VDC 2A resistance load point Rated switchin Ita ed switching voltage 24VAC 2A COS 1 point 240VAC 2A COS 1 point o current 8A common 8A common Minimum switching load 5VDC 1mA 5VDC 1mA O Maximum switching 132VAC 125VDC 264VAC 125VDC o voltage Response Off gt on 10ms or less 10ms or less O time On off 12ms or less 12ms or less O Mechanical 20 million times or more 20 million times or more O Rated switching voltage current load Rated switching voltage current load 200 000 times or more 100 000 times or more A 200VAC 1 5A 240VAC 1A COS 0 7 100 000 times or more 200VAC 0 4A 240VAC 0 3A 100VAC 2A 120VAC 2A COS 0 7 300 000 times or more Replace the module more Life COS 0 7 200 000 times or more 200VAC 1A 240VAC 0 5A Electrical i frequently because the life cycle 100VAC 2A 120VAC 2A COSo 0 35 100 000 times or more i x i A is reduced by approximately half COS 0 35 100 000 times or more 200VAC 0 3A 240VAC 0 15A 24VDC 1 5A 100VDC 0 1A COS 0 35 300 000 times or more L R 7ms 100 000 times or more 24VDC 1A 100VDC 0 1A L R 7ms 100 000 times or
54. I O points not changed 4 Specifications Rated input voltage changed A1SX30 QX40 12VDC and AC input are not applicable Rated input current changed On voltage on current changed Off voltage off current changed Input resistance changed 5 Function not changed When 12VDC is required use the QX70 When applying AC input Convert 24VAC to DC externally before input to the QX40 1 External wiring changed 2 Number of slots not changed 3 Program Number of occupied I O points not changed 4 Specifications Rated input voltage changed 12VDC is not applicable Rated input current changed On voltage on current changed Off voltage off current changed Input resistance changed 5 Function not changed QX40 24VDC A1SX40 a 1 External wiring changed 2 Number of slots not changed Input module 3 Program Number of occupied I O points not changed 4 Specifications Rated input voltage changed 24VDC is not applicable Rated input current changed On voltage on current changed Off voltage off current changed Input resistance not changed 5 Function not changed Qx70 12VDC 1 External wiring changed 2 Number of slots not changed 3 Program Number of occupied I O points not changed 4 Specifications A1SX40 S1 Qx40 S1 Rated input voltage not changed Rated input current changed On voltage on current changed Off voltage off current changed Input resistance changed 5 Function n
55. Incompatible Cc t Specifications A1SX71 0 C HESY ee Precautions for replacement Number of input points 32 points 32 points O Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated input voltage 5 12 24VDC 24VDC A 5 12VDC is not applicable i VDC Approx 1 2mA The rated input current is Rated input current 12VDC Approx 3 3mA Approx 6mA A 9 24VDC Approx 7MA reduced L 4 5 to 26 4VDC 20 4 to 28 8VDC 4 Pinan Sais ripple ratio within 5 ripple ratio within 5 NBG Is not applicable Maximum number of N 3 k 3 Use it within the range shown in s 7 Refer to the derating chart Refer to the derating chart A p simultaneous input points the derating chart On voltage on current 3 5VDC or more 1mA or more 15VDC or more 3mA or more A 5 12VDC is not applicable 1 2 Off voltage off current 1VDC or less 0 1mA or less 5VDC or less 1 7mA or less A 5 12VDC is not applicable 2 n The input resistance is Input resistance Approx 3 5kQ Approx 3 6kQ A i 9 increased 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms 70ms or less Confi the setting in the PLC Off gt on 1 5ms or less Gonfigure the a ALTE O parameter dialog box The response time differs Response 10ms is set by default i Set the time according to the time 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms 70ms or less control Confi the setting in the PLC f On off 3ms or less
56. Initial device value i i when the CPU module is set from STOP to differ between the QnAS series and Q series 2 4 1 RUN Output status setting at changing from STOP to RUN Sets the output Y status at the change from STOP to RUN to reoutputting data before STOP or outputting data after the operation execution Resetting parameters is required to replace the QnAS series with the Q series q The High Performance model is the generic term of QO2CPU QO2HCPU QO6HCPU Q12HCPU and Q25HCPU 2 22 REPLACEMENT OF CPU MODULE O Available A Although available specifications such as setting method partially differ x Not available QnA series Q2ASCPU Q series Function Description High Precautions for replacement Reference S1 Performance 0 77 XS 61 10 4 S1 model For the Q series use the COM instructions or Number of general Sets the number of general data processing E data processin executed in one END operation a A Set the communication feserved time with R g P i special register SD315 if necessary P z as F Th handles th four digit Reads or writes the internal clock data of the pee eerie handige the year in Tour digi s 8 CPU module western calendar whereas the QnAS series Clock function O A handles the year in the last two digits The clock data consists of year month day Pay attention to the handlin
57. On indication LED Operation indication 32 point switching indication with 32 point switching indication with O 3 72 the switch the switch 3 REPLACEMENT OF I O MODULE Cc t Specifications A1SH42P ible Precautions for replacement 40 pi t 40 pi t External connection system A Pere A PRES O 2 pieces accessory 2 pieces sold separately Existing external wiring can be r n x 0 3mm used Applicable wire size 0 3mm O ey a A6CON1 A6CON4 Number of occupied I O 32 points 32 points o points I O assignment Output I O assignment I O mix Current consumption 0 13A typ all points on 0 13A typ all points on O External dimensions 130 H x34 5 W x93 6 D mm 98 H x27 4 W x90 D mm O Weight 0 17kg 0 20kg A The weight is increased 1 Check the specifications of the sensor or switches to be connected to the QH42P 2 The following shows the derating chart QH42P 100 90 NI On 80 28 8VDC ratio 70 60 50 40 O 10 20 30 40 5055 C Ambient temperature 3 REPLACEMENT OF I O MODULE 3 Specifications comparison between A1SH42 S1 and QH42P 3 74 Specifications A1SH42 S1 O Compatible A Partially changed x Incompatible Compat ibility Precautions for replacement Fuse rating breaking capacity 1 fuse common Cann
58. PIDCONT PIDCONT O PID control data setting PIDINIT PIDINIT O y Section 7 2 3 7 Displaying ASCII characters PR OUT SM1255 x 8 10 11 Sending data up to 00 code PR2 OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 9 PR4 OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 9 A p Section 7 2 3 7 Displaying ASCII characters PRN OUT SM1255 x 8 10 11 PRN2 OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 9 Sending designated number of bytes of data PRN4 OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 9 Ti PRV OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 11 Writing ASCII characters to the VRAM PRNV OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 11 T Section 7 2 3 8 Writing VRAM data PUT OUT SM1255 x 9 11 A PVRD1 OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 6 Reading present value PVRD2 OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 6 N PVWR1 OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 6 Setting preset data PVWR2 OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 6 Conversion from floating decimal point angle to radian RAD RAD O Remote O station data read RFRP OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 4 Changing the extension file register block number RSET OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 4 Remote O station data write RTOP OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 4 Block addition and subtraction SADD O Comparison between character strings SCMP OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 4 SIN operation on floating decimal point data SIN SIN O Character string transfers SMOV MOV O meee Section 7 2 3 7 Reading communication status SPBUSY OUT SM1255 x 9 10 oe i Section 7 2 3 7 Forced stop of communication proces
59. Q series CPU When connecting a personal computer in which GX Developer has been installed to the Q series CPU RS 232 connection and USB connection are available The availability depending on CPU model is shown in the following table Note that the RS232 RS422 conversion cable for the AnS QnAS series CPU are not applicable a Universal model QCPU CPU model RS 232 connection USB connection QOOUJCPU QOOUCPU Q01UCPU Q02UCPU Available QO3UDCPU QO04UDHCPU QO6UDHCPU 4 Applicable cable is the QC30R2 b Basic model QCPU High Performance model QCPU Available USB A type USB miniB type CPU model RS 232 connection USB connection QOOJCPU QOOCPU Q01CPU QO02CPU Unavailable QO02HCPU QO6HCPU Q12HCPU Available Q12PHCPU USB A type USB miniB type Q25HCPU Q25PHCPU 4 Applicable cable is the QC30R2 Available Refer to GX Developer Operating Manual for details 3 REPLACEMENT OF I O MODULE 3 REPLACEMENT OF I O MODULE 3 1 List of Alternative Models of I O Module AnS QnAS series model Q series alternative model Product Model Model Remarks restrictions 1 External wiring changed 2 Number of slots not changed 3 Program Number of occupied I O points not changed 4 Specifications A1SX10 QX10 Rated input voltage not changed Rated input current changed On voltage on current not changed Off voltage off current changed Input resistance changed 5 Fun
60. QnAS Small Type L 08050ENG B Series to Q Series Handbook Communications 6 Transition from MELSEC A0J2H Series to Q Series Handbook L O8060ENG 7 Transition from MELSECNET MINI S3 A2C I O to CC Link Handbook L 08061ENG 8 Transition from MELSEC I O LINK to CC Link LT Handbook L 08062ENG Transition of CPUs in MELSEC Redundant System Handbook 9 i L 08117ENG Transition from Q4ARCPU to QnPRHCPU 3 Renewal examples No Manual Name 1 MELSEC A QnA Series Transition Examples L 08121E 4 Others Manual Name TECHNICAL BULLETIN 1 Procedures for Replacing Positioning Module AD71 with QD75 Manual Number Model Code Manual Number Model Code FA A 0060 Precautions for replacing A QnA large type series CPU with Universal model QCPU FA A 0068 App 12 Appendix 3 2 AnS QnAS series No Manual Name Manual Number Model Code 1 Type A1S A1SC24 R2 A2SCPU S1 User s Manual IB 66320 13J672 2 Type A1SJH S8 A1SH A2SHCPU S1 User s Manual IB 66779 13JL22 3 Type A2USCPU S1 User s Manual IB 66536 13JE78 4 Type AZUSHCPU S1 A2USCPU S1 A2ASCPU S1 S30 User s Manual IB 66789 13JL30 5 Model Q2AS H CPU S1 User s Manual SH 3599 13J858 6 Type ACPU QCPU A A Mode Fundamentals Programming Manual IB 66249 135740 7 Type ACPU QCPU A A Mode Common Instructions Programming Manual IB 66250 13J741 Type AnNSH
61. QnAS series Qseries Precautions for replacement A1S58B S1 8 modules can be mounted An extension base unit cannot be connected Q55B x 2 5 modules x 2 units can be mounted An extension base unit can be connected Mounting hole size 06 bell shaped hole For M5 screw M4 screw hole or 64 5 hole For M4 screw For precautions for replacement refer to Section 5 3 1 When using the upgrade tool External dimensions Panel installation dimensions 130 H x 365W x 28 D mm 5 12 H x 14 37 W x 1 10 D inches 345x 110mm 13 58 x 4 33 inches 98 H x 189 W x 44 1 D mm x2 3 86 H x 7 44 W x 1 74 D inches x 2 167 x 80mm x 2 6 57 x 3 15 inches x 2 base adapter with existing mounting holes use the Q68B s REPLACEMENT OF BASE UNIT AND EXTENSION CABLE 3 Extension base unit type requiring power supply module a Comparison between A1S65B S1 and Q65B modules Number of mountable I O AnS QnAS series Qseres Precautions for replacement A1S65B S1 5 modules can be mounted Extendability An extension base unit cannot be connected An extension base unit can be connected Mounting hole size 06 bell shaped hole For M5 screw M4 screw hole or 64 5 hole For M4 screw 130 H x 315W x 28 D mm_ 98 H x 245 W x 44 1 D mm External dimensions 5 12 H x 12 40 W x 1 10 D 3 86 H x 9 65 W x 1 74 D inches inc
62. REPLACEMENT OF BASE UNIT AND EXTENSION CABLE EJ Point For details of replacing extension base unit and extension cable when using A QnA series extension base unit please refer to the following manual Transition from MELSEC A QnA Large Type Series to Q Series Handbook Fundamentals L 08043 5 REPLACEMENT OF BASE UNIT AND EXTENSION CABLE 5 2 Comparison of Base Unit and Extension Cable Specifications 5 2 1 Comparison of base unit specifications 1 Main base unit a Comparison between A1S32B and Q32SB Number of mountable I O modules AnS QnAS series A1S32B 2 modules can be mounted Extendability Mounting hole size External dimensions Panel installation dimensions An extension base unit can be connected 06 bell shaped hole For M5 screw 130 H x 220 W x 28 D mm 5 12 H x 8 66 W x 1 10 D inches 200 x 110mm 7 87 x 4 33 inches An extension base unit cannot be connected M4 screw hole or 64 5 hole For M4 screw 98 H x 114 W x 18 5 D mm 3 86 H x 4 49 W x 0 73 D inches 101 x 80mm 3 98 x 3 15 inches b Comparison between A1S33B and Q33SB AnS QnAS series A1S33B Precautions for replacement For precautions for replacement refer to Section 5 3 1 When using the upgrade tool base adapter with existing mounting holes use the Q33B For extension connection use a main base unit supporting the connection Precautions for replacement N
63. Rated input current changed On voltage on current changed Off voltage off current changed Input resistance changed 5 Function not changed QX71 12VDC Input module oa 1 External wiring not changed 2 Number of slots not changed 3 Program Number of occupied I O points not changed 4 Specifications A1SX41 S1 QX41 S1 Rated input voltage not changed Rated input current changed On voltage on current changed Off voltage off current changed Input resistance changed 5 Function not changed 1 External wiring not changed 2 Number of slots not changed 3 Program Number of occupied I O points not changed 4 Specifications QX41 Rated input voltage not changed Rated input current changed Approx 7mA Approx 4mA On voltage on current changed Off voltage off current changed Input resistance changed 5 Function not changed A1SX41 S2 1 External wiring not changed 2 Number of slots not changed 3 Program Number of occupied I O points not changed 4 Specifications QX41 S2 Rated input voltage not changed Rated input current changed Approx 7mA Approx 6mA On voltage on current changed Off voltage off current changed Input resistance changed 5 Function not changed 3 REPLACEMENT OF I O MODULE AnS QnAS series model Q series alternative model Product Model Model Remarks restrictions 1 External wiring not changed 2 Number of slots not changed 3 Program
64. START Switching the block active bit on executes forced start STOP Switching the block clear bit on stops the block also switching from on to off executes forced stop MELSAP3 START Switching the block START STOP bit on starts the concerned block forcibly STOP Switching the block START STOP bit off stops the concerned block forcibly Precautions for replacement START Adjusting program is not required when replacing the SFC program of the AnSCPU with the QCPU since in that case the Block active bit is replaced with the Block START STOP bit STOP Add the program that resets the Block START STOP bit to the Block clear bit Delete the program that switches the Block clear bit on off The number of active steps and active step numbers reading Reads the number of active steps in the corresponding block and active step numbers Reads only the number of active steps in the corresponding block To read the active step numbers use the Active step batch readout instructions MOV DMOV BMOV T 33 A REPLACEMENT OF PROGRAM 7 6 3 Specifications comparison between MELSAP II and MELSAP3 A part of the specifications of SFC program MELSAP3 are different from those of SFC program MELSAP II Therefore when utilizing the SFC program MELSAP II of A AnSCPU as the SFC program MELSAP3 of QCPU select the QCPU that meets the specifications of the existing SFC
65. Vo 0 3VDC Vo 0 3VDC o Off gt on ims or less 0 5ms or less Response time On gt off ins or less Ooms or less resistance load resistance load Common terminal 32 points common 32 points common arrangement common terminal A1 A2 common terminal A01 A02 Operation indication On indication LED On indication LED Fuse rating ie LGA eno eedi Cannot be changed Cannot be changed O breaking capacity 50A breaking capacity 50A Available Available Fuse blown indication LED turns on when a fuse is blown LED turns on when a fuse is blown o and a signal is output to the CPU and a signal is output to the CPU module module 5 12VDC mimea MFS pret snc oe i ripple ratio within 5 rone 150mA Supe Current typ 12VDC for each eee A The current value is increased 12VDC all points on common Extomal connection 40 pin connector accessory 40 pin connector sold separately O system Existing external wiring can be er 0 3mm used Applicable wire size 0 3mm A6CON1 A6CON4 O Current consumption 0 40A typ all points on 0 15A typ all points on O External dimensions 130 H x34 5 W x93 6 D mm 98 H x27 4 W x90 D mm O Weight 0 19kg 0 14kg O 3 65 3 REPLACEMENT OF I O MODULE 18 Specifications comparison between A1SY80 and QY80 3 66 Specifications A1SY80 O Compatible A Partially changed x Incompatible Compat ibility Precautions for replacement
66. a redundant system is required 6 Universal model QCPUs can not be used with the QA 1S extension base unit Planned to support in the future Using QA 1S extension base unit version of Universal model QCPU is restricted The QA 1S extension base unit cannot be used by the existing Universal model QCPU REPLACEMENT OF CPU MODULE O Available A Not available Planned to support in the future x Not available Q large base unit QA 1S extension base unit QA conversion adapter A A large type base Q large main base unit Q large extension base r i QA1S extension base y 9 unit QA extension base unit cnn unit QA conversion adapter e7 ES m QA6ADP a x A 6 A 6 x O O A A 6 x O O A s A 6 x O O A 6 A 6 x O O Aa AS x Oo O A 6 A 6 x O O A 6 A 6 x O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x O O x x x O O x x x 2 31 REPLACEMENT OF CPU MODULE 2 4 6 1 2 2 32 Programming tool and connection cable for Q series CPU Programming tool for Q series CPU At the transition from MELSEC AnS QnAS series to Q series programming including a programmable controller type change for utilizing programs for Q series CPUs is performed using GX Developer In this handbook GX Developer is used as a programming tool Software packages other than GX Developer cannot be used Connection cable for
67. accumulator for the ANSCPU AnUSCPU is changed for the QOPU QnASCPU 4 For the QOOJCPU and QOOCPU and Q01CPU they can be used with the MOV instruction 5 The QOOJCPU QOOUJCPU does not have file registers 6 Applicable to the first 5 digits of serial number QOOJCPU QOOCPU and Q01CPU of 04122 or higher 7 Each 5 points of FXO to FX4 and FYO to FY4 can be used on the programs 8 The number of points that can be used on the programs 9 The number of accessible points to actual I O modules 10 The number of I O points of the QO2UCPU is 2048 points 11 For the Universal model QCPU set the total number of points of file register extended data register and extended link register with parameters 12 The number of device points of SFC block for the QOOUJCPU QOOUCPU Q01UCPU QO02UCPU is 128 points 13 There is no pertinent device in QQOUJCPU 14 The number of pointer for the QQOUJCPU QOOUCPU Q01UCPU is 512 points 15 The number of Interrupt pointer for the QQOUJCPU QOOUCPU Q01UCPU is 128 points Point Some devices and constants are not shown in the List of applicable devices For details refer to the user s manual for the QCPU T 38 A REPLACEMENT OF PROGRAM 7 7 2 7 7 3 I O control method O Usable Unusable 1 0 control method QCPU QnASCPU AnSEPU AnUS H CPU AnS J HCPU Refresh mode O O O ox Partial refresh instructions O O O O Direct I O Dedicated instructions a
68. and QCPU ccceeeeeeeeeteeees 7 34 7 6 5 SFC diagram that cannot be read normally in another format ccccececeeeeeeeeeeseeteteeeeees 7 35 7 7 Precautions for Program Replacement cccceeeccceeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeccaeeeeseenaeeeeeneesaeeeeeseats 7 36 7 7 1 List Of applicable devico S sissien les Oe dead asaeedaek dae ebeatuaaiee i nntedeediadladineess 7 36 7 7 2 VO Control method saccccssdiauzedsvrceadsrcarchincdceavdwadsadesvanas ceases atdanedssauadanaentandededa vebdaantiavaaadcaanaaddaeens 7 39 7 7 3 Usable data format for instructions eccecececeececeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeaaeceeeeeeeeeeeeeesecncecaecaeeeeeeeneess 7 39 TA VO serrera ia a a a a eid a a a o a 7 40 TAS COUNRER serisinin aeia a aaan aeaieie ia aada a Tiaa ai aA aiaa a adara a idani aaia Ta 7 41 1 06 Display iStructhOns sesnerincnincarirnii nn A A ARA 7 41 7 7 7 Index register ccceeeeeceeeeesseceteeeeeaaeneeseeaaneneeeeeeaaeteeeeeauenneseeaaaenteseeeanseseeeaensaeeseeeaneeeeeeteneneees 7 41 7 7 8 Instructions where format is changed Excluding AnNUSCPU dedicated instructions 7 43 7 7 9 AnUSCPU dedicated instruction s sies diaaa aa ada a daadaa 7 44 7 7 10 Setting method when multiple sequence programs are created cccccceeeeeeeeeteeeseneees 7 45 7 7 11 Precautions for file register replacement saesssseeeessseeessrnsssesnnnnsesnnnnnntnnnnannannnnnenannaannannannanaa 7 47 7 7
69. box Procedure 2 Mount the memory card Mount the memory card to the CPU module Procedure 3 Write data to the memory card Write the parameters and programs set in the Boot file tab to the memory card Procedure 4 Execute the program Set the RUN STOP REAET switch to reset The BOOT LED turns on after a boot from the specified memory is completed How to proceed the boot operation of the High Performance model QCPU or Basic model QCPU Procedure 1 Configure the boot file settings Set the names of the files to be booted to the program memory in the Boot file tab of the PLC parameter dialog box Procedure 2 Write data to the Standard ROM Write the sequence program and parameters to the standard ROM of QCPU using GX Developer Procedure 3 Set the switch Use dip switches to set Standard ROM as the location to store the parameters Procedure 4 Confirm boot operation Use the RESET L CLR switch to reset The BOOT LED turns on after a boot from the specified memory is completed 8 EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS 000000 8 1 Q Series External Dimensions and Mounting Dimensions w1 o o9 iis o o o Dimensions Unit mm inch Mounting dimensions
70. by default Common terminal 16 points common 16 points common arrangement common terminal TB9 TB18 common terminal TB17 Operation indication On indication LED On indication LED External connection 20 point terminal block connector 18 point terminal block x system M3 5x7 screws M3x6 screws Core 0 3 to 0 75mm Applicable wire size 0 75 to 1 25mm2 outside diameter 2 8mm 0 11 x Winng changejis required inches or less Applicable solderless R1 25 3 5 R2 3 5 Sleeved E ie cannot 3 terminal RAV1 25 3 5 RAV2 3 5 be used Current consumption 0 05A typ all points on 0 06A typ all points on Te Currant gonsumpNoN IS increased External dimensions 130 H x34 5 W x93 6 D mm 98 H x27 4 W x90 D mm A Wiring space is narrower Weight 0 20kg 0 20kg O 1 Check the specifications of the sensor or switches to be connected to the QX40 S1 3 REPLACEMENT OF I O MODULE 9 Specifications comparison between A1SX40 S2 and QX40 Specifications A1SX40 S2 O Compatible A Partially changed x Incompatible Compat Precautions for replacement ibility Number of input points 16 points 16 points O Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated input voltage 24VDC 24VDC O b The rated input current is Rated input current Approx 7mA Approx 4mA A 4 reduced ORE ROI nGe 19 2 to 26 4VDC 20 4 to 28 8VDC The operating voltage range Remain ripple rat
71. common arrangement common terminal B1 B2 common terminal B01 B02 Operation indication On indication LED On indication LED External connection 40 pin connector 40 pin connector o system accessory sold separately Existing external wiring can be oe ate 0 3mm used Applicable wire size 0 3mm2 oy di A6CON1 A6CON4 Current consumption 0 08A typ all points on 0 075A typ all points on O External dimensions 130 H x 34 5 W x93 6 D mm 98 H x27 4 W x90 D mm O Weight 0 21kg 0 15kg O 4 When applying 12VDC use the QX71 2 Check the specifications of the sensor or switches to be connected to the QX41 S2 3 The following shows the derating chart A1SX41 QX41 S2 o 43 C 100 26 4VDC 100 90 90 _ 80 80 70 2 60 80 On A T so ratio E 50 4 40 30 g 30 31 25 24VDC L 20 18 75 28 8VDC 10 o 0 10 20 30 40 5055 C 0 o 10 20 30 40 50 55 C Ambient temperature Ambient temperature 3 REPLACEMENT OF I O MODULE 12 Specifications comparison between A1SX41 and QX71 3 24 O Compatible A Partially changed x Incompatible Specifications A1SX41 per Precautions for replacement Number of input points 32 points 32 points O Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated input voltage 12 24VDC 5 12VDC A 24VDC is not applicable Rated input current Approx 3mA Approx 7mA ve A eats A eea ae Currant i 4 5 to 6VDC OPa E En l 10 2
72. destination Click the Yes or Confirm change button after specifying the device conversion destination to start Change PLC type Yes The change is executed without intermediate steps of user confirmation e Confirm change Asks the user for confirming the changes 4 When changing from the QnAS series to the Q series the conversion method of the special relay and special register cannot be selected The Change PLC type screen above does not display the message to specify devices to be converted 4 Point A _o_ lt _O_ i _ eo Be aware of the following restrictions when changing the CPU module type to the Basic model QCPU by Change PLC type If the change corresponds to either of the following consider replacing the module with the High Performance model QCPU or the Universal model QCPU 1 When changing the AnSCPU to the Basic model QCPU e Program file name A ladder program is changed to MAIN program and a SFC program is changed to MAIN SFC program e Comment data Only comments by program MAIN can be utilized Common comments are not replaced but lost 2 When changing the QnASCPU to the Basic model QCPU e Program file name Only MAIN ladder program and MAIN SFC program can be utilized When other program names have been set to the programs the programs are not replaced but lost Change the names beforehand and then execute Change PLC type Comment data Only comments by program can be ut
73. dimensions 130 H x34 5 W x93 6 D mm 98 H x27 4 W x90 D mm O Weight 0 27kg 0 17kg O 3 REPLACEMENT OF I O MODULE 12 Specifications comparison between A1SY42P and QY42P 3 60 Specifications A1SY42P O Compatible A Partially changed x Incompatible Compat Precautions for replacement ibility Number of output points 64 points 64 points O Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated load voltage 12 24VDC 12 24VDC O Operating load voltage 10 2 to 30VDC 10 2 to 28 8VDC A Voltage exceeding 28 8VDC is range peak voltage 30VDC not applicable Maximum load current 0 1A point 2A common 0 1A point 2A common Oo Maximum inrush current 0 7A 10ms or less 0 7A 10ms or less O Leakage current at off 0 1mA or less 0 1mA or less O Maximum voltage drop 0 1VDC typ 0 1A 0 1VDC typ 0 1A o at on 0 2VDC MAX 0 1A 0 2VDC MAX 0 1A Off gt on ims or less ims or less O Response time One eH ims or less 1ms or less o rated load resistance load rated load resistance load Surge suppressor Zener diode Zener diode omne nal 32 points common 32 points common EEEE common terminal 1A1 1A2 2A1 common terminal 1A01 1A02 O 2A2 2A01 2A02 On indication LED On indication LED Operation indication 32 point switching indication with the 32 point switching indication with the O switch switch Available Available overheat protection fun
74. diode O Common terminal 32 points common 32 points common o arrangement common terminal 17 18 36 common terminal 17 18 36 Operation indication On indication LED On indication LED O Available overheat protection function Available overload protection function overheat protection function The overheat protection function is overload protection function Protection function activated in increments of 8 points The overheat protection function is O If the function is activated even for activated in increments of 2 points 1 point within the range of 8 points The overload protection function is outputs of all 8 points are turned activated in increments of 1 point off 12 24VDC External Voltage a ene 10 2 i 290 VDC O power ripple ratio within 5 WY omen Som 40mA 24VDC o typ 24VDC for each common External connection 37 pin D sub connector 37 pin D sub connector o Existing external wiring can be system accessory sold separately used 2 Note that the connecting direction Applicablewire size 0 3mm meat E 9 of the connector is myoed Current consumption 0 50A typ all points on 0 095A typ all points on O External dimensions 130 H x34 5 W x93 6 D mm 98 H x27 4 W x90 D mm O Weight 0 25kg 0 15kg O 3 REPLACEMENT OF I O MODULE 21 Specifications comparison between A1SY82 and QY82P Specifications A1SY82 O Compatible A Partially changed x Incompatible Compat Precautions for repl
75. external wiring can be system accessory sold separately used 3 ONE 0 3mm2 Note that the connecting direction 2 Applicable wire size 0 3mm A6CON1E O of the connector is inverted Current consumption 0 50A typ all points on 0 095A typ all points on O External dimensions 130 H x34 5 W x93 6 D mm 98 H x27 4 W x90 D mm O Weight 0 23kg 0 15kg O 3 67 3 REPLACEMENT OF I O MODULE 20 Specifications comparison between A1SY81EP and QY81P 3 68 Specifications A1SY81EP O Compatible A Partially changed x Incompatible Compat ibility Precautions for replacement Number of output points 32 points 32 points O Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated load voltage 12 24VDC 12 24VDC O P loadivoitage 10 2 to 26 4VDC 10 2 to 28 8VDC o 0 1A point 2A common Maximum load current 25 C 0 1A point 2A common O 0 05A point 1 6A common 55 C Maximum inrush current no limit i 0 7A 10ms or less Check the specification of the overload protection function device to be connected Leakage current at off 0 1mA or less 0 1mA or less Maximum voltage drop 3 5VDC 0 1A Max 0 1VDC typ 0 1A o at on 2 5VDC 0 1A Min 0 2VDC MAX 0 1A Off gt on 0 5ms or less ims or less A The response speed is slower Sere ims or less time On off 1 5ms or less resistance load Gated ibad resistance load O Surge suppressor Clamp diode Zener
76. g differ between the QnAS series and Q series 2 4 1 Selects a suitable execution type for Structured program program application and divides each program by designer process or others Wh i b it with other than 8 slots Assigns I O points for each module Speen E PRSNI j See SAS Section I O assignment ee set the number of slots with the parameter I O regardless of its mounted position H 2 4 4 assignment setting Reads sequence programs stored in the The High Performance model QCPU modules Section BrE ON only or a memory card to the built in memory have the boot operation function which reads 241 ROM Seon of the CPU module when the operating sequence programs stored in the built in ere P status of the module is changed to RUN and standard ROM or memory card to the program 77 12 executes the read programs memory to perform ROM operation a Dat tection a ae Rue The Q series prohibits each file from being function system x aerate Prevents unauthorized access from read written by password registration a oe i peripherals to programs and comments in whereas the QnAS series prohibit the Section a CURN the built in memory of a CPU module or parameters and programs from being read 2 4 2 g memory cards written to the user memory by keyword password i registration registration Sets an initial value of device memory file Sp 3 registers and special function modules Memory configuration and data to be stored Section
77. i processing executed in one END O A A A i A data processing operation reserved time with special register SD315 p if necessary CPU i t lock which ba Meopta ER a TORGNON The Basic model QCPU handles the four can be read written The clock data og r digits of the year western calendar Clock function consists of year month day hour O A A A p A whereas the QnAS series handles only the minute second and a day of the m last two digits week Contents O Usable A Unusable x Partially different in spec e g setting method QnAS series QnAS H Q00J Q00 Q01 Basic model QCPU Precaution for replacement For the Basi del QCPU it i 2 A Changes writes to the program of a O O O O S ES mS nacessary Write during RUN to set the reserved capacity for the write CPU in the RUN mode 1 1 1 1 i during RUN in advance Stores the data of all devices in the memory cassette or memory card at The Basic model QCPU does not include the Status latch O x x x A the occurrence of an error for status latch function monitoring by the peripheral device St the data of ified devi t 3 pias S SA oe ae O The Basic model QCPU does not include the Sampling trace the specified intervals for monitoring x x x 2 sampling trace function by the peripheral device Collects th ti tatus of A ae S A wae O The Basic model QCPU does not include the Program trace spe
78. indication LED indication o Turns on when 5VDC is output normal on green error off Fuse Built in unchangeable Built in unchangeable O Terminal screw size M3 5 x7 M3 5 screws O Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm 0 75 to 2mm fe oe ee RAV1 25 3 5 RAV2 3 5 RAV1 25 3 5 RAV2 3 5 o S tightening 59 to 88N cm 66 to 89N om A Rede ies applicable f 130 H x 55 W x 93 6 D mm 98 H x 55 2 W x 90 D mm us External dimensions 1 54 a a ee e aa he inches Wiringispacsiis narrower Weight 0 60kg 0 40kg ee ate Within 20ms Within 20ms e By noise simulator of 1500Vp p e By noise simulator of 1500Vp p eee n noise voltage 1us noise width noise voltage 1us noise width Noise immunity and 25 to ae ee frequency and 25 to Bdk Lene frequency e Noise voltage IEC801 4 2kV e Noise voltage IEC61000 4 4 2kV Between batch inputs and LG and Between batch inputs and LG and batch outputs and FG batch outputs and FG pe tas volage ENE cycles 2000m E ela cycles 2000m 2 6562 ft 6562 ft Between batch inputs and LG and Between batch inputs and LG and batch outputs and FG r batch outputs and FG e Between all inputs and LG Insulation resistance O 10M2 or more with the 500VDC insulation resistance tester Between all outputs and FG 10MQ or more with the 500VDC insulation resistance tester Accessory None None 4 REPLACEMENT OF POWER SUPPLY MODULE 2 Specifications comparison between A1S61PN and Q61
79. input resistance is Input resistance Approx 4 7kQ Approx 5 6kQ A 4 increased 0 1ms 0 2ms 0 4ms 0 6ms 1ms or less Off gt on 0 3ms or less 24VDC Configure the setting in the PLC O parameter dialog box The response time differs Response 0 2ms is set by default s Set the time according to the time 0 1ms 0 2ms 0 4ms 0 6ms 1ms or control less On off 0 3ms or less 24VDC Configure the setting in the PLC O parameter dialog box 0 2ms is set by default tenna 32 points common 32 points common common terminal 1B1 1B2 2B1 common terminal 1B01 1B02 O arrangement 2B2 2B01 2B02 On indication LED On indication LED Operation indication 32 point switching indication with the 32 point switching indication with the O switch switch External connection 40 pin connector 2 pieces 40 pin connector 2 pieces o system accessory sold separately Existing external wiring can be ne 0 3mm used Applicable wire size 0 3mm O oe nw A6CON1 A6CON4 Current consumption 0 16A typ all points on 0 09A typ all points on O External dimensions 130 H x34 5 W x93 6 D mm 98 H x27 4 W x90 D mm O Weight 0 28kg 0 18kg O 1 Check the specifications of the sensor or switches to be connected to the QX82 S1 2 The following shows the derating chart QX82 S1 10 90 ON 80 ratio 70 common 60 50 40 30 20 0 10 2
80. instruction During refresh 0 25us 0 06us 3 PC MIX value 0 5 9 79 4 Number of I O points 512 points 1024 points 5 Number of I O device points 2048 points gt 8192 points 6 Program capacity 14k steps 15k steps 7 Number of file register points 8k points 64k points 8 Number of extension stages 1 stage 4 stages GOT bus connection can be made up to 4 stages A2SHCPU QO01UCPU 9 Applicable memory Built in RAM E2PROM cassette sold separately program memory Standard RAM Standard ROM 10 Microcomputer program available not available 1 1 0 control Refresh only 2 Processing speed LD instruction 0 2us gt 0 04us 3 PC MIX value 0 9 14 4 Number of I O points 512 points gt 2048 points 5 Number of I O device points 8192 points gt 8192 points 6 Program capacity 14k steps 20k steps 7 Number of file register points 8k points 64k points Using memory card Max 4086k points 8 Number of extension stages 1 stage 4 stages GOT bus connection can be made up to 4 stages 9 Applicable memory Built in RAM E2PROM cassette sold separately program memory Standard RAM Standard ROM memory card sold separately 10 Microcomputer program not available A2USCPU QO2UCPU 11 Sequence instruction AnA AnU dedicated instructions are replaceable CPU module 1 I O control Refresh only 2 Processing speed LD instruction 0 09us 0 04us 3 PC MI
81. matter can cause a fire failure or malfunction A protective film is attached to the top of the module to prevent foreign matter such as wire chips from entering the module during wiring Do not remove the film during wiring Remove it for heat dissipation before system operation Mitsubishi programmable controllers must be installed in control panels Connect the main power supply to the power supply module in the control panel through a relay terminal block Wiring and replacement of a power supply module must be performed by maintenance personnel who is familiar with protection against electric shock For wiring methods refer to the QCPU User s Manual Hardware Design Maintenance and Inspection Startup and Maintenance Precautions A WARNING Do not touch any terminal while power is on Doing so will cause electric shock Correctly connect the battery connector Do not charge disassemble heat short circuit solder or throw the battery into the fire Doing so will cause the battery to produce heat explode or ignite resulting in injury and fire Shut off the external power supply for the system in all phases before cleaning the module or retightening the terminal screws or module fixing screws Failure to do so may result in electric shock Undertightening the terminal screws can cause short circuit or malfunction Overtightening can damage the screw and or module resulting in drop short circuit or malfunction
82. model QCPU AnS series Q series QnAS series Built in Program Program Program Program Program memory parameter memory parameter memory parameter RAM comment RAM comment RAM comment file register initial device value initial device value Drive 0 Drive 0 Memory Program Standard File register cassette parameter local device EEP ROM sampling trace Drive 3 Program Standard parameter Standard ROM can be ROM comment replaced to perform ROM initial device value operation Drive 4 1 The QOOJCPU does not have the standard RAM Program parameter Program parameter 2 There are files that cannot be used Memory card comment intial device value Memory comment RAM card A en 4 in the Basic model QCPU 3 4 file register local device RAM initial device value 3 Only one drive drive 1 or drive 2 error history file register can be used Drive 1 Drive 1 local device 4 The Basic model QCPU Q00U J CPU error history Q01UCPU do not have a memory card Mienionreard Program parameter comment M mary Program parameter ROM 3 4 initial device value aard A comment file register ROM initial device value file register Drive 2 Drive 2 Memory card ROM can be replaced with the standard ROM or a memory card ROM to perform ROM operation
83. points Error history memory card The stored history can O O O O i z are stored in the error history storage be monitored with the peripheral memory devices 4 It is necessary to set the reserved capacity for the write during RUN in advance Default set to 500 steps 2 The SRAM card is required 3 GPPQ is required This is not applicable to GX Developer App 10 Appendix 2 Spare Parts Storage 1 2 3 4 5 App 11 The general specifications of programmable controllers are as follows Please do not store spare parts under a high temperature or high humidity condition even within the range guaranteed by the specifications Storage ambient temperature 20 to 75 C Storage ambient humidity 10 to 90 no condensation Store in a place avoiding direct sunlight Store under a condition with no dust or corrosive gas The battery capacity of a A6BAT battery or a lithium coin battery commercially available for memory card will be decreased by its self discharging even when it is not used Replace it with new one in 5 years as a guideline For a power supply module CPU module with built in power supply or analog module that uses any aluminum electrolytic capacitor which is indicated in the table below take the following measures since the characteristics will be deteriorated when the aluminum electrolytic capacitor is left un energized for a long time Product Model AnS series P l amo
84. procedures e Mount the QCPU and a module for function expansion on the Q series main base unit Connect the QA 1S extension base unit QA1S650B to the main base unit as the first extension base unit and mount the power supply module and I O module which are installed to the existing AnS main base unit series on it Wiring change is unnecessary If the first extension base unit is AnS series replace it with QA1S extension base unit QA1S65DB If itis A series replace it with QA extension base unit QA60B Then mount a power supply module and I O module on the extension base unit Wiring change is unnecessary e Programs are automatically converted by changing the programmable controller type from AnS QnAS CPU to QCPU using GX Developer Some instructions are not automatically converted In case of intelligent function module or network module programs and parameters need be changed 1 INTRODUCTION Step 2 After replacing the existing modules mounted on the QA 1S extension base unit with the Q series modules remove the QA extension base unit and QA 1S series extension base unit Step 1 Functions can be added Replace all the modules Web server module with the Q series QCPU for replacing the Q series existing ANSCPU Use the QA1S extension base unit QA1S68B Step 2 First extension base unit Replace the existing AnS main base unit with the QA18S extension base unit QA1S68B Th
85. ratio within 5 not applicable power suppl Current GOMA POMA O Pay typ 24VDC for each common 24VDC External connection 34 point terminal block connector 18 point terminal block z system 2 pieces M3 5x6 screws M3x6 screws Core 0 3 to 0 75mm Applicable wire si 2 i i pplicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm Outsideidiametgr 2 8mm 0 11 x Wiring change is required inches or less R1 25 3 Applicable ieelgeroee peo a RANS Sleeved solderless terminal cannot x terminal RAV1 25 3 5 RAV2 3 5 be used 128 point Number of occupied pons 16 points I O points SOTO OUIput SE points I O assignment Output 16 points i slots 1 to 4 Empty 16 points i The module configuration differs Current consumption 0 22A typ all points on 0 08A typ all points on Recalculate the current consumption External dimensions 130 H x174 5 W x65 6 D mm 98 H x27 4 W x90 D mm A Wiring space is narrower Weight 0 70kg 0 17kg O 3 83 3 REPLACEMENT OF I O MODULE 8 Specifications comparison between A1SJ 56DR and QX40 QY10 a Specifications comparison between A1SJ 56DR input part and QX40 3 84 Specifications A1SJ 56DR input specifications O Compatible A Partially changed x Incompatible Precautions for replacement When 17 or more points are Number of input point 32 point 16 point et ae PARA Kpa amp used use two QX40 modules Isolation method Photocouple
86. replaced with those for the Q series REPLACEMENT OF CPU MODULE Product Model Model Remarks restrictions AnS QnAS series model Q series alternative model 1 1 0 control Refresh only 2 Processing speed LD instruction 0 2us gt 0 04us 3 PC MIX value 1 3 gt 14 4 Number of I O points 512 points 2048 points 5 Number of I O device points 8192 points 8192 points 6 Program capacity 28k steps 20k steps QO02UCPU 7 Number of file register points Ok points Memory card sold separately is necessary 64k points Using memory card Max 4086k points 8 Number of extension stages 1 stage 4 stages GOT bus connection can be made up to 4 stages 9 Applicable memory Built in RAM memory card sold separately program memory Standard RAM Standard ROM memory card sold separately Q2ASCPU 10 Microcomputer program not available 1 1 0 control Refresh only 2 Processing speed LD instruction 0 2us gt 0 02us 3 PC MIX value 1 3 28 4 Number of I O points 512 points 4096 points 5 Number of I O device points 8192 points 8192 points 6 Program capacity 14k steps 30k steps 7 Number of file register points Ok points Memory card sold separately is necessary 96k points Using memory card Max 4086k points 8 Number of extension stages 1 stage 7 stages 9 Applicable memory program memory memory card sold separately program memory Standard RAM Standa
87. respectively Therefore their specifications differ V is used as edge relay for the Q series The device is used to memorize the PLS PLF information to contacts from the start of the ladder block The following table shows replacement of index register when AnS series program was utilized to the Q series with Change PLC type AnS series Z1 to Z6 V1 to V6 Q series Z1 to Z6 Z8 to Z13 e When executing the END instruction AnSCPU AnUS H CPU AnS J HCPU e With M9049 off Outputs characters before 004 e With M9049 on Outputs 16 characters e Outputs comment in 16 characters Not applicable for the Universal model QCPU and the Basic model QCPU 7 41 A REPLACEMENT OF PROGRAM E Point When modifying contact instructions of timer counter with indexes AnA AnUCPU has no restrictions on index registers For QCPU only Z0 Z1 can be specified for index registers when modifying contact instructions of timer counter with indexes according to its specifications When using index registers other than Z0 Z1 in the existing AnA AnUCPU it is replaced with SM1255 as unconvertible instruction Therefore correcting changing program is required 2 Index register 32 bit specification When using index register as 32 bit instruction in the AnS series Z and V that has the same number with Z are processed as low order 16 bit value and high order 16 bit value respectively However the Q series pr
88. rotation of 16 bit data RCLP RCLP O Section 7 7 8 s RCR RCR O Section 7 7 8 Right rotation of 16 bit data z RCRP RCRP O Section 7 7 8 Return from subroutine program RET RET O Remote I O station data read RFRP OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 3 Read from automatic updating buffer memory RIFR OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 11 Read from intelligent device station buffer memory RIRCV OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 11 with handshake Read from intelligent device station buffer memory RIRD OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 11 Write to intelligent device station buffer memory with p RISEND OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 11 handshake Write to automatic updating buffer memory RITO OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 11 Write to intelligent device station buffer memory RIWT OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 11 Network parameter setting RLPA OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 11 Automatic refresh parameter setting RRPA OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 11 1 The high speed timer or retentive timer can also be converted according to the parameter setting A REPLACEMENT OF PROGRAM O Automatic conversion A Automatic conversion only High Perfomance model QCPU x Manual change required Universal model QCPU Description High Performance model QCPU Reference Instruction name Instruction name Conversion AnSCPU ROL ROL O Section 7 7 8 Left rotation of 16 bit data
89. sold separately The Universal model QCPU whose program memory is a Flash ROM does not have to perform the ROM operation 4 Universal model QCPU refers QQQUJCPU QOOUCPU Q01UCPU and others QnUCPUs 2 When PLC type in GX Developer changes the number of device will change 2 16 Section 7 7 12 REPLACEMENT OF CPU MODULE O Available A Although available specifications such as setting method partially differ x Not available Q series AnS series A2USCPU AnSHCPU A2USHCPU Performance S1 Function Description Precautions for replacement Reference Data protection function system Prevents unauthorized access from peripherals to programs The Q series prohibits each file from being read written by password registration whereas otection keyword d ts in the built i Secti pr tee i m yword and comments in the built in 5 0 A the AnS series prohibit the ection registration memory of a CPU module 2 4 2 parameters and programs from password memory cassettes or memory F A being read written to the user registration cards i memory by keyword registration The settings for the output 5 tatus at ch fi STOP Output status a iba ua aba To replace the AnS series Q 3 P to RUN Y between re output O setting at changing Q O O resetting the parameters is operation status before STOP from STOP to RUN k necessary and o
90. specifications 2 2 0 0 cceceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeetecesenenaeeess 3 86 3 2 5 Comparison of blank cover and dummy module specifications cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeetteeeeeeeees 3 87 3 3 Precautions for I O Module Replacement cecceceeeceececeeeee cece eeeeeceaeaaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeetenssensanaeeees 3 88 CHAPTER 4 REPLACEMENT OF POWER SUPPLY MODULE 4 1to4 7 4 14 List of Alternative Models of Power Supply Module eccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeccaecaeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeees 4 1 4 2 Comparison of Power Supply Module Specifications c cccccccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeaeceeeeeeeeeeeteeeseees 4 2 4 3 Precautions for Power Supply Module Replacement ceceeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteesecnaesaeeeeeeeneeeenes 4 7 CHAPTER 5 REPLACEMENT OF BASE UNIT AND EXTENSION CABLE 5 1to 5 16 5 1 List of Alternative Models of Base Unit and Extension Cable cciceeeeececeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeneeeees 5 1 5 2 Comparison of Base Unit and Extension Cable Specifications ecceeeeseeeeeeeeeetieeeeeetntneeeeeees 5 3 5 2 1 Comparison of base unit specifications ccccceccececeeeeeeeeeeecaeceeeeeeeeeceseeceeeaaeeeeeeeeeesenseeteeaees 5 3 5 2 2 Comparison of extension cable Specifications cccccccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeneecaeeeeeeeeeeeteeteeeeeneeaeeas 5 6 5 3 Precautions for Replacement of Base Unit and Extension Cable ccccccccsececceceeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeaeae
91. to 100 to 240V A1S63P Q63P QOOUJCPU A1SJHCPU QOO0JCPU power supply part power supply part The Q61SP may be used when only a few modules are replaced and connection of an extension base is unnecessary The output current capacity is limited please confirm the total current consumption of the system EE Point For details of replacing power supply modules when using A QnS extension base unit please refer to the following manual Transition from MELSEC A QnA Large Type Series to Q Series Handbook Fundamentals L 08043 4 REPLACEMENT OF POWER SUPPLY MODULE 4 2 Comparison of Power Supply Module Specifications 1 Specifications comparison between A1S61PN and Q61P Specifications A1S61PN O Compatible A Partially changed x Incompatible Compat ibility Precautions for replacement 100 240VAC 10 15 100 240VAC 10 15 Input powen spl 85 to 264VAC 85 to 264VAC 9 Input frequency 50 60Hz 5 50 60Hz 5 O Input voltage distortion Within 5 Within 5 O Max input apparent 105VA 130VA Check the capacity when using a power UPS Inrush current 20A within 8ms 20A within 8ms O Rated output 5VDC 5A 6A O current 24VDC Overcurrent 5VDC 5 5A or more 6 6A or more O protection 24VDC Overvoltage 5VDC 5 5 to 6 5V 5 5 to 6 5V O protection 24VDC Efficiency 65 or more 70 or more O Poner indicator LED
92. to 2000 10 to 2000 10 to 2000 10 to 2000 Program Program Program Program e Program e Program memory memory memory memory memory memory RAM 94K RAM 94K RAM 112K RAM 112K RAM 240K bie RAM 58K e Standard e Standard Standard Standard e Standard 241 Standard ROM 94K ROM 94K ROM 112K ROM 112K ROM 240K gi ROM 58K Standard RAM Standard RAM Standard RAM Standard RAM Standard RAM 128K 128K 64K 128K 128K Memory card Memory card Memory card z _ RAM Max 2M RAM Max 2M RAM Max 2M Flash Max 4M Flash Max 4M Flash Max 4M ATA Max 32M ATA Max 32M ATA Max 32M Max 8K Max 8K Max 14K Max 28K Max 28K Max 60K For the Q series microcomputer programs cannot be used x x x x x x p Consider replacing those microcomputer programs with sequence programs 256 1024 1024 4096 4096 4096 2 13 REPLACEMENT OF CPU MODULE O Available A Although available specifications such as setting method partially differ x Not available AnS series QnAS series Function Description A1SJHCPU A2USHCPU Q2ASCPU 077c a e121 0 A1SHCPU jesus ASUSCEU S1 Q2ASCPU S1 Q2ASHCPU S1 Input device x 2048 2048 8192 8192 8192 8192 Output device Y 2048 2048 8192 8192 8192 8192 Internal relay M 8192 8192 Latch relay L To
93. typ 24VDC for each common mre External connection 20 point terminal block connector 18 point terminal block x system M3 5x7 screws M3x6 screws Core 0 3 to 0 75mm Applicable wire size 0 75 to 1 25mm2 outside diameter 2 8mm x ia Wiring change is required 0 11 inches or less R1 25 3 FPE abl isoldericss pee R299 Sleeved solderless terminal cannot x terminal RAV1 25 3 5 RAV2 3 5 be used Current consumption 0 12A typ all points on 0 08A typ all points on O External dimensions 130 H x34 5 W x93 6 D mm 98 H x27 4 W x90 D mm A Wiring space is narrower Weight 0 20kg 0 17kg O 3 61 3 REPLACEMENT OF I O MODULE 14 Specifications comparison between A1SY60 and QY68A Specifications A1SY60 O Compatible A Partially changed x Incompatible 8 points Compat ibility Precautions for replacement When 9 or more points are used Number of output point 16 point era sas ae Dae nes 16 points occupied a use two QY68A modules Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler ie Rated load voltage 24VDC 5 24VDC O ting load volt 21 6 to 26 4VDC A eer PS gt 4 5 to 28 8VDC o range peak voltage 26 4VDC 2A point 4A common 25 C 1 8A point 3 6A The load t t be 8A Maximum load current pons Sommon 2A point 8A module A oe aol ene a 45 C less within a module 1 6A point 3 2A common 55 C Maximum inrush current
94. vaatucaedeVansdavunevand cedansabuaceedseadestaaanenas App 15 Appendix 3 4 Programming tool ccececcecceeeeeeeeeeececaeaaecaeeeeeeeeeecedseccqeaecaeeeeeeeeeeeseseeneeaeess App 16 Appendix 3 5 Products manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric Engineering Co Ltd aseeseen App 16 Appendix 3 6 Products manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric System amp Service Co Ltd App 16 For the products shown in handbooks for transition Catalogue and transition examples refer to the manuals for the relevant products and check the detailed specifications precautions for use and restrictions before replacement For the products manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric Engineering Co Ltd Mitsubishi Electric System amp Service Co Ltd and other companies refer to the catalogue for each product and check the detailed specifications precautions for use and restrictions before use The manuals and catalogues for our products products manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric Engineering Co Ltd and Mitsubishi Electric System amp Service Co Ltd are shown in Appendix of each handbook for transition For details on product compliance with the above standards please contact your local Mitsubishi Electric sales office or representative Products shown in this handbook are subject to change without notice A 12 GENERIC TERMS AND ABBREVIATIONS Unless otherwise specified this handbook uses the following gene
95. voltage distortion Within 5 Within 5 O Approx 17mA 200VAC 60Hz A Approx 14mA 200VAC 50Hz The rated input current is Rated t t A 9MA 200VAC 60H O E TAA pprox 9mA z Approx 8mA 100VAC 60Hz increased Approx 7mA 100VAC 50Hz ncn current Maximum 500mA Within 1ms Maximum 500mA Within 1ms o 264VAC 264VAC Operating voltage range 170 to 264VAC 50 60Hz 5 85 to 264VAC 50 60Hz 3Hz Maximum number of 9 i 9 Use it within the range shown in A Refer to the derating chart Refer to the derating chart f simultaneous input points the derating chart 80VAC 5mA On voltage on current 80VAC or more 4mA or more See ees ee A The on current is increased 50Hz 60Hz 30VAC or less 1 7mA or x Off voltage off current 30VAC or less 1mA or less Cee a RS A The off current is increased 50Hz 60Hz A 22kQ 60H A 12kQ 60H The input resistance is Input resistance pprox 601z PPOX 60Hz p i Approx 27kQ 50Hz Approx 15kQ 50Hz reduced Response Off gt on 30ms or less 200VAC 60Hz 10ms or less 100VAC 50Hz 60Hz O time On gt off 55ms or less 200VAC 60Hz 20ms or less 100VAC 50Hz 60Hz O Common terminal 16 points common 8 points common o arrangement common terminal TB9 TB18 common terminal TB17 Operation indication On indication LED On indication LED O External connection 20 point terminal block connector 18 point terminal block x system M3 5x7 screws M3x6 screws Core 0 3 to 0 75mm App
96. voltage on current 17 5VDC or more 3 5mA or more 15VDC or more 3mA or more A The on voltage on current differ 1 Off voltage off current 7VDC or less 1 7mA or less 5VDC or less 1 7mA or less A The off voltage differs Input resistance Approx 4 7kQ Approx 3 6kQ O i nputresistange isireduced 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms 70ms or less oron 10ms or less Configure the setting in the PLC o 24VDC parameter dialog box R Response 10ms is set by default Set the input response time of i parameter to the default value time by teint NAR Gh 10ms ms or less onfigure the setting in the Onion 24VDC hA de box 9 10ms is set by default Common terminal a Pon icone 32 points common arrangement commoni terminal common terminal B01 B02 9 1B1 1B2 2B1 2B2 On indication LED On indication LED Operation indication 32 point switching indication with the 32 point switching indication with the O switch switch External connection 40 pin connector 2 pieces 40 pin connector 2 pieces o system accessory sold separately Existing external wiring can be ae 0 3mm used Applicable wire size 0 3mm2 ABCON1 A6CON4 O Current consumption 0 09A typ all points on 0 075A typ all points on O External dimensions 130 H x34 5 W x93 6 D mm 98 H x27 4 W x90 D mm O Weight 0 28kg 0 15kg O 4 Check the specifications of the sensor or switches to be connected to the QX41 S2 2 The following shows the derating chart A1SX42 S2 QX41 S2 2 we SY 100 100
97. with the O switch switch External connection 40 pin connector 2 pieces 40 pin connector 2 pieces o system accessory sold separately Existing external wiring can be i ae 0 3mm used Applicable wire size 0 3mm O ce ee A6CON1 A6CON4 Current consumption 0 16A typ all points on 0 09A typ all points on O External dimensions 130 H x34 5 W x93 6 D mm 98 H x27 4 W x90 D mm O Weight 0 28kg 0 18kg O 4 Check the specifications of the sensor or switches to be connected to the QX42 S1 2 The following shows the derating chart A1SX42 S1 QX42 S1 o 33C 23 C L 10 100 90 90 24VDC 7 ON 80 80 26 4VDC ratio 70 g 70 common 60 ZAVDG o 50 50 26 4VD E 50 47 40 28 8VD 5 40 30 30 20 20 0 10 20 30 40 5055 C 40 Ambient temperature 0 10 20 30 40 50 55 C Ambient temperature 3 31 3 REPLACEMENT OF I O MODULE 20 Specifications comparison between A1SX42 S2 and QX42 O Compatible A Partially changed x Incompatible Cc t Specifications A18SX42 S2 ilit Precautions for replacement Number of input points 64 points 64 points O Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler Rated input voltage 24VDC 24VDC O The rated input current is Rated input current Approx 5mA Approx 4mA A 4 reduced One inenaenetanae 19 2 to 26 4VDC 20 4 to 28 8VDC The operating voltage rang
98. x inches or less Wiring change is required 1 25 3 5 1 25 YS3A i R1 25 3 Applicable solderless 2 3 5 2 YS3A SI Asolderless tarminal t terminal V1 25 3 5 V1 25 YS3A Sleeved i ie Sarno G V2 S3 V2 YS3A f Runer of occupied 32 points I O assignment special 16 points I O assignment Interrupt A ihe number of occupied I O I O points 32 points points differs Current consumption 0 057A TYP all points on 0 06A typ all points on O External dimensions 130 H x34 5 W x93 6 D mm 98 H x27 4 W x90 D mm A Wiring space is narrower Weight 0 20kg 0 20kg O 1 Check the specifications of the sensor or switch to be connected to the QI60 3 REPLACEMENT OF I O MODULE 3 2 5 Comparison of blank cover and dummy module specifications 1 Specifications comparison between A1SG60 and QG60 Specifications A1SG60 O Compatible A Partially changed x Incompatible Compat ibility Precautions for replacement Number of occupied 1 0 Empty slot default empty 16 points Empty slot default empty 16 points points VOtmecianment Selected from empty 0 16 32 48 Selected from empty 0 16 32 48 PAED pune SEN and 64 points 64 128 256 512 and 1024 points i 9 classification assignment tab of the PLC default 16 points default 16 points i parameter dialog box TS Mounted to the slot where no I O module is mounted especially the empty Application slot between modules for dust control
99. 0 7 Empty 32 points 40 unit base unit 3 Input 32 points 160 8 Empty 32 points 60 4 Output 32 points 180 9 A1SX41 Input 32 points 80 The program can be utilized without changing the I O address of the existing AnS series module by the I O assignment above 5 REPLACEMENT OF BASE UNIT AND EXTENSION CABLE 5 4 7 External dimensions The following diagram shows the external dimensions of the QA 1S extension base unit 1 QA1S65B 4 mounting screws M5x25 i 130 5 12 ce x O o ot qt qf oi ott 2a H Bal sv Il e BEN al Wf qa qa Wf Wal oS EL S E i i E E xX o WER roo Tor moz OS 104 QA1865B a S 2 Ul was YF 16 4 S ojm 0 657 z 0 89 51 2 2 2 02 295 0 3 11 6140 01 315 12 40 Unit mm inch 2 QA1S68B 4 mounting screws M525 a g A iI 400 0 3 15 75 0 01 420 16 54 Unit mm inch 5 15 s REPLACEMENT OF BASE UNIT AND EXTENSION CABLE
100. 0 30 30 20 20 0 10 20 30 40 5055 C 10 Ambient temperature 0 10 20 30 40 50 55 C Ambient temperature 3 REPLACEMENT OF I O MODULE 17 Specifications comparison between A1SX42 and QX41 S2 Specifications A1SX42 O Compatible A Partially changed x Incompatible e Cay Compat Precautions for replacement ibility When 33 or more points are Number of input points 64 points 32 points A used use two QX41 S2 modules Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated input voltage 12 24VDC 24VDC 12VDC is not applicable The rated input current is Rated input t A 2MA A 5MA A 6MA ated input curren pprox 2mA Approx 5m pprox 6m inaeeaeany Operstinaveltage range 10 2 to 26 4VDC 20 4 to 28 8VDC eee ors SAE E teh a ripple ratio within 5 ripple ratio within 5 A isnot applicable Maximum number of 3 i 3 Use it within the range shown in a j Refer to the derating chart Refer to the derating chart A simultaneous input points the derating chart On voltage on current 8VDC or more 2mA or more 15VDC or more 3mA or more A 12VDC is not applicable 1 2 Off voltage off current 4VDC or less 0 6mA or less 5VDC or less 1 7mA or less A 12VDC is not applicable 1 2 The input resistance is Input resistance Approx 5kQ Approx 3 6kQ O 9 increased
101. 0 30 40 Ambient temperature 24VDC 26 4VD 28 8VD 5055 C 3 REPLACEMENT OF I O MODULE 3 2 2 Comparison of output module specifications 1 Specifications comparison between A1SY10 and QY10 O Compatible A Partially changed x Incompatible Specifications A1SY10 panies Precautions for replacement Number of output points 16 points 16 points O The isolation method differs but Isolation method Photocoupler Relay A the performance is the equivalent Ridoen veg 24VDC 2A resistance load point 24VDC 2A resistance load point 240VAC 2A COSo 1 point 240VAC 2A COS 1 point O current 8A common 8A commonn Minimum switching load 5VDC 1mA 5VDC 1mA O Maximum switching 264VAC 264VAC 0 voltage 125VDC 125VDC Response Off gt on 10ms or less 10ms or less O time On off 12ms or less 12ms or less O Mechanical 20 million times or more 20 million times or more O Rated switching voltage Rated switching voltage current load current load 100 000 times or more 100 000 times or more 200VAC 1 5A 240VAC 1A COSo 0 7 100 000 times or more 200VAC 0 4A 240VAC 0 3A Life 200VAC 1 5A 240VAC 1A COS 0 7 300 000 times or more Electrical COS 0 7 100 000 times or more 200VAC 1A 240VAC 0 5A 200VAC 1A 240VAC 0 5A COS 0 35 100 000 times or more o COS 0 35 100 000 times or more 200VAC 0 3A 240VAC 0 15A 24VDC 1A 100VDC 0 1A COS 0 35 300 000 times or more L
102. 0 31 x 35 1 38 mm inches 280 11 02 _ 20 0 79 k 410 16 14 5 lt 430 16 93 W N Width W Unit mm inch A1S52B A1S55B A1S58B A1S65B A1S68B A1S32B A1S33B A1S35B A1S38B A1S38HB A1S38HBEU S1 S1 S1 S1 S1 220 430 155 8 66 255 10 03 325 12 79 16 93 6 10 260 10 23 365 14 37 315 12 40 420 16 53 For the base unit A1S38B is used as an example 8 2 8 EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS Point When using A QnA series extension base unit please refer to Transition from MELSEC A QnA Large Type Series to Q Series Handbook Fundamentals L NA O8043ENG 8 3 APPENDICES Appendix 1 Basic Model QCPU Basic model QCPU is the best module to realize the cost effectiveness for a small scale system For a large scale system consider applying the Universal model QCPU the High Performance model QCPU which allows you fewer restrictions Appendix 1 1 Major restrictions When the Basic model QCPU is compared to the Universal model QCPU the High Performance model QCPU the major restrictions are listed in the following 1 Program a The maximum program capacity is 14K steps when Q01CPU is selected b Program number is limited to 1 respectively for the sequence program program name MAIN and for the SFC program program name MAIN SFC c If SFC program has 128th block or later when it is converted the SFC program is entirely deleted without being conve
103. 1 1B02 Number of output points 32 points 32 points O Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Output format Sink type Sink type O Rated load voltage 12 24VDC 12 24VDC O Operating load voltage 10 2 to 30VDC 10 2 to 28 8BVDC A Voltage exceeding 28 8VDC is range peak voltage 30VDC ripple ratio within 5 not applicable Maximum load current 0 1A point 2A common 0 1A point 2A common oO Maximum inrush current 0 7A 10ms or less 0 7A 10ms or less 1e Leakage current at off 0 1mA or less 0 1mA or less O Maximum voltage drop 0 1VDC typ 0 1A 0 1VDC typ 0 1A o at on 0 2VDC MAX 0 1A 0 2VDC MAX 0 1A Off on ims or less ims or less O w Response S kie On of 1ms or less 1ms or less o 5 resistance load rated load resistance load 2 z z 5 Surge suppressor Zener diode Zener diode O ro Available Available 3 overheat protection function overheat protection function E overload protection function overload protection function The overheat protection function e The overheat protection function Protection function is activated in increments of 1 is activated in increments of 1 O point point The overload protection function The overload protection function is activated in increments of 1 is activated in increments of 1 point point Common terminal 32 points common 32 points common o arrangement common terminal 2A1 2A2 common terminal 2A01 2A02 12 24VDC Ext I VIETE 12 24VDC 10 2 to 28 8VDC Voltage exceeding 28 8VD
104. 12 Boot run method Writing programs to ROM ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeseeeaeeeeeeeaeenees 7 48 CHAPTER 8 EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS 8 1to8 3 8 1 Q Series External Dimensions and Mounting Dimensions ceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeetaeeeeeeeaaes 8 1 8 1 1 AnS QnAS series external dimensions and mounting dimensions c ccccceeeeeeeeeteeeeeee 8 2 APPENDICES App 1 to App 17 Appendix Basic Model QCPU rcii na aai i ceudavanes ides vn anentcaeneaedaddeavcasiaccaesaatessavaeeedae App 1 Appendix 1 1 Major restrictions sirru iiaa a aiaa aaa a Naadi iiaa App 1 Appendix 1 2 CPU module specifications comparison ccccceeeeeeeeceeeeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeesnseeaeeees App 3 Appendix 1 3 CPU module functional comparison c cccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeseeeenntacieeaeeeeees App 5 Appendix 2 Spare Parts Storage cccccsccececceeeeeeeeeeecnnneaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseesceaaaaeaaeceeeeeeeeeseseeeeessnnnaaeeess App 11 Appendix 3 Related Manuals 2 c eccecceceeeeeeeeeseeceeceneaeceeeeeeeeeeeeseesecaaaaesaeceeeeeeeeeeeseesennsnnnunaeeess App 12 Appendix 3 1 Materials for replacement cccceceeeeeeceneeceeee eee ee eee ee eee eeaaaeaeeeeeeeeeeeseteeeeeeneaaeess App 12 Appendix 3 2 AnS QnAS series cc ccceccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeaceeaenaeceeeeeeeeeseeaaaanaeeeeeeseeeeeeseeeeensaaseees App 13 Appendix 3 3 Q SORES ccsadiscteveccseecersdeed aea aa a aa
105. 1799 are provided Measure e Although automatic conversion is executed for the QCPU replacement review the points since some specifications differ between the two CPUs Specification For the QCPU comments are managed as common comments or comments by program For the Basic model QCPU only comments by program MAIN are managed Comments are automatically replaced upon the QCPU conversion The comment capacity of the QCPU depends on memory capacity Section 7 5 Section 7 1 2 Writing programs to ROM 7 2 The ROM operation is executed with the EP ROM Specification e The boot run is executed with programs stored in a standard ROM or memory card upon the QCPU replacement Measure Execute the boot setting of PLC parameter Section 7 7 12 A REPLACEMENT OF PROGRAM 2 Comparison between QnASCPU and QCPU QnASCPU specifications O Compatible A Partially changed x Incompatible QCPU specifications and precautions for replacement Reference Sequence program SFC program e Each program is dealt as one file Specification e Each program is dealt as one file Instruction e Dedicated instructions as display LED instruction status latch SLT instruction etc are available Specification With Change PLC type instructions are converted automatically except some instructions Measure e The instructions that cannot be conv
106. 1SD75M1 M2 M3 AD75M1 M2 M3 Positioning module User s Manual IB 66715 13J870 A1SD75P1 S3 P2 S3 P3 S3 AD75P1 S3 P2 S3 P3 S3 Positioning 39 IB 66716 13J871 Module User s Manual 40 Type A1S62LS User s Manual IB 66647 13J837 41 High speed counter module type A1SD61 User s Manual IB 66337 13J674 High speed counter module Type A1SD62 A1SD62E A1SD62D S1 User s 42 IB 66593 13J816 Manual 43 Pulse catch module type A1SP60 Hardware User s Manual IB 66477 13JE61 44 Analog timer module type A1ST60 Hardware User s Manual IB 66479 13JE57 45 Analog input output module type A1S63ADA User s Manual IB 66435 13JE30 46 Analog Input Output Module Type A1S66ADA User s Manual IB 66819 13JL41 MELSECNET MINI S3 Master Module Type AJ71PT32 S3 AJ71T32 S3 47 IB 66565 13JE64 A1SJ71PT32 S3 A1SJ71T32 S3 User s Manual 48 AS i Master module type A1SJ71AS92 User s Manual SH 080085 13JR15 49 A1SD59J S2 MIF Memory Card Interface Module User s Manual SH 080056 13JR05 App 14 Appendix 3 3 Q series App 15 No Manual Name Manual Number Model Code 1 MELSEC Q Series QnU Catalog L 08101E 2 QCPU User s Manual Hardware Design Maintenance and Inspection SH 080483ENG 13JP73 3 QnUCPU User s Manual Function Explanation Program Fundamentals SH 080807ENG 13JZ27 Qn H QnPH QnPRHCPU User s Manual Function Explanation Program 4 SH 080808ENG 1
107. 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms 70ms or less Off gt on 10ms or less Configure the setting in the PLC o 24VDC parameter dialog box Set the input response time of Response 10ms is set by default parameter to the default value time 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms 70ms or less 10ms On rof 10ms or less Configure the setting in the PLC o 24VDC parameter dialog box 10ms is set by default A 32 points common Common terminal i 32 points common common terminal 1B1 1B2 2B1 O arrangement 2B2 common terminal B01 B02 On indication LED Operation indication 32 point switching indication with the On indication LED O switch External connection 40 pin connector 2 pieces 40 pin connector 2 pieces o system accessory sold separately Existing external wiring can be ae 0 3mm used Applicable wire size 2 O ce Camm A6CON1 A6CON4 Current consumption 0 09A typ all points on 0 075A typ all points on O External dimensions 130 H x34 5 W x93 6 D mm 98 H x27 4 W x90 D mm O Weight 0 28kg 0 15kg O 4 When applying 12VDC use the QX72 2 Check the specifications of the sensor or switches to be connected to the QX41 S2 3 The following shows the derating chart A1SX42 QX41 S2 op 38 C ey 100 100 90 24VDC 90 80 26 4VDC 80 g 70 o 70 o 60 n 2 50 ratio ae 4T 50 6 40 i 40 30 30 31 25 24VDC 20 20 18 75 28 8VDC 10 10 o 0 10 20 30 40 5055 C 0 10 20 30 40 50 55 C Ambient temperature Ambient temperature 3
108. 2 points 8192 points 6 Program size 14K steps 28K steps A2USCPU Q02CPU 7 Number of file register points 8K points 32K points Using memory card Max 1018k points 8 Number of extension bases 1 stage 7 stages 9 Used memory built in RAM EEP ROM cassette sold separately program memory standard RAM standard ROM memory card sold separately 10 Microcomputer program not available 11 Sequence instruction AnA AnU dedicated instructions are replaceable REPLACEMENT OF CPU MODULE AnS QnAS series model Q series alternative model Product Model Model Remarks restrictions 1 1O control refresh only 2 Processing speed LD instruction 0 09us 0 034us 3 PC MIX value 2 0 gt 10 3 4 Number of I O points 1024 points gt 4096 points 5 Number of I O device points 8192 points 8192 points 6 Program size 30K steps 28K steps QO02HCPU 7 Number of file register points 8K points 64K points Using memory card Max 1018k points 8 Number of extension bases 1 stage 7 stages 9 Used memory built in RAM EEP ROM cassette sold separately program memory standard RAM standard ROM memory card sold separately 10 Microcomputer program not available 11 Sequence instruction AnA AnU dedicated instructions are replaceable A2USHCPU S1 1 1O control refresh only 2 Processing speed LD instruction 0 09s 0 034us 3 PC MIX value 2 0 gt 10 3 4 Nu
109. 20 for the AnS series and with parameters for the Q series Latch data retention during power failure Holds the data of devices when turning off the power resetting and a momentary power failure longer than the allowable momentary power failure time occurs Remote RUN Remotely runs or stops the program operations in the CPU an interrupt cause occurs STOP module from external switches or peripherals Set the PAUSE enable flag with the special relay M9040 for the PAUSE Stops operations while holding AnS A2US series and with the the output status special relay SM206 for the Q 2 series nemua Executes the program that rs i corresponds to the cause when processing Microcomputer Executes various controls and operations over utility programs and user created microcomputer programs stored in the Consider use of sequence program etc as the substitution Instructions from any utility difference mode mierocmodler orodramareab package need to be replaced with callin es mae ie ee eons the corresponding instructions of 9 q the QCPU program Target f h Display of priority of Sets the ERROR LED on off a eel ERROR LED status at an error ROM operation Enables operation with parameters and programs stored in ROM not to lose user programs due to battery exhaustion AnS series CPU modules can perform the ROM operation by using EEP ROM cassette
110. 3 to 0 75mm outside diameter 2 8mm x 0 11 inches or less RAV1 25 3 5 R1 25 3 Sleeved solderless 0 75 to 1 25mm Applicable wire size AWG16 to AWG19 Wiring change is required Applicable solderless terminal terminal cannot be used Dielectric withstand 2830VAC rms 3 cycles 2830VAC rms 3 cycles o voltage altitude 2 000m 6562ft altitude 2 000m 6562ft 10MQ or more with an insulation 10MQ or more with an insulation Insulation resistance O resistance tester resistance tester When two QX28 modules are used the current consumption is Current consumption 0 05A typ all points on 0 05A typ all points on A i creased Raviow the carent capacity External dimensions 130 H x34 5 W x93 6 D mm 98 H x27 4 W x90 D mm A Wiring space is narrower When two QX28 modules are Weight 0 23kg 0 20kg A used the weight is increased Calculate the weight carefully 1 Check the specifications of the sensor or switches to be connected to the QX28 2 The following shows the derating chart A1SX20EU QX28 se 100 45 90 100 CASC 4 100 55C 240V a 90 87 5 55C 264V a On 80 2 60 ratio 70 E 50 60 O 40 50 40 iss 0 10 20 30 40 5055 C 20 Ambient temperature 10 0 10 20 30 40 50 58 C Ambient temperature 3 16 3 REPLACEMENT OF I O MODULE 5 Specifications comparison betwe
111. 33us 0 08us 3 PC MIX value 0 4 gt 7 36 4 Number of I O points 256 points gt 1024 points 5 Number of I O device points 2048 points 8192 points CPU module 6 Program capacity 8k steps 10k steps QO0UCPRU 7 Number of file register points 8k points 64k points 8 Number of extension stages 1 stage 4 stages GOT bus connection can be made up to 4 stages 9 Applicable memory Built in RAM E2PROM cassette sold separately program memory Standard RAM Standard ROM 10 Microcomputer program available not available 1 W O control Refresh direct switch Refresh only 2 Processing speed LD instruction During refresh 0 33us 0 08us 3 PC MIX value 0 4 gt 7 36 4 Number of I O points 256 points gt 1024 points 5 Number of I O device points 2048 points 8192 points 6 Program capacity 8k steps 10k steps 7 Number of file register points 8k points 64k points 8 Number of extension stages 1 stage 4 stages GOT bus connection can be made up to 4 stages 9 Applicable memory Built in RAM E2PROM cassette sold separately program memory Standard RAM Standard ROM 10 Microcomputer program available not available A1SHCPU QOOUCPU REPLACEMENT OF CPU MODULE AnS QnAS series model Q series alternative model Product Model Model Remarks restrictions 1 I O control Refresh direct switch gt Refresh only 2 Processing speed LD
112. 3JZ28 Fundamentals 5 MELSEC Q L Programming Manual Common Instructions SH 080809ENG 13JW10 6 MELSEC Q L QnA Programming Manual PID Control Instructions SH 080040 13JF59 7 MELSEC Q L QnA Programming Manual SFC SH 080041 13JF60 8 QA65B QA68B Extension Base Unit User s Manual IB 0800158 13JR26 9 I O Module Type Building Block User s Manual SH 080042 13JL99 10 Spring Clamp Terminal Block Model Q6TE 18S User s manual IB 0800204E 13JT72 Insulation Displacement Connector for MELSEC Q Series 32 Point I O 11 IB 0800228E 13JT92 Module User s Manual 12 Analog Digital Converter Module User s Manual SH 080055 13JR03 Channel Isolated High Resolution Analog Digital Converter Module Channel Isolated High Resolution Analog Digital Converter Module With Signal 13 fd SH 080277 13JR51 Conditioning Function User s Manual Q64AD GH Q62AD DGH GX Configurator AD SW2D5C QADU E Channel Isolated Analog Digital Converter Module Channel Isolated Analog 14 Digital Converter Module With Signal Conditioning Function User s Manual SH 080647ENG 13JR96 Q68AD H Q66AD DG GX Configurator AD SW2D5C QADU E 15 Digital Analog Converter Module User s Manual SH 080054 13JRO02 Channel Isolated Digital Analog Converter Module User s Manual 16 SH 080281E 13JR52 Q62DA FG SW2D5C QDAU E Channel Isolated Digital Analog Converter Module User s Manual 17 SH 080648ENG 13JR97 Q66DA G SW2D5C QDAU E 18 Analog Input Output Module User s Manual Q64AD2DA SH 080793ENG
113. 4096 points 5 Number of I O device points 8192 points 8192 points 6 Program size 60K steps 60K steps 7 Number of file register points OK points A memory card sold separately is required for use 64K points Using memory card Max 1018k points 8 Number of extension bases 1 stage 7 stages 9 Used memory built in RAM memory card sold separately program memory standard RAM standard ROM memory card sold separately 10 Microcomputer program not available 4 The instruction for file registers and special function modules need to be replaced with those for the Q series CPU module Q2ASHCPU S1 QO6HCPU Point The specification comparison between AnS QnASCPU and Basic model QCPU is in the Appendices REPLACEMENT OF CPU MODULE 2 2 Comparison of CPU Module Specifications 1 Comparison between AnS QnASCPU and Universal model QCPU Function O Available A Although available specifications such as setting method partially differ x Not available AnS series QnAS series Description A1SJHCPU A2USHCPU Q2ASCPU Q2ASHCPU A1SHCPU AZSHCPU ARUSCPY S1 Q2ASCPU S1 Q2ASHCPU S1 eee a woecttve operation of o o o o o o stored program I O control Refresh mode direct O O O O O O method mode 4 2 2 2 12 Language dedicated to Programming sequence control relay o o o o o o language symbol logic symbol MELSAP language S inst
114. 40VAC 10 15 io pat power Supp 200 240VAC 10 15 85 to 264VAC Q 170 to 264VAC Input frequency 50 60Hz 3 50 60Hz 5 O Input voltage distortion Within 5 Within 5 O Max input apparent 100VA 105VA N Check the capacity when using a power UPS Inrush current 20A within 8ms 40A within 8ms O Rated output 5VDC 3A 3A O current 24VDC Overcurrent 5VDC 3 3A or more 3 3A or more O protection 24VDC Overvoltage 5VDC 5 5 to 6 5V 5 5 to 6 5V O protection 24VDC Efficiency 65 or more 65 or more O Power indicator LED indication LED indication o Turns on when 5VDC is output normal on green error off Fuse None Built in unchangeable O Terminal screw size M3 5 x 8 M3 5 x7 A The screw length is shorter Applicable wire size 0 3 to 2mm 0 75 to 2mm ee R RAV1 25 3 5 RAV2 3 5 RAV1 25 3 5 RAV2 3 5 o Applicable tightening 59 to 88N cm 66 to 89N om A Tighten within the applicable torque tightening torque 130 H x 330 W x82 D mm 98 H x 245 W x 98 D mm A Extemalaimensione Fi 54 espe eae inches aaa a ee inches A _ lt Wifing spacs is nairower Weight 7 00kg 0 66kg O Allowable momentary Within 20ms Within 20ms o power failure period 100VAC or more 100VAC or more e By noise simulator of 1500Vp p By noise simulator of 1500Vp p Nasoim noise voltage tps nales width noise voltage Apeindies width o and 25 to 60Hz noise frequency and 25 to 60Hz
115. 5125 ry tandar can replace file register Q1MEM 1MS Q1MEM 2MS Q1MEM 64SE Q1MEM 128SE e Built in flash ROM can replace program change into Memory card 9 SRAM E2ROM Q1MEM 256SE Unnecessary ROM Q1MEM 512SE Standard RAM can replace file register Q1MEM 1MSE 4 When the memory capacity of standard RAM is shortage the memory card SRAM can be used e Q2MEM 1MBS e Q2MEM 2MBS 2 When the memory card is E ROM please select Flash ROM 6 MEMORY AND BATTERY REPLACEMENT 6 2 Precautions for Memory and Battery Replacement 1 Precaution for memory replacement a The Q series does not need memory cassettes since its CPU module incorporates the built in RAM flash ROM This built in flash ROM in the CPU module enables the ROM operation Boot run b When using multiple blocks of extension file registers or sampling trace function for the Q series the SRAM card for the series is required 2 Precaution for battery replacement The battery for the A series AGBAT should be replaced with the one for Q series Q6BAT Q7BAT Refer to the users manual of each CPU module for battery life since it varies depending on the type of CPU module and memory cassette The A6BAT is not a model to be discontinued A REPLACEMENT OF PROGRAM REPLACEMENT OF PROGRAM This chapter describes replacement procedures and precautions for using programs and comments of the AnS QnASCPU in the QCPU 1 Comparison between AnSCP
116. 6 0 100 Shift instruction 12 12 0 100 Data processing instruction 20 19 1 95 4a FIFO instruction 4 4 0 100 Application 5 poner Buffer memor access instruction 8 8 0 100 FOR to NEXT instruction 2 2 0 100 Local elation remote I O station 4 0 4 0 Access instruction Display instruction 5 3 2 60 Other instructions 10 2 8 20 Total number of application instructions 99 84 15 85 Total number of sequence basic application instructions 237 220 17 93 A REPLACEMENT OF PROGRAM e Conversion ratio of dedicated instructions The following table shows the conversion ratio when changing the programmable controller type of the AnSCPU dedicated instructions to the QCPU Universal model QCPU High Performance model QCPU Number of Number of Instruction type g g instructions instructions 9 instructions Conversion ratio applicablefor requiring k rough standard automatic manual Number of conversion change Direct input output instruction 3 3 0 100 Structured program instruction 6 2 4 33 Data operation instruction 6 6 0 100 I O operation instruction 2 2 0 100 k k Real number processing instruction 27 27 0 100 Dedicated instruction Character string processing instruction 25 24 1 96 Functional z Data control instruction 6 6 0 100 extension 5 Clock instruction 2 2 0 100 Extension file register instruction 7 0 7 0 Program switchi
117. 8 input part and QX40 3 78 fications Number of input points Y18 input specifications 8 points O Compatible A Partially changed x Incompatible 16 points Precautions for replacement Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler Sink type Input format Sink t O ed ee positive common Rated input voltage 24VDC 24VDC O 3 The rated input current is Rated input current Approx 7mA Approx 4mA A 4 reduced Opening valaea range 19 2 to 26 4VDC 20 4 to 28 8VDC The operating voltage range P ete ripple ratio within 5 ripple ratio within 5 A differs Maximum number of Simultaneously on 100 i Simult 1009 O simultaneous input points 26 4VDC imultaneousiy on 1007 On voltage on current 14VDC or more 3 5mA or more 19VDC or more 3mA or more A The on voltage on current differ Off voltage off current 6 5VDC or less 1 7mA or less 11VDC or less 1 7mA or less A The off voltage differs The input resistance is Input resistance Approx 3 3kQ Approx 5 6kQ A i 4 increased 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms 70ms or less Confi the setting in the PLC Off gt on 10ms or less 24VDC ate te seningiih the o parameter dialog box i A Set the input response time of Response 10ms is set by default parameter to the default value time 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms 70ms or less 10ms On gt off 10ms or less 24VDC Configure the setting in the PLC o parameter dialog box 10ms
118. 8HB A1S65B A1S68B A1S55B A1SJCPU A1SJCPU S3 A1SJHCPU MELSEC Q Series module model Q33B Q35B Q38B Q65B Q68B Q55B QOO0JCPU QOOUJCPU Base adapter ERNT ASQB33 ERNT ASQB35 ERNT ASQB38 ERNT ASQB65 ERNT ASQB68 ERNT ASQB55 ERNT ASQBOOJ 4 When replacing a system using A series extension base unit that is connected to AnS QnAS base unit Q large base unit Mitsubishi Electric Engineering Co Ltd upgrate tool can be used Please refer to the following for selection guidance Transition from MELSEC A QnA Large Type Series to Q Series Handbook Fundamentals MELSEC A QnA Series Transition Examples 1 INTRODUCTION For MELSEC A QnA large type Series to Q Series transition related products manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric Engineering Co Ltd or Mitsubishi Electric System amp Service Co Ltd contact your local sales office or representative 1 2 3 Precautions for transition 1 Before replacing the A AnS QnA QnAS series by the Q series be sure to refer to manuals for each Q series module to check the functions specifications and usage 2 For products manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric Engineering Co Ltd and Mitsubishi Electric System amp Service Co Ltd refer to the catalog for each product shown in Appendix to develop an understanding of the detailed specifications precautions and restrictions for use for correct usage 3 After replacing the A AnS QnA Qn
119. 90 24VDC 7 90 iN 80 ___ 26 4vpc 80 g 70 70 oe 50 rato 60 50 47 50 40 40 30 30 31 25 24VDC 20 20 EW 8 75 28 8VDC i 0 40 20 30 40 5055 C 0 10 20 30 40 50 55 C Ambient temperature Ambient temperature 3 33 3 REPLACEMENT OF I O MODULE 22 Specifications comparison between A1SX71 and QX41 S1 3 34 O Compatible A Partially changed x Incompatible Cc t Specifications A1SX71 QX41 S1 Diit Precautions for replacement Number of input points 32 points 32 points O Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated input voltage 5 12 24VDC 24VDC A 5 12VDC is not applicable i VDE Approx 1 2mA The rated input current is Rated input current 12VDC Approx 3 3mA Approx 4mA A 19 24VDC Approx 7MA reduced E E E 4 5 to 26 4VDC 20 4 to 28 8VDC 4 Prague tise Fees ripple ratio within 5 ripple ratio within 5 A _J3A2VDC isnot applicable Maximum number of 3 g 3 fF A gt Refer to the derating chart Refer to the derating chart O simultaneous input points On voltage on current 3 5VDC or more 1mA or more 19VDC or more 3mA or more A 5 12VDC is not applicable 1 Off voltage off current 1VDC or less 0 1mA or less 9 5VDC or less 1 5mA or less A 5 12VDC is not applicable 2 The input resistance is Input resistance Approx 3 5kQ Approx 5 6kQ A 9 increased
120. A typ all points on 0 075A typ all points on O External dimensions 130 H x34 5 W x93 6 D mm 98 H x27 4 W x90 D mm O Weight 0 24kg 0 16kg O 4 When applying 12VDC use the QX71 2 Check the specifications of the sensor or switches to be connected to the QX81 3 The following shows the derating chart A1SX81 QX81 43 C 100 26 4VAC n 90 a 80 On 30 28 8VDC S 70 ratio Z 60 60 60 50 50 c 40 A O 40 0 10 20 30 40 5055 C 30 Tt Ambient temperature 20 m 10 0 10 20 30 40 50 55 C Ambient temperature 3 41 3 REPLACEMENT OF I O MODULE 30 Specifications comparison between A1SX81 and QX81 S2 O Compatible A Partially changed x Incompatible Cc t Specifications A1SX81 QX81 S2 Diit Precautions for replacement Number of input points 32 points 32 points O Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated input voltage 12 24VDC 24VDC A 12VDC is not applicable R The rated input current is Rated input current Approx 3mA Approx 7mA Approx 6mA A 9 reduced oe aen eE 10 2 to 26 4VDC 20 4 to 28 8VDC 4 Decne Nee ripple ratio within 5 ripple ratio within 5 A ENB ig notapplicable Maximum number of r 3 i 3 Use it within the range shown in A 5 Refer to the derating chart Refer to the derating chart A simultaneous input points th
121. A MAX 15mA common Curent typ 24VDC for each common 24VDC all points on The currentvalue isincrea ed On indication LED On indication LED Operation indication 32 point switching indication with 32 point switching indication with O the switch the switch Biei emeden seen 40 pin connector 40 pin connector o 2 pieces accessory 2 pieces sold separately Existing external wiring can be Z 2 0 3mm used Applicable wire size 0 3mm A6CON1 A6CON4 O Number of occupied 1 0 32 points 32 points 0 points I O assignment Output I O assignment I O mix Current consumption 0 50A typ all points on 0 13A typ all points on O External dimensions 130 H x34 5 W x93 6 D mm 98 H x27 4 W x90 D mm O Weight 0 27kg 0 20kg O 4 Check the specifications of the sensor or switches to be connected to the QH42P 2 The following shows the derating chart 100 QH42P 90 On 80 ratio 70 60 50 40 0o 10 20 30 40 5055 C Ambient temperature 28 8VDC 3 REPLACEMENT OF I O MODULE 2 Specifications comparison between A1SH42P and QH42P Specifications A1SH42P O Compatible A Partially changed x Incompatible Compat Precautions for replacement ibility Number of input points 32 points 32 points O Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Input format
122. A1SJ 56DT input specifications O Compatible A Partially changed x Incompatible Precautions for replacement When 17 or more points are Number of input point 32 point 16 point aapa anu eo dd 7 used use two QX40 modules Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Sink t Input format Sink type 7 yes O positive common Rated input voltage 24VDC 24VDC O The rated input current is Rated input current Approx 7mA Approx 4mA A 4 reduced Operating vola e rande 19 2 to 26 4VDC 20 4 to 28 8VDC The operating voltage range IME edhe ripple ratio within 5 ripple ratio within 5 A differs Maximum number of Eats 1 A S 60 10 points common Simultaneously on 100 O simultaneous input points On voltage on current 14VDC or more 3 5mA or more 19VDC or more 3mA or more A The on voltage on current differ Off voltage off current 6 5VDC or less 1 7mA or less 11VDC or less 1 7mA or less A The off voltage differs The input resistance is Input resistance Approx 3 3kQ Approx 5 6kQ A i 4 increased 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms 70ms or less OE 10ms or less Configure the setting in the PLC o 24VDC parameter dialog box i Set the input response time of Response 10ms is set by default parameter to the default value time 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms 70ms or less 10ms On ofi 10ms or less Configure the setting in the PLC o i 24VDC parameter dialog box 10ms is set by defaul
123. A2US 512 points A2US S1 1024 points A2USH S1 1024 points A1SJH 256 points A1SH 256 points A2SH 512 points 8192 points 2048 points 8192 points Total 2048 points 8192 points Total 8192 points 8192 points 2048 points 2048 points 256 points 2048 points 8192 points 8192 points 1024 points 2048 points 56 points 2048 points Total 2048 points Total 256 points 0 points 1024 points 1024 points 256 points 12288 points 8192 points 1024 points 8192 points 8192 points 1024 points 2048 points 56 points 16 points FXO to FXF 16 points FYO to FYF 2048 points 256 points 5 points FDO to FD4 2048 points 256 points Specified from JIN Specified from UL G 16 points ZO to Z15 7 points Z Z1 to Z6 1 point Z 7 points V V1 to V6 1 point V 32768 points block 8192 points block RO to R32767 RO to R8191 2 points 15 points 8 points 4096 points 256 points 48 points 32 points 320 points 512 points block K 2147483648 to K2147483647 HO to HEFFFFFFF E 1 17550 38 to E 3 40282 38 QnACPU ABCD T 37 A REPLACEMENT OF PROGRAM a The number of points for use can be changed with parameters 2 V is used for edge relays for the QOPU QnASCPU 3 The format of instructions that use the
124. AS series by the Q series be sure to check operations of the whole system before the actual operation 1 10 REPLACEMENT OF CPU MODULE REPLACEMENT OF CPU MODULE The following is an example of alternative Q series CPU modules that can be chosen based on compatibility with previous AnS series CPU The optimal AnS series replacement may be selected based on type of control specifications system scalability and cost 2 1 List of Alternative Models of CPU Module 1 Replacement with Universal model QCPU AnS QnAS series model Q series alternative model Product Model Remarks restrictions 1 W O control Refresh direct switch Refresh only 2 Processing speed LD instruction During refresh 0 33us 0 12s 3 PC MIX value 0 4 4 92 4 Number of I O points 256 points 5 Number of I O device points 2048 points 8192 points 6 Program capacity 8k steps 10k steps QOOUJCPU 7 Number of file register points 8k points 0 points 8 Number of extension stages 2 stages 2 stages GOT bus connection can be made up to 2 stages 9 Applicable memory Built in RAM E2PROM cassette sold separately program memory Standard ROM 10 Microcomputer program available not available A1SJHCPU 11 configuration including 5 slot base unit CPU module and power supply module 1 W O control Refresh direct switch Refresh only 2 Processing speed LD instruction During refresh 0
125. Applicable tightening 59 to 88N cm 66 to 89N cm A Tighten within the applicable torque tightening torque External dimensions 130 H x SSW x 93 8 D mm SAIH x 55 200 x S0 D mm Wiring space is narrower 51 2 H x 2 17 W x36 9 D inches 3 86 H x 2 33 W x 3 54 D inches Weight 0 50kg 0 33kg Allowable momentary Within 10ms Within 10ms power failure period 24VDC or more at 24VDC input By noise simulator of 500Vp p noise By noise simulator of 500Vp p noise Noise immunity voltage 1us noise width and 25 to _ voltage 1us noise width and 25 to O 60Hz noise frequency 60Hz noise frequency Between batch inputs and LG and Withstand voltage Betweeniprimary and SVDC batch outputs ATT 500VAC for o 500VAC one minute e Between batch inputs and LG and Between batch inputs and LG and batch outputs and FG A batch outputs and FG Between all inputs and LG Insulation resistance O 10MQ or more by 500VDC insulation resistance tester Between all outputs and FG 10MQ or more by 500VDC insulation resistance tester Accessory None None 4 REPLACEMENT OF POWER SUPPLY MODULE 5 Specifications comparison between A1SJHCPU power supply part and QOOUJCPU QOOJCPU power supply part Specifications A1SJHCPU power supply part O Compatible A Partially changed x Incompatible Q00 U JCPU power supply part Compat ibility Precautions for replacement 100 120VAC 10 15 85 to 132VAC 100 2
126. C 4 Input frequency 50 60Hz 5 50 60Hz 5 O Input voltage distortion Within 5 Within 5 O a apparent 105VA 105VA o Inrush current 20A within 8ms 20A within 8ms O Rated output 5VDC 3A 3A O current 24VDC 0 6A 0 6A O Overcurrent 5VDC 3 3A or more 3 3A or more O protection 24VDC 0 66A or more 0 66A or more O Overvoltage 5VDC 5 5 to 6 5V 5 5 to 6 5V O protection 24VDC Efficiency 65 or more 65 or more O T LED indication LED indication o Turns on when 5VDC is output normal on green error off Fuse Built in unchangeable Built in unchangeable O Terminal screw size M3 5 x7 M3 5 screws O Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm2 0 75 to 2mm O Applicable solderless pear RAV1 25 3 5 RAV2 3 5 RAV1 25 3 5 RAV2 3 5 O Applicable tightening 59 to 88N cm 66 to 89N cm A Tighten within the applicable torque tightening torque a A one 130 H x 55 W x 93 6 D mm 98 H x 55 2 W x 90 D mm A Witing spade is narower 51 2 H x 2 17 W x 36 9 D inches 3 86 H x 2 33 W x 3 54 D inches Weight 0 60kg 0 39kg seers ela Within 20ms Within 20ms e By noise simulator of 1500Vp p e By noise simulator of 1500Vp p neeo irun noise voltage tye nalee width noise voltage Tps noise width o and 25 to 60Hz noise frequency and 25 to 60Hz noise frequency Noise voltage IEC801 4 2kV e Noise voltage IEC61000 4 4 2kV Between batch inputs and LG and Between batch inputs and LG and batch outputs and FG batch outputs and FG Withstandi voltage ii cycles 2000
127. C is mema 9 10 2 to 30VDC eee A not applicable power ripple ratio within 5 SE Current AmA MAA TomA common The current value is increased typ 24VDC for each common 24VDC all points on A i On indication LED On indication LED Operation indication 32 point switching indication with 32 point switching indication with O 3 76 the switch the switch 3 REPLACEMENT OF I O MODULE Cc t Specifications A1SH42P S1 ible Precautions for replacement 40 pi t 40 pi t External connection system A peer A PRES O 2 pieces accessory 2 pieces sold separately Existing external wiring can be ie 0 3mm used Applicable wire size 0 3mm O ey a A6CON1 A6CON4 Number of occupied I O 32 points 32 points o points I O assignment Output I O assignment I O mix Current consumption 0 13A typ all points on 0 13A typ all points on O External dimensions 130 H x34 5 W x93 6 D mm 98 H x27 4 W x90 D mm O Weight 0 17kg 0 20kg A The weight is increased 1 Check the specifications of the sensor or switches to be connected to the QH42P 2 The following shows the derating chart QH42P 100 90 NI On 80 28 8VDC ratio 70 60 50 40 O 10 20 30 40 5055 C Ambient temperature 3 REPLACEMENT OF I O MODULE 5 Specifications comparison between A1SX48Y18 and QX40 QY10 a Specifications comparison between A1SX48Y1
128. CAUTION Before performing online operations especially program modification forced output and operation status change for the running CPU module from the peripheral connected read relevant manuals carefully and ensure the safety Improper operation may damage machines or cause accidents Do not disassemble or modify the modules Doing so may cause failure malfunction injury or a fire Use any radio communication device such as a cellular phone or PHS Personal Handy phone System more than 25cm 9 85 inches away in all directions from the programmable controller Failure to do so may cause malfunction Shut off the external power supply for the system in all phases before mounting or removing the module Failure to do so may cause the module to fail or malfunction A module can be replaced online while power is on on any MELSECNET H remote I O station or in the system where a CPU module supporting the online module change function is used Note that there are restrictions on the modules that can be replaced online and each module has its predetermined replacement procedure For details refer to the relevant sections in the QCPU User s Manual Hardware Design Maintenance and Inspection and in the manual for the corresponding module After the first use of the product do not mount remove the module to from the base unit and the terminal block to from the module more than 50 times IEC 61131 2 compliant respectively Exceeding
129. CPU AnACPU AnUCPU QCPU A A Mode Programming 8 i IB 66251 13J742 Manual Dedicated Instructions Type AnACPU AnUCPU QCPU A A mode Programming Manual 9 IB 66258 135744 PID Control Instructions 10 Type MELSAP II SFC Programming Manual IB 66361 13JF40 11 QnACPU Programming Manual Fundamentals IB 66614 13JF46 12 QnACPU Programming Manual Special Function Module SH 4013 13JF56 13 QCPU Q Mode QnACPU Programming Manual Common Instructions SH 080039 13JF58 14 QCPU Q Mode QnACPU Programming Manual PID Control Instructions SH 080040 13JF59 15 QCPU Q Mode QnACPU Programming Manual SFC SH 080041 13JF60 16 I O module type Building block User s Manual IB 66140 13J643 17 Computer Link Module Com link func Print func User s Manual SH 3511 13JF77 Serial Communications Module User s Manual Modem Function Additional 18 SH 66612 13J825 Version 19 For A Ethernet Interface Module User s Manual SH 080192 13JR45 20 For QnA Ethernet Interface Module User s Manual SH 080146 13JR33 21 Type A1SD518S Intelligent communication module User s Manual IB 66551 13JE90 22 AD51H BASIC Programming Manual Debug and Compile SH 080091 13JF64 23 AD51H BASIC Programming Manual Command SH 080090 13JF63 Control amp Communication Link System Master Local Module Type 24 IB 66721 13J872 AJ61BT11 A1SJ61BT11 User s Manual Control amp Communication Link System Master Local Module type 25 IB 66722 133873 AJ61QBT11 A1SJ61QBT11 User s Manual 26
130. DC parameter dialog box Set the input response time of Response 10ms is set by default parameter to the default value time 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms 70ms or less 10ms e 10ms or less Configure the setting in the PLC o 24VDC parameter dialog box 10ms is set by default Common terminal 32 points common 32 points common arrangement common terminal 17 18 36 common terminal B01 B02 Operation indication On indication LED On indication LED External connection 37 pin D sub connector 40 pin connector x system accessory sold separately 2 Wiring change is required Applicable wire size 0 3mm2 0 3mm x A6CON1 A6CON4 Current consumption 0 08A typ all points on 0 07A typ all points on O External dimensions 130 H x34 5 W x93 6 D mm 98 H x27 4 W x90 D mm O Weight 0 24kg 0 12kg O When applying 24VDC use the QX81 22 Check the specifications of the sensor or switches to be connected to the QX71 3 The following shows the derating chart 100 On ratio 90 A1SX81 43 C 80 70 60 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 10 20 30 40 50 55 C Ambient temperature 26 4VAC 3 43 3 REPLACEMENT OF I O MODULE 32 Specifications comparison between A1SX81 S2 and QX81 3 44 O Compatible A Partially changed x Incompatible
131. DC 10 2 to 28 8VDC A Voltage exceeding 28 8VDC is range peak voltage 30VDC not applicable Maximum load current 0 5A point 2A common 0 5A point 2A common O Maximum inrush current 4A 10ms or less 4A 10ms or less oO Leakage current at off 0 1mA or less 0 1mA or less O Maximum voltage drop at 0 9VDC typ 0 5A 0 2VDC typ 0 5A o on 1 5VDC MAX 0 5A 0 3VDC MAX 0 5A Off gt on 2ms or less ims or less O Response time On gt off 2ms or less 1ms or less o resistance load rated load resistance load Surge suppressor Zener diode Zener diode O 3 2A 4A Fuse rating 1 fuse common 1 fuse common breaking capacity Cannot be changed Cannot be changed breaking capacity 50A breaking capacity 50A 5 Available Available aa een LED turns on when a fuse is blown LED turns on when a fuse is blown and a signal is output to the CPU and a signal is output to the CPU module module Common terminal 8 points common 7 points common 8 points common is changed to 7 arrangement common terminal TB19 common terminal TB18 A points common 12 24VDC 12 24VDC 20 15 Voltage exceeding 28 8VDC is ae Vonage 10 2 to 30VDC ripple ratio within 5 A not applicable supply Current RomA 10mA 24VDC O typ 24VDC for each common 3 81 3 REPLACEMENT OF I O MODULE 7 Specifications comparison between A1SJ 56DT and QX40 QY50 a Specifications comparison between A1SJ 56DT input part and QX40 3 82 Specifications
132. Designating the character display color COLOR OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 11 Reading device comment data COMRD COMRD O CON1 OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 11 Displaying the cursor CON2 OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 11 COS operations on floating decimal point data COS COS O Displaying a canvas screen CPS1 OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 11 Changing the VRAM display address CPS2 OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 11 CR1 OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 11 Consecutive display of the same character CR2 OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 11 A REPLACEMENT OF PROGRAM Universal model QCPU so Fe AnSCPU 3 Description High Performance model QCPU Reference Instruction name Instruction name Conversion Switching between normal and highlighted display for CRDSP OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 11 characters CRDSPV OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 11 Setting highlighted display for characters CREV OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 11 CSCRD OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 11 Scrolling the screen CSCRU OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 11 Conversion from decimal ASCII to BCD 4 digit data DABCD DABCD O Conversion from decimal ASCII to BIN 16 bit data DABIN DABIN O Reading clock data DATERD DATERD O Writing in clock data DATEWR DATEWR O BIN 32 bit dead band controls DBAND DBAND O Conversion from BCD 8 digit to decimal ASCII data DBCDDA DBCDDA O Conversion fr
133. Dummy module AG62 d The dedicated instructions in QnA A series program are not applicable to the QCPU program Replace them with the FROM TO instructions 2 When using the QA1S60B up to six modules having the same product name can be mounted to the QA1S60B 3 Only one interrupt module any of QI60 A1S161 Al61 and Al61 S1 can be used 5 12 5 REPLACEMENT OF BASE UNIT AND EXTENSION CABLE 5 4 6 I O address for the QA 1S extension base unit This section explains I O address I O assignment when using the QA 1S extension base unit 1 Concept of I O address when using the QA 1S extension base unit I O address when using the QA 1S extension base unit can be assigned to either of the following a Assign the I O address of the Q series module to the lowest address and assign that of the A series module to the Q series module I O address 1 or later b Assign the I O address of the A series module to the lowest address and assign that of the Q series module to the A series module I O address 1 or later Point 1 I O address can be assigned by either of the following address orders 1 Q series module A series module 2 A series module gt Q series module Note that the CPU module does not start due to an error if the address is assigned in the order of Q series module A series module Q series module and vice versa 2 The QA 1S extension base unit QA1S65B QA1S68B QA65B QA68B occupies I O addresses
134. G IXDEV Counter Measure ECON nder Change the program so that the device offset values specified the IXSET z f IXSET instruction are directly set to the index modification table using the MOV modification of entire ladder i instruction Print ASCII code instruction PR Counter Measures High Performance model QCPU can be used Sequence Print comment instruction PRC For details to Universal model QCPU refer to the technical news instruction No FA A 0068 Special format failure checks CHKST instruction CHK eoumiey Measure CHKCIR Review the program and change manually Foret capos TM TIE ior For details please refer to the technical news No FA A 0068 CHK instruction CHKEND Counter Measure e Use the PSCAN instruction instead of this instruction when low speed Frogram low eReed execution type programs are replaced with scan execution type execution registration PLOW YPE alee p yp programs instruction z P A e No instruction can be used if low speed execution type programs are replaced with fixed scan execution type programs Counter Measure Program execution status PCHK Check a program execution status on the Program monitor list screen of GX check instruction Developer For details refer to the QCPU User s Manual Function Explanation Program Fundamentals LED Counter Measure Display instruction Setting an external display is recommended since the QCPU does not have LEDC the LED display function 7 1 SLT Count
135. Link special relay 1024 points 2048 points Timer 512 points 2048 points Retentive timer 0 points Counter 512 points 1024 points Data register 11136 points 12288 points Link register 2048 points 8192 points Link special register 1024 points 2048 points Function input 16 points FXO to FXF Function output 16 points FYO to FYF Special relay 1024 points 2048 points Function registers 5 points FDO to FD4 Special register 1024 points 2048 points Link direct device Specified from JO Special direct devices Specified from UL G Z 10 points Z0 to Z9 16 points ZO to Z15 20 points Z0 to Z19 Index register v2 32768 points block gt File register RO to R32767 32768 points block 5 11 RO to R32767 Extended data register 1 0 points Extended link register 0 points Accumulator Nesting 15 points Pointer 300 points 4096 points 4 Interrupt pointer 128 points 256 points gt SFC block device 128 points 320 points SFC transition device 512 points block Decimal constant K 2147483648 to K2147483647 Hexadecimal constant HO to HEFFFFFFF Real constant E 1 17550 38 to E 3 40282 38 Character string w o QCPU ABCD A REPLACEMENT OF PROGRAM QnASCPU Q2AS 512 points Q2AS S1 1024 points Q2ASH 512 points Q2ASH S1 1024 points AnSCPU
136. M The boot run is executed with program and parameter stored in a memory card One memory card can be installed Specification The boot run is executed with the programs stored in a standard ROM or memory card upon QCPU replacement One memory card can be installed Measure Execute the boot setting of PLC parameter Section 7 7 12 A REPLACEMENT OF PROGRAM 7 1 Program Replacement Procedure To replace programs and comments created by the AnS QnAS series with the ones for the Q series make the setting in the Change PLC type screen of GX Developer 7 1 1 Program conversion procedure from AnS QnASCPU to QCPU Program conversion procedure follows the order of 1 gt 2 gt 3 below 1 Reading process of conversion source data 2 Program conversion from AnS QnASCPU to QCPU with Change PLC type 3 Writing process of converted data Refer to Section 7 1 2 for details of the change operation 1 Reading AnSCPU program 3 Writing QOPU program a Perform Read from PLC to the ANSCPU a Perform Write to PLC to the QCPU b Reading project data of ANSCPU 2 Change PLC type b Storing project data of QCPU Refer to 1 a and 1 b in the Refer to 3 a and 3 b in the following diagram following diagram AnS series CPU ee l QCPU GX Developer p 2 AnSCPU QCPU Project data Project data
137. MITSUBISHI Mitsubishi Programmable Controller Transition from MELSEC AnS QnAS Small Type Series to Q Series Handbook Fundamentals MEN EN a PE P ony en oes eee Nov 2011 Edition SAFETY PRECAUTIONS Read these precautions before using this product Before using products introduced in this publication please read relevant manuals and replacement handbooks carefully and pay full attention to safety to handle the product correctly In this publication the safety precautions are classified into two levels N WARNING and A CAUTION A WARNING Indicates that incorrect handling may cause hazardous conditions resulting in death or severe injury A Indicates that incorrect handling may cause hazardous conditions CAUTION resulting in minor or moderate injury or property damage Under some circumstances failure to observe the precautions given under NCAUTION may lead to serious consequences Observe the precautions of both levels because they are important for personal and system safety Make sure that the end users read this publication and keep it in a safe place for future reference Design Precautions N WARNING Configure safety circuits external to the programmable controller to ensure that the entire system operates safely even when a fault occurs in the external power supply or the programmable controller Failure to do so may result in an accident due to an i
138. Number of occupied I O points not changed 4 Specifications Rated input voltage changed 12VDC is not applicable Rated input current changed Approx 5mA Approx 4mA On voltage on current changed Off voltage off current changed Input resistance changed Function not changed Qx42 24VDC External wiring not changed Number of slots changed 2 modules are required Program Number of occupied I O points not changed 64 points 32 points x 2 modules QX41 S2 4 Specifications 24VDC Rated input voltage changed 12VDC is not applicable Rated input current changed Approx 5mA Approx 6mA On voltage on current changed Off voltage off current changed Input resistance changed Function not changed A1SX42 External wiring not changed Number of slots not changed Program Number of occupied I O points not changed 4 Specifications Rated input voltage changed 24VDC is not applicable Rated input current changed On voltage on current changed Off voltage off current changed Input resistance changed QX72 12VDC 5 Function not changed Input module 1 External wiring not changed 2 Number of slots not changed 3 Program Number of occupied I O points not changed 4 Specifications A1SX42 S1 QX42 S1 Rated input voltage not changed Rated input current changed On voltage on current changed Off voltage off current changed Input resistance changed 5 Function not
139. PU REPLACEMENT OF CPU MODULE AnS QnAS series model Q series alternative model Product CPU module Model Q2ASHCPU Model Q02UCPU Remarks restrictions I O control Refresh only Processing speed LD instruction 0 075yus gt 0 04us PC MIX value 3 8 14 Number of I O points 512 points gt 2048 points Number of I O device points 8192 points 8192 points Program capacity 28k steps 20k steps Number of file register points Ok points Memory card sold separately is necessary 64k points Using memory card Max 4086k points Number of extension stages 1 stage 4 stages GOT bus connection can be made up to 4 stages Applicable memory program memory memory card sold separately program memory Standard RAM Standard ROM memory card sold separately 10 Microcomputer program not available QO3UDCPU I O control Refresh only Processing speed LD instruction 0 075yus 0 02us PC MIX value 3 8 28 Number of I O points 512 points 4096 points Number of I O device points 8192 points 8192 points Program capacity 28k steps 30k steps Number of file register points Ok points Memory card sold separately is necessary 96k points Using memory card Max 4086k points Number of extension stages 1 stage 7 stages Applicable memory program memory memory card sold separately program memory Standard RAM Standard ROM memory card sold separa
140. PU QO3UDECPU Q04UDEHCPU QO6UDEHCPU Q10UDEHCPU Q13UDEHCPU Q20UDEHCPU Q26UDEHCPU Q50UDEHCPU and Q100UDEHCPU This handbook mainly explains about the QQOUJCPU QOOUCPU Q01UCPU Q02UCPU QO3UDCPU Q04UDHCPU and QO6UDHCPU which can replace the AnS QnAS series The specifications and functions of the Q10UDEHCPU to Q100UDEHCPU are the same as those of the modules described above although the program and memory capacities increase CPU module model ACPU Generic term for MELSEC A series programmable controller CPUs AnSCPU Generic term for MELSEC AnS series programmable controller CPUs A AnSCPU Generic term for MELSEC A series and MELSEC AnS series programmable controller CPUs Generic term for the AINCPU A1NCPUP21 R21 AINCPUP21 S3 A2NCPU A2NCPU S1 AnNCPU A2NCPUP21 R21 AZNCPUP21 R21 S1 AANCPUP21 S3 S4 ASZNCPU ASNCPUP21 R21 and A3NCPUP21 S3 AnACP Generic term for the AZACPU A2ZACPU S1 A3ACPU A2ZACPUP21 R21 AZACPUP21 R21 AL S1 and A3ACPUP21 R21 AnUCPU Generic term for the AZUCPU A2UCPU S1 AZUCPU A4UCPU A2USCPU A2ZUSCPU S1 i and A2USHCPU S1 AnN AnACPU Generic term for the AnNCPU and AnACPU AnN AnA AnSCPU Generic term for the AnNCPU AnACPU and AnSCPU QnACPU Generic term for MELSEC QnA series programmable controller CPUs QnASCPU Generic term for MELSEC QnAS series programmable controller CPUs Generic term for MELSEC QnA series and MELSEC QnAS series programmable controller QnA QnASCPU
141. PU therefore can be converted directly A Item that requires re setting after the conversion since the functions specifications are partially different x Item to be deleted since there is no common item between the QnASCPU and QCPU Confirm the parameters after the conversion and correct re set as required Remarks Cc t Name ote ibility Label O Comment O PLC name setting Low speed O setting High speed O RUN O contact PAUSE RUN PAUSE Timer limit Remote reset Output mode at STOP to RUN Common pointer No Use COM instructions or set the communication reserved time for the special register SD315 as required PLC system setting General data processing Number of empty slots Interrupt counter setting No Re setting is required 128 Fixed scan interval 129 Fixed scan interval setting 130 Fixed scan interval System interrupt 131 Fixed scan interval File register Confirmation is required since the usable target memory is changed Comment file used in a command Confirmation is required since the usable target memory is changed Device initial value Confirmation is required since the usable target memory is changed PLC file setting File for local device Confirmation is required since the usable target memory is changed Input relay Output relay Internal relay Latch relay Link relay A
142. PU QnASCPU AnUS H CPU AnS J HCPU e 100ms Default Measurement Changeable in the range of 1 to 1000ms i e Fixed to 100ms unit Parameter Low speed QnACPU 10 to 1000ms timer Specifying K100 K100 method lt TO 4 T9 10ms Default Measurement Changeable in the range of 0 1 to 100ms e Fixed to 10ms unit parameter QnACPU 1 to 100ms High speed timer Specifying the Specifying yx high speed timer K100 aes H K100 c T200 c lt To Measurement The same measurement unit as low speed i i e Fixed to 100ms unit timer Retentive timer al Specifying K100 K100 method sT s To Measurement The same measurement unit as high speed None unit timer High speed Specifying the retentive timer Specifying _ high speed timer H K100 method f STO Setting range for set value 1 to 32767 1 to 32767 Processing the set value 0 Instant on e Infinite No time up Updating present value On off processing for contact When executing the OUT Tn instruction Precautions for using timer The following shows precautions when using timers For details refer to the QCPU User s Manual Function Explanation Program Fundamentals a Q QnASCPU timer ladder programming method Set the number of points for the timer and retentive timer in the Device setting of the parameter setting e When executing the END processing To use the low speed timer high speed timer retentive timer and high speed retentive timer
143. Precautions for replacement Rerorenge 8192 8192 8192 8192 8192 8192 8192 8192 8192 8192 8192 8192 8192 8192 8192 8192 8192 8192 8192 8192 8192 8192 8192 8192 8192 8192 8192 8192 819210 8192 10 8192 10 8192 10 8192 10 819210 8192 10 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 8192 8192 8192 8192 8192 8192 8192 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 1024 1024 1024 1024 1024 1024 1024 12288 12288 12288 12288 12288 12288 12288 8192 8192 8192 8192 8192 8192 8192 x 32768 32768 32768 32768 32768 32768 65536 98304 131072 393216 65536 65536 capacity of capacity of capacity of capacity of memory card memory card memory card memory card Max 4086k Max 4086K Max 4086K Max 4086K The QnAS Q series CPU modules do not use the accumulator since the instruction format is different from P 2 x m that for the AnS series Upon replacement the accumulator is converted into the special register SD718 SD719 Program modification is not required 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 z x a E 3 For the QnAS Q series this device is used as the edge relay 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 512 512 512 4096 4096 4096 4096 128 128 128 256 256 256 256 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Within Within program memory Pe eee Standar
144. R 7ms 100 000 times or more 24VDC 1A 100VDC 0 1A L R 7ms 100 000 times or more 24VDC 0 3A 100VDC 0 03A L R 7ms 300 000 times or more Maximumiswitehing 3600 times hr 3600 times hr o frequency Surge suppressor None None As the common is changed from Common terminal 8 points common 16 points common 2 commons to 1 common wiring arrangement common terminal TB9 TB18 common terminal TB17 i with a different voltage for each common is not possible Operation indication On indication LED On indication LED O Fuse None None External 24VDC 10 j power Veliags Ripple voltage 4Vp p or less i 9 eect powersupply isnot supply Current 90mA typ 24VDC all points on O i External connection 20 point terminal block 18 point terminal block system connector M3 5x7 screws M3x6 screws x Core 0 3 to 0 75mm Applicable wire size 0 75 to 1 25mm outside diameter 2 8mm x z F Wiring change is required 0 11 inches or less Applicable solderless R1 25 3 5 R2 3 5 Sleeved a on pe 7 terminal RAV1 25 3 5 RAV2 3 5 be used Review the current capacity since Current consumption 0 12A typ all points on 0 43A typ all points on A the current consumption is increased External dimensions 130 H x34 5 W x93 6 D mm 98 H x27 4 W x90 D mm A Wiring space is narrower Weight 0 25kg 0 22kg O 3 47 3 REPLACEMENT OF I O MODULE 2 Specifications comparison between A1SY10EU and QY10 3 48 Specifications A1SY10EU O
145. REPLACEMENT OF I O MODULE 18 Specifications comparison between A1SX42 and QX72 3 30 O Compatible A Partially changed x Incompatible Cc t Specifications NERY CY iis Precautions for replacement Number of input points 64 points 64 points O Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated input voltage 12 24VDC 5 12VDC A 24VDC is not applicable 24VDC is not applicable Rated input current Approx 2mA Approx 5mA SIDE APPOX a The ate in hee P PRS er 12VDC Approx 3 3mA A oe reduced 4 5 to 6VDC Operating E 10 2 to 26 4VDC ripple ratio within 5 4 aE EME pres ripple ratio within 5 10 2 to 14 4VDC A vO isnotapplicable ripple ratio within 5 Maximum number of f A p Refer to the derating chart 3 Simultaneously on 100 oO simultaneous input points On voltage on current 8VDC or more 2mA or more 3 5VDC or more 1mA or more A 24V DC is not applicable 2 Off voltage off current 4VDC or less 0 6mA or less 1VDC or less 0 1mA or less A 24VDC is not applicable 2 l The input resistance is Input resistance Approx 5kQ Approx 3 3kQ O 2 decreased 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms 70ms or less Off gt on 10ms or less Configure the setting in the PLC o 24VDC parameter dialog box Set the input response time of Response 10ms is set by default parameter to the default value time 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms 70ms or less 10ms On gt off 10ms or less Configure the setting in
146. SC50NB QC50B 6 0m A1SC60B 10 0m QC100B For precautions for replacement refer to Section 5 3 1 5 REPLACEMENT OF BASE UNIT AND EXTENSION CABLE 5 5 3 Precautions for Replacement of Base Unit and Extension Cable 5 3 1 1 2 5 3 2 Precautions for replacement of base unit When replacing the AnS QnAS small type series base unit with the Q series it is necessary to redo the mounting holes to fix the unit to a control panel since the two series have different mounting hole size When using the existing mounting holes to install the Q series base unit use the upgrade tool base adapter manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric Engineering Co Ltd This base adapter allows to omit the procedure of redoing mounting holes For the upgrade tool manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric Engineering Co Ltd contact your local sales representative Precautions for replacement of extension cable An extension cable can be used up to 13 2m 43 31ft for the Q series while it can be used up to 6 0m 19 68ft for the AnS QnAS series Select a cable optimum for the system s REPLACEMENT OF BASE UNIT AND EXTENSION CABLE 5 4 QA 1S Extension Base Unit 5 4 1 5 4 2 5 8 When replacing the AnS QnAS series CPU by the Q series using the QA 1S extension base unit A AnS QnA QnAS series compatible module can be utilized without change QA 1S extension base unit specifications Item Number of mo
147. SP Specifications A1S61PN 100 240VAC 10 15 O Compatible A Partially changed x Incompatible 100 240VAC 10 15 Compat ibility Precautions for replacement Input er suppl O A AA 85 to 264VAC 85 to 264VAC Input frequency 50 60Hz 5 50 60Hz 5 O Input voltage distortion Within 5 Within 5 O Max input apparent 105VA 40VA o power Inrush current 20A within 8ms 20A within 8ms O The Q61SP can be used with the slim type main base unit only 5VDC 5A 2A Rated output A Check the current consumption of current 3 entire system 24VDC Although the current value differs the rated output is within 109 Overcurrent 5VDC 5 5A or more 2 2A or more O ve AET CAPV SN m 3 difference and the specifications protection are the same 24VDC Overvoltage 5VDC 5 5 to 6 5V 5 5 to 6 5V O protection 24VDC Efficiency 65 or more 70 or more O ene LED indication LED indication o Turns on when 5VDC is output normal on green error off Fuse Built in unchangeable Built in unchangeable O Terminal screw size M3 5 x7 M3 5 screws O Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm 0 75 to 2mm Oo Applicable solderless RAV1 25 3 5 RAV2 3 5 RAV1 25 3 5 RAV2 3 5 O terminal Applicable tighteni Tight ithin th licabl pplicable tightening 59 to 88N cm 86 to 89N cm A lig en within the applicable torque tightening torque 130 H x 55 W x 93 6 D mm 98 H x 27 4
148. Sink type Sink type O positive common Rated input voltage 12V 24VDC 24VDC 12VDC is not applicable 10 2 to 26 4VDC 20 4 to 28 8VDC z Operating voltage range ripple ratio within 5 ripple ratio within 5 12VDC is not applicable Approx 2mA 12VDC The rated input current is Rated input current Oe 5mA ee Approx 4mA A reduced a Sais number or 60 20 points common 9 5 inuiemeevs input Simultaneously on 24VDC Refer to the derating chart O points On voltage on current 8VDC or more 2mA or more 19VDC or more 3mA or more A 12VDC is not applicable 3 Off voltage off current 4VDC or less 0 6mA or less 11VDC or less 1 7mA or less A 12VDC is not applicable a The input resistance is Input resistance Approx 5kQ Approx 5 6kQ A 4 increased 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms 70ms or less non 10ms or less 24VDC Configure the setting in the PLC o parameter dialog box i Set the input response time of Response 10ms is set by default parameter to the default value time 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms 70ms or less 10ms On of 10ms or less 24VDC Configure the setting in the PLC o parameter dialog box 10ms is set by default Common terminal 32 points common 32 points common o arrangement common terminal 1B1 1B2 common terminal 1B01 1B02 Number of output points 32 points 32 points O Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Output format Sink type Sink type O Rated load voltage 12 24VDC 12 24VDC O Operating load voltage 10 2
149. T Sample program 3 CAWINDOWS Desktop Samplet 4 CAWINDOWS Desktop gepu_fb Start new GX Developer session Exit GX Developer Changes the PLC type Q25PH Host station Ovwte NUM T REPLACEMENT OF PROGRAM b Specify the target programmable controller type in the Change PLC type dialog box Change PLC type PLC series setting PLC series QGPU made Change PLC type PLC series cuam gt OCPUQmode Cancel U PLC type a Click the OK button after setting the PLC type PLC type setting Change PLC type PLC series QCPU mode Y 7 6 A REPLACEMENT OF PROGRAM c Select the conversion method of special relays registers Chanee PLC type Change the PLO ype to QOOU Are you sure to change all of the data to match the PLC t To check all data ect confirm change Scan time is extended by the device latch range setting include L device Tf the latch of device is necessary please set the required minimum latch a NotN Specify the conversion destination of special relays registers AnS series CPU M9000s D9000s Check the Convert M9000 D9000 lt gt Q QnACPU special devices e Checked Converted to the Q dedicated device e Not Checked Converted to the A compatible SM1000s SD1000s Fixed to Checked when selecting the Basic model QCPU and the Univesal model QCPU It is recommended to check the box when specifying the device conversion
150. The following shows the derating chart 100 On ratio A1SX41 43 C 90 80 70 60 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 10 20 30 40 50 55 C Ambient temperature 26 4VDC 3 REPLACEMENT OF I O MODULE 13 Specifications comparison between A1SX41 S1 and QX41 S1 O Compatible A Partially changed x Incompatible Cc t Specifications A1SX41 S1 e gt C HESH ah Precautions for replacement Number of input points 32 points 32 points O Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated input voltage 24VDC 24VDC O b The rated input current is Rated input current Approx 7mA Approx 4mA A 4 reduced OREO nGe 19 2 to 26 4VDC 20 4 to 28 8VDC The operating voltage range Remain ripple ratio within 5 ripple ratio within 5 A ditfers Maximum number of x 5 j Refer to the derating chart 2 Refer to the derating chart 2 O simultaneous input points On voltage on current 17VDC or more 4 5mA or more 19VDC or more 3mA or more A The on voltage on current differ Off voltage off current 3 5VDC or less 0 8mA or less 9 5VDC or less 1 5mA or less A The off voltage off current differ 3 The input resistance is Input resistance Approx 3 3kQ Approx 5 6kQ A 4 increased 0 1ms 0 2ms 0 4ms 0 6ms 1ms or 0 3ms or less sacs Of
151. U and QCPU O Compatible A Partially changed x Incompatible Pee QCPU specifications and Compat AnSCPU specifications i R Reference precautions for replacement ibility i Specification Main Main program is required lon is dealt fi e Each program is dealt as one file Sequence e The SFC is dealt as the es i i Section rogram F microcomputer program of main Measure A 7 7 10 i u r i 7 preg SFE 4 preg Execute the file setting of PLC program parameter Specification Creating microcomputer program is not applicable Measure A user created microcomputer p Replace the AnSCPU user created Microcomputer program and the microcomputer a microcomputer program with sequence x program program of the utility package are program since the microcomputer available program execution is not applicable For utility packages instructions correct them equivalent to the corresponding instructions of the QCPU Specification With Change PLC type instructions are converted automatically except some instructions Dedicated instructions for the AnA Measure Instruction AnU CPU LED instruction etc e The instructions that cannot be A Section 7 2 are available converted are changed to SM1255 and D1255 for QCPU and SM999 and SD999 for the Basic model QCPU Therefore program modification is required Specification e Data is stored in a standard RAM or Storage area i
152. VDC O Operating load voltage 10 2 to 30VDC 10 2 to 28 8VDC A Voltage exceeding 28 8VDC is range peak voltage 30VDC not applicable Maximum load current 0 5A point 2A common 0 5A point 4A common O Maximum inrush current 4A 10ms or less 4A 10ms or less O Leakage current at off 0 1mA or less 0 1mA or less O Maximum voltage drop at 0 9VDC typ 0 5A 0 2VDC typ 0 5A o on 1 5VDC MAX 0 5A 0 3VDC MAX 0 5A Off gt on 2ms or less ims or less fe Response j 2ms or less 1ms or less time On gt off 3 O resistance load rated load resistance load Surge suppressor Zener diode Zener diode O As the common is changed from Common terminal 8 points common 16 points common 2 commons to 1 common wiring arrangement common terminal TB10 TB20 common terminal TB18 a with a different voltage for each common is not possible Operation indication On indication LED On indication LED O 3 2A 6 7A Fuse rating 1 fuse common R Cannot be changed O breaking capacity Cannot be changed A 4 breaking capacity 50A breaking capacity 50A Available Available Fuseiblownindication LED turns on when a fuse is blown LED turns on when a fuse is blown o and a signal is output to the CPU and a signal is output to the CPU module module 12 24VDC 12 24VDC Voltage exceeding 28 8VDC is External Voltage 10 2 to 28 8VDC A 10 2 to 30VDC lt a not applicable power ripple ratio within 5 supply 60mA ent 20mA 24VDC O Gurren
153. W x 104 D mm A External dime Wi xternat aimensions 51 2 H x 2 17 W x 36 9 D inches 3 86 H x 1 08 W x 4 09 D inches My ieee eer Weight 0 60kg 0 18kg O Allowabl t EE alee eee Within 20ms Within 20ms o power failure period By noise simulator of 1500Vp p By noise simulator of 1500Vp p Neonin noise voltage TuS noise width noise voltage 1Hsnoise width o and 25 to 60Hz noise frequency and 25 to 60Hz noise frequency Noise voltage IEC801 4 2kV e Noise voltage IEC61000 4 4 2kV Between batch inputs and LG and Between batch inputs and LG and a batch outputs and FG batch outputs and FG Withstand volt O e Me 2830VAC rms 3 cycles 2000m 2830VAC rms 3 cycles 2000m 6562 ft 6562 ft Between batch inputs and LG and Between batch inputs and LG and batch outputs and FG 3 A batch outputs and FG Between all inputs and LG Insulation resistance O 10MQ or more with the 500VDC insulation resistance tester Between all outputs and FG 10MQ or more with the 500VDC insulation resistance tester Accessory None None 4 REPLACEMENT OF POWER SUPPLY MODULE 3 Specifications comparison between A1S62PN and Q62P Specifications A1S62PN O Compatible A Partially changed x Incompatible Compat Precautions for replacement 100 240VAC 10 15 100 240VAC 10 15 ibility IDRUEIBC WER Supply 85 to 264VAC 85 to 264VA
154. X value 2 0 14 4 Number of I O points 1024 points gt 2048 points 5 Number of I O device points 8192 points 8192 points 6 Program capacity 30k steps 20k steps 7 Number of file register points 8k points 64k points Using memory card Max 4086k points 8 Number of extension stages 1 stage 4 stages GOT bus connection can be made up to 4 stages 9 Applicable memory Built in RAM E2PROM cassette sold separately program memory Standard RAM Standard ROM memory card sold separately 10 Microcomputer program not available QO2UCPU A2USHCPU S1 11 Sequence instruction AnA AnU dedicated instructions are replaceable 1 I O control Refresh only 2 Processing speed LD instruction 0 09us 0 02us 3 PC MIX value 2 0 28 4 Number of I O points 1024 points 4096 points 5 Number of I O device points 8192 points 8192 points 6 Program capacity 30k steps 30k steps Q03UDCPU 7 Number of file register points 8k points 96k points Using memory card Max 4086k points 8 Number of extension stages 1 stage 7 stages 9 Applicable memory Built in RAM E2PROM cassette sold separately program memory Standard RAM Standard ROM memory card sold separately 10 Microcomputer program not available 11 Sequence instruction AnA AnU dedicated instructions are replaceable i The instruction for file registers and special function modules need to be
155. a A1SJHCPU Power supply built in type Power supply module A1S61PN A1S620ON A1S63P A1S64AD A1S68AD A1S62DA A1S68DAI A1S68DAV A1S63ADA Analog module A1S66ADA Countermeasures for preventing aluminum electrolytic capacitor characteristics deterioration Apply the rated voltage to the aluminum electrolytic capacitor for several hours to activate it Or rotate products at the periodic inspection in every 1 to 2 years Reference The life of an aluminum electrolytic capacitor even if not used under a normal temperature decreases approximately at 1 4 speed of the case when it is energized Appendix 3 Related Manuals Appendix 3 1 Materials for replacement 1 Renewal catalogue Manual Name MELSEC A QnA Series Transition Guide L 08077E Manual Number Model Code 2 Handbook for transition No Manual Name Manual Number Model Code Transition from MELSEC A QnA Large Type Series to Q Series Handbook 1 L 08043ENG Fundamentals Transition from MELSEC A QnA Large Type Series to Q Series Handbook 2 S L 08046ENG Intelligent Function Modules Transition from MELSEC AnS QnAS Small Type Series to Q Series 3 L 08220ENG Handbook Intelligent Function Modules Transition from MELSEC A QnA Large Type AnS QnAS Small Type 4 L 08048ENG Series to Q Series Handbook Network Modules Transition from MELSEC A QnA L Type AnS QnAS Small T 5 l QnA arge ype nS
156. accumulator since the instruction format is different from that for the AnS series i E z Upon replacement the accumulator is converted into the special register SD718 SD719 Program modification is not required 10 10 10 16 16 16 For the QnAS Q series this device is 7 E x x used as the edge relay 7 15 15 15 15 15 15 300 300 300 4096 4096 4096 128 128 128 256 256 256 1024 1024 1024 2048 2048 2048 1024 1024 1024 2048 2048 2048 1024 1024 1024 2048 2048 2048 1024 1024 1024 2048 2048 2048 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 5 5 5 5 5 5 paced Within standard Within standard Max approx Max approx Max approx RAM capacity RAM capacity 50K 50K 50K program memory x x x x x x O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O 2 15 REPLACEMENT OF CPU MODULE 2 3 Functional Comparison of CPU Module 2 3 1 Functional comparison between AnS series and Q series 1 Comparison between QnASCPU and Universal model QCPU O Available A Although available specifications such as setting method partially differ x Not available AnS series Q series A2USCPU Function Description Universal Precautions for replacement Reference AnSHCPU A2USHCPU i S1 model Constant scan Executes the sequence program at constant time intervals regardless of the processing time of the program Set this function with the special register D90
157. ace status at changing between re output operation status O O O O the AnS series with the Basic model QCPU from STOP to RUN _ before STOP and output after i operation execution CPU includ lock of which Q TAARE GOG n w The Basic model QCPU handles the four data can be read and written The T digits of the year western calendar Clock function clock data consists of year month O A A A i whereas the AnS series handles only the date hour minute second and a day as last two digits of the week O Usable A Unusable x Partially different in spec e g setting method A series Basic model QCPU Function Contents AnUS H Q00J Q00 Q01 Precaution for replacement CPU CPU CPU CPU Changes writes to the program of a For the Basic model QCPU it is necessary Write during RUN 9 prog O o i to set the reserved capacity for the write CPU in the RUN mode during RUN in advance Stores the data of all devices in the memory cassette or memory card at The Basic model QCPU does not include the Status latch O x x x the occurrence of an error for status latch function 3 monitoring by the peripheral device a Stores the data of specified devices r at the specified intervals for The Basic model QCPU does not include the Sampling trace eases O x x x monitoring by the peripheral device sampling trance function to check the change of device status Step operatio
158. acement ibility Number of output points 64 points 64 points Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated load voltage 12 24VDC 12 24VDC O Operating load voltage 10 2 to 30VDC 10 2 to 28 8VDC X Voltage exceeding 28 8VDC is range not applicable Maximum load current 0 1A point 1 6A common 0 1A point 2A common O Maximum inrush current 0 4A 10ms or less 0 7A 10ms or less O Leakage current at off 0 1mA or less 0 1mA or less O Maximum voltage drop 1 0VDC typ 0 1A 0 1VDC typ 0 1A o at on 2 5VDC MAX 0 1A 0 2VDC MAX 0 1A Off gt on 2ms or less ims or less O Response 2ms or less ims or less time On gt off A O resistance load rated load resistance load Surge suppressor Zener diode Zener diode O Soe 32 points common 32 points common errensenent common terminal 1B1 1B2 2B1 common terminal 1B1 1B2 2B1 D 2B2 2B2 On indication LED On indication LED Operation indication 32 point switching indication with the 32 point switching indication with the O switch switch 3 2A Fuse rating 1 fuse common breaking capacity Cannot be changed breaking capacity 50A These specifications are changed Available i 7 to the protection function ee ee LED turns on when a fuse is blown Fuse blown indication 7 and a signal is output to the CPU module Available overheat protection function overload protection function Protection function The
159. acement and applications e Memory to store e To use or not to use a memory card 1 Memory configuration and data that can be stored a Universal model QCPU AnS series Q series QnAS series Built in Program Program Program Program Program memory parameter memory parameter memory parameter RAM comment ea comment RAM comment 7 ROM phe bea d file register initial device value initial device value Drive 0 Drive 0 Memory Program File register cassette parameter Standard local device f RAM EEP ROM sampling trace Drive 3 Program parameter comment initial device value Standard ROM Drive 4 41 Only one drive drive 1 or drive 2 can be used Program parameter Program parameter 2 The QOOUJCPU QOOUCPU and RAM comment initial device value Memy comment SUG i can i Q01UCPU do not have a memory 4 2 file register local device RAM initial device value card slot error history file register Drive 1 Drive 1 local device error history Mem ca Program parameter comment Program parameter ROM initial device value comment 4 2 file register initial device value file register Drive 2 Drive 2 Memory card ROM can be replaced with a memory card ROM to perform ROM operation REPLACEMENT OF CPU MODULE b High Performance
160. age Specifications change of maximum load current per common The maximum load current per common may differ between the AnS series and Q series Check the specifications of the maximum load current per common for both series 3 89 4 REPLACEMENT OF POWER SUPPLY MODULE MODULE A REPLACEMENT OF POWER SUPPLY 4 1 List of Alternative Models of Power Supply Module AnS QnAS series model Q series alternative model Product Model Model Remarks restrictions 1 Change in external wiring required 2 Change in slots not required 3 Change in specifications required current capacity 5A 6A 1 Change in external wiring required 2 Change in slots can be used with the slim type main base unit Q3O01SB only 3 Change in specifications required current capacity 5A 2A Change in external wiring required Change in slots not required Change in specifications not required 1 Change in external wiring required Q61P A1S61PN Q61sP A1S62PN Q62P 2 Power supply module Change in slots not required Change in specifications required current capacity 5A 6A 1 Change in external wiring required 2 Change in slots not required Main base unit CPU module and power supply module are integrated 3 Change in specifications required The input power supply is switched between 100 and 120V or 200 and 240V In between voltage cannot be applied wide range applicable
161. age not changed Rated input current changed On voltage on current changed Off voltage off current changed Input resistance changed Function not changed 3 REPLACEMENT OF I O MODULE AnS QnAS series model Q series alternative model Product Model Model Remarks restrictions 1 External wiring changed 2 Number of slots not changed 3 Program Number of occupied I O points not changed 4 Specifications A1SX80 S2 QX80 Rated input voltage not changed Rated input current changed On voltage on current changed Off voltage off current changed Input resistance changed 5 Function not changed 1 External wiring not changed 2 Number of slots not changed 3 Program Number of occupied I O points not changed 4 Specifications Rated input voltage changed 12VDC is not applicable Rated input current changed Approx 7mA Approx 4mA On voltage on current changed Off voltage off current changed Input resistance changed 5 Function not changed Qx81 24VDC 1 External wiring not changed 2 Number of slots not changed 3 Program Number of occupied I O points not changed ax81 82 4 Specifications A1SX81 24VDC Rated input voltage changed 12VDC is not applicable Rated input current changed Approx 7mA Approx 6mA On voltage on current changed Off voltage off current changed Input resistance changed 5 Function not changed Input module 1 External wiring not changed 2 Number of s
162. al 8192 8192 Step relay S points 8192 5 Annunciator F points 256 2048 2048 Edge relay V points x x 2048 Link relay B points 1024 8192 8192 Timer T points 256 2048 2048 Counter C points 256 1024 1024 No of device points Data register D points 1024 8192 12287 Link register W points 1024 8192 8192 File register R points 8192 8192 32768 Accumulator A points 2 2 x Z points 1 7 16 Index register V points 1 7 x Nesting N points 8 8 15 Pointer P points 256 256 4096 Special relay M points 256 256 2048 Special register D points 256 256 2048 Comment points Comment points points Max 4032 Max 4032 Max approx 50K Watchdog timer WDT Memory error Self diagnostics detection CPU error detection Battery G O O error detection etc Operation mode at error occurrence Stop Continue setting O O O a AANA EENIA Re output operation status before femsTOPtoRUN aaaea st i 4 Direct I O is also selectable with the DIP switch 2 Basically only the refresh mode is applicable but some instructions devices can be input output in the direct mode 3 This number means the number of applicable points for the access to actual I O modules 4 This number means the number of useable points on the program 5 The step relays S of the QnAS and Q series are dedicated to the SFC 6 Comment points are the points that can be written to CPU Q series Basic model Q00CPU
163. al Module User s Manual QJ61BT11N SH 080394E 13JR64 Q Corresponding MELSECNET H Network System Reference Manual PLC 37 SH 080049 13JF92 to PLC network No Manual Name Manual Number Model Code Q Corresponding MELSECNET H Network System Reference Manual 38 SH 080124 13JF96 Remote I O network 39 CC Link LT Master Module User s Manual SH 080351E 13JR62 MELSECNET MELSECNET B Local Station Data Link Module User s 40 M i SH 080670ENG 13JR98 anua Appendix 3 4 Programming tool No Manual Name Manual Number Model Code 1 GX Developer Version 8 Operating Manual SH 080373E 13JU41 2 GX Developer Version 8 Operating Manual SFC SH 080374E 13JU42 3 GX Simulator Version 6 Operating Manual SH 080169 13JU17 4 Type SW4IVD GPPA GPP Operating Manual IB 66855 13JL62 Appendix 3 5 Products manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric Engineering Co Ltd No Catalog name Catalog Number 1 Mitsubishi Programmable Controller Upgrade Tool SAN C033E 04Z Appendix 3 6 Products manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric System amp Service Co Ltd No Data catalog Number Renewal tool for AOJ2 series Transition from MELSEC A0OJ2 H series to renewal system 1 F X903071003 using renewal tool 2 Replace AOJ2 H system with Q series using existing wiring X900707 115 3 Renewal tool for AOJ2 series Interface module User s manual X903071001 4 Renewal tool for AOJ2 series Fixed stand Base ada
164. al device and CPU module in case of a communication failure CAUTION Do not install the control lines or communication cables together with the main circuit lines or power cables Keep a distance of 100mm 3 94 inches or more between them Failure to do so may result in malfunction due to noise When a device such as a lamp heater or solenoid valve is controlled through an output module a large current approximately ten times greater than normal may flow when the output is turned from off to on Take measures such as replacing the module with one having a sufficient current rating After the CPU module is powered on or is reset the time taken to enter the RUN status varies depending on the system configuration parameter settings and or program size Design circuits so that the entire system will always operate safely regardless of the time Installation Precautions CAUTION Use the programmable controller in an environment that meets the general specifications in the QCPU User s Manual Hardware Design Maintenance and Inspection Failure to do so may result in electric shock fire malfunction or damage to or deterioration of the product To mount the module while pressing the module mounting lever located in the lower part of the module fully insert the module fixing projection s into the hole s in the base unit and press the module until it snaps into place Incorrect mounting may cause malfunction fail
165. arameter dialog box 12 24VAC 60H 12 z 10ms is set by default Common terminal 16 points common 16 points common arrangement common terminal TB9 TB18 common terminal TB17 Operation indication On indication LED On indication LED External connection 20 point terminal block connector 18 point terminal block p system M3 5x7 screws M3x6 screws Core 0 3 to 0 75mm Applicable wire size 0 75 to 1 25mm outside diameter 2 8mm 0 11 x B r i Wiring change is required inches or less R1 25 3 Applicable solderiess R129 3 5 R235 Sleeved solderless terminal cannot x terminal RAV1 25 3 5 RAV2 3 5 be used Current consumption 0 05A typ all points on 0 05A typ all points on O External dimensions 130 H 34 5 W x93 6 D mm 98 H x27 4 W x90 D mm A Wiring space is narrower Weight 0 20kg 0 16kg O 4 For use of 12 24VAC externally convert it into DC before input When applying 12VDC use the QX70 2 Check the specifications of the sensor or switches to be connected to the QX40 3 The following shows the derating chart 100 90 80 70 60 50 A1SX30 52 C 75 On ratio 40 30 20 0 10 20 30 40 50 55 C Ambient temperature 26 4VAC 3 17 3 REPLACEMENT OF I O MODULE 6 Specifications comparison between A1SX40 and QX40 3 18 Specifications A1SX40 O Compatible A Partially changed x Incompatible Compat ibility Precautions
166. arameters with the GX Developer CC Link instruction A REPLACEMENT OF PROGRAM 7 2 4 Instruction conversion from QnASCPU to QCPU The automatic conversion is applied to the instructions of which equivalent functions and instructions exist in the change target QCPU For instructions that are not automatically converted consider reviewing the program referring to the inconvertible instructions described in Section 7 2 5 Re program for the modules to use with the QCPU since the specifications of the intelligent function module instructions differ between QCPU compatible modules and QnASCPU compatible modules T 25 A REPLACEMENT OF PROGRAM 7 2 5 Instructions that may need a replacement after conversion from QnASCPU to QCPU Some instructions are not automatically converted upon the replacement of the QnNASCPU with the QCPU The following table shows the instructions that are not automatically converted and their measures Reviewing the program is recommended Instruction type Corrective action Counter Measure Review the program and change manually Supplement Index modification of entire Change candidate instruction ladder IXEND IX gt ZPUSH Replace the IX instruction with the ZPUSH instruction and set the contents of index modification table to index register IXEND ZP P ONEN
167. atch and relay drive power supply 5V internal circuit 2830VAC 3 cycl Ititud Dielectric withstand 5 oom Ses A es altitude AC2830V rms 3 cycles P It Ititude 2 000m 6562ft Kona Between relay drive power supply ude 000m and 5V internal circuit 500VAC rms 3 cycles altitude 2 000m 6562ft A 10MQ or more with an insulation 10MQ or more with an insulation Insulation resistance O resistance tester resistance tester 3 49 3 REPLACEMENT OF I O MODULE Specifications A1SY14EU Compat ibility Precautions for replacement e By noise simulator of 1500Vp p noise voltage 1us noise width Noise immunity IEC801 4 1kV and 25 to 60Hz noise frequency Oo e First transient noise IEC61000 4 4 1kV Review the current capacity since Current consumption 0 12A typ all points on 0 43A typ all points on A the current consumption is increased External dimensions 130 H x34 5 W x93 6 D mm 98 H x27 4 W x90 D mm A Wiring space is narrower Weight 0 25kg 0 22kg O 3 50 3 REPLACEMENT OF I O MODULE 4 Specifications comparison between A1SY18A and QY18A O Compatible A Partially changed x Incompatible Specifications A1SY18A patel Precautions for replacement Number of output points S points r 3 points O 16 points occupied 16 points occupied The isolation method differs but Isolation method Photocoupl
168. ation On indication LED On indication LED External connection 40 pin connector 40 pin connector o system accessory sold separately Existing external wiring can be TEN 0 3mm used Applicable wire size 2 O BE Osmin A6CON1 A6CON4 Current consumption 0 08A typ all points on 0 075A typ all points on O External dimensions 130 H 34 5 W x93 6 D mm 98 H x27 4 W x90 D mm O Weight 0 21kg 0 15kg O 1 Check the specifications of the sensor or switches to be connected to the QX41 2 The following shows the derating chart A1SX41 S2 QX41 43 C 100 100 26 4 VDC 90 gt 7 On 30 28 8VDC gt 70 ratio a S 6 60 60 2 50 50 c 40 o 6 40 0 10 20 30 40 5055 C 30 Ambient temperature 20 10 0 10 20 30 40 50 55 C Ambient temperature 3 REPLACEMENT OF I O MODULE 15 Specifications comparison between A1SX41 S2 and QX41 S2 O Compatible A Partially changed x Incompatible Cc t Specifications A18SX41 S2 0 C HESY ban Precautions for replacement Number of input points 32 points 32 points O Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated input voltage 24VDC 24VDC O b The rated input current is Rated input current Approx 7mA Approx 6mA A 4 reduced ORS TRIE nce 19 2 to 26 4VDC 20 4 to 28 8VDC The operating voltage range Remora nee ripple ratio within 5
169. autions In an output module when a load current exceeding the rated current or an overcurrent caused by a load short circuit flows for a long time it may cause smoke and fire To prevent this configure an external safety circuit such as a fuse Configure a circuit so that the programmable controller is turned on first and then the external power supply If the external power supply is turned on first an accident may occur due to an incorrect output or malfunction For the operating status of each station after a communication failure refer to relevant manuals for the network Incorrect output or malfunction due to a communication failure may result in an accident When changing data of the running programmable controller from a peripheral connected to the CPU module or from a personal computer connected to an intelligent function module special function module configure an interlock circuit in the sequence program to ensure that the entire system will always operate safely For program modification and operating status change read relevant manuals carefully and ensure the safety before operation Especially in the case of a control from an external device to a remote programmable controller immediate action cannot be taken for a problem on the programmable controller due to a communication failure To prevent this configure an interlock circuit in the sequence program and determine corrective actions to be taken between the extern
170. cations input part Rated input voltage not changed A1SX48Y58 QX48Y57 Rated input current changed On voltage on current changed Off voltage off current changed Input resistance changed output part Rated output voltage not changed Rated output current not changed 5 Function changed number of output points 8 points 7 points I O module 1 External wiring changed 2 Number of slots changed 5 slots 4 slots 3 Program Number of occupied I O points changed 128 points including 4 empty slots 64 points 4 slots 4 Specifications input part Rated input voltage not changed Rated input current changed On voltage on current changed Off voltage off current changed Input resistance changed output part Rated output voltage not changed Rated output current not changed 5 Function changed no fuse built in fuse QX40 A1SJ 56DT QY50 1 External wiring changed 2 Number of slots changed 5 slots 4 slots 3 Program Number of occupied I O points changed 128 points including 4 empty slots 64 points 4 slots 4 Specifications input part Rated input voltage not changed Rated input current changed On voltage on current changed Off voltage off current changed Input resistance changed output part Rated output voltage not changed Rated output current not changed 5 Function not changed QX40 A1SJ 56DR QY10 Dynamic scan I O A1S42X None Co
171. ceeceseesseeeeceeenaeeeceseeaeeeeeeseeaeeesseeaaeeeseesesaeeeeesesteeseesenaaes A 13 CHAPTER1 INTRODUCTION 1 1to1 10 1 1 Considerations before Selection of Alternative Models for Replacement cccccceeeeeeeeeeeees 1 1 1 2 Suggestions for Transition from the AnS QnAS Small Type Series to the Q Series e 1 3 1 2 1 Advantages of transition to Q series ooo eee ceeeeeeeeee eee teeeeee eee eeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeaaaees 1 3 1 2 2 Suggestions for transition to Q series cccccecceccececeeeeeeeeeeeeceeaecaeeeeeeeeeeeeesensescnuaeeaeeeeeeeneess 1 4 1 2 3 Precautions for transition scsvsccsdacatsctidcercavdaasdavanentinddddassabadd donssauadddcadeanieddachaabedddeassuanddadesssaaddenas 1 10 CHAPTER 2 REPLACEMENT OF CPU MODULE 2 1to2 32 2 1 List of Alternative Models of CPU Module 2 2 0 cccccecccecceeeeeceeeeneeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeteceeaaeaeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeea 2 1 2 2 Comparison of CPU Module Specifications ccccccececeeeeeeenceecceeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeecaecaeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeieeaa 2 8 2 3 Functional Comparison of CPU Module ccccccccceeeeeececceeceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeteceacaaeaaeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeneaea 2 16 2 3 1 Functional comparison between AnS series and Q series cceecceeecessssseeseeseseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeess 2 16 2 3 2 Functional comparison between QnAS series and Q series cece cee ee cee eseeeeseseeseseeeceeeeeeeneees 2 20 2 4 Precautions for CPU Module Replacement
172. changed 1 External wiring not changed 2 Number of slots not changed 3 Program Number of occupied I O points not changed 4 Specifications QX42 Rated input voltage not changed Rated input current changed Approx 5mA Approx 4mA On voltage on current changed Off voltage off current changed Input resistance changed 5 Function not changed A1SX42 S2 1 External wiring not changed 2 Number of slots changed 2 modules are required 3 Program Number of occupied I O points not changed 64 points 32 points x 2 modules 4 Specifications Rated input voltage not changed Rated input current changed Approx 5mA Approx 6mA On voltage on current changed Off voltage off current changed Input resistance changed 5 Function not changed QX41 S2 3 REPLACEMENT OF I O MODULE AnS QnAS series model Q series alternative model Product Model A1SX71 Input module A1SX80 Model QX41 S1 24VDC QX41 S2 24VDC Remarks restrictions External wiring not changed Number of slots not changed Program Number of occupied I O points not changed Specifications Rated input voltage changed 5VDC and 12VDC are not applicable Rated input current changed On voltage on current changed Off voltage off current changed Input resistance changed Function not changed External wiring not changed Number of slots not changed Program Number of occupied I O points not changed Specificatio
173. cifications Rated output voltage not changed Rated output current not changed 5 Function changed fuse overheat overload protection A1SY42 QyY42P 1 External wiring not changed 2 Number of slots not changed 3 Program Number of occupied I O points not changed 4 Specifications Rated output voltage not changed Rated output current not changed 5 Function not changed Output module A1SY42P QY42P 1 External wiring changed 2 Number of slots not changed 3 Program Number of occupied I O points not changed 4 Specifications Rated output voltage not changed Rated output current not changed Function not changed A1SY50 QY50 External wiring changed 2 Number of slots changed 2 modules are required Program Number of occupied I O points changed 16 points 32 points 16 points x 2 A1SY60 QY68A modules 4 Specifications Rated output voltage not changed Rated output current not changed Function changed no fuse independent common External wiring changed Number of slots changed 2 modules are required Program Number of occupied I O points changed 16 points 32 points 16 points x 2 A1SY60E QY68A modules 4 Specifications Rated output voltage not changed Rated output current not changed 5 Function changed no fuse independent common 3 REPLACEMENT OF I O MODULE AnS QnAS series model Q series alternative model Product Model Model Remarks restricti
174. cified programs and steps and roe x x x anes 2 3 program trace function stores them in a file D A Detaches I O modul 3 veces TE EE The Basic model QCPU does not include the Ole A 3 modules from the CPU module and O Simulation function M x x x simulation function Consider the debug with test operates the program when 3 i GX Simulator executing the step operation Step operation Skip The Basic model QCPU does not include the z j Stops the execution of a sequence operation partial ee O x x x step operation function Consider the debug i program at the specified step f operation with GX Simulator Execution time eet uate Measures the operation time for each Program list monitor p o o o o program scan time measurement Module access Monitors ihe access interval time of The Basic model QCPU does not include A special function modules or O x x x interval time reading this function peripheral devices Online I O module Enables I O modules to be replaced o 7 x sf The Basic model QCPU does not include the replacement while the CPU is RUN online I O module replacement function g SIRIEN Executes self diagnostics to check o o o o Error cones differ between the QnAS series for errors and stops a CPU etc and Q series Basic model fo St detected by th ie ee amem ao ye Error codes differ between the QnAS series T diagnostics function into the CPU or i i S and Basic model QCPU The latest 16
175. connection 20 point terminal block 18 point terminal block T system M3 5x7 screws M3x6 screws Core 0 3 to 0 75mm Applicable wire si 2 i i pplicable wire size 0 75 to 1 25mm outside diameter 2 8mm 0 11 x Wiring change is required inches or less Applicable solderloss ecole RASS Sleeved ee cannot x terminal RAV1 25 3 5 RAV2 3 5 be used Number of occupied I O 16 points 16 points o points I O assignment Output 16 points I O assignment I O mix 16 points Review the current capacity Current consumption 0 06A typ all points on 0 08A typ all points on A since the current consumption is increased External dimensions 130 H x34 5 W x93 6 D mm 98 H x27 4 W x90 D mm A Wiring space is narrower Weight 0 20kg 0 20kg O 1 Check the specifications of the sensor or switch to be connected to the QX48Y57 3 REPLACEMENT OF I O MODULE b Specifications comparison between A1SX48Y58 output part and QX48Y57 output part O Compatible A Partially changed x Incompatible Specifications A1SX48Y58 output specifications QX48Y57 output specifications Compat ibility Precautions for replacement When 8 or more points are used Number of output points 8 points 7 points A use two QX48Y57 modules Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Output format Sink type Sink type O Rated load voltage 12 24VDC 12 24VDC O Operating load voltage 10 2 to 30V
176. ction overheat protection function overload protection function overload protection function Protection function The overheat protection function is The overheat protection function is O activated in increments of 1 point activated in increments of 1 point The overload protection function is e The overload protection function is activated in increments of 1 point activated in increments of 1 point 12 24VDC 12 ZIVDC Voltage exceeding 28 8VDC is External Voltage 10 2 to 28 8VDC A 10 2 to 30VDC te ad not applicable power ripple ratio within 5 Suppi Current ula 20mA 24VDC common A The current value is increased typ 24VDC for each common External connection 40 pin connector 40 pin connector o system 2 pieces accessory 2 pieces sold separately Existing external wiring can be T 0 3mm used Applicable wire size 0 3mm2 ABCON1 A6CON4 O Current consumption 0 17A typ all points on 0 15A typ all points on O External dimensions 130 H x34 5 W x93 6 D mm 98 H x27 4 W x90 D mm O Weight 0 17kg 0 17kg O 3 REPLACEMENT OF I O MODULE 13 Specifications comparison between A1SY50 and QY50 Specifications A1SY50 O Compatible A Partially changed x Incompatible Compat Precautions for replacement ibility Number of output points 16 points 16 points O Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated load voltage 12 24VDC 12 24
177. ction not changed 1 External wiring changed 2 Number of slots not changed 3 Program Number of occupied I O points not changed 4 Specifications A1SX10EU QX10 Rated input voltage not changed Rated input current changed On voltage on current not changed Off voltage off current changed Input resistance changed 5 Function not changed 1 External wiring changed 2 Number of slots changed 2 modules are required 3 Program Number of occupied I O points changed 16 points 32 points 16 points x 2 modules 4 Specifications Rated input voltage not changed Rated input current changed On voltage on current changed Off voltage off current changed Input resistance changed 5 Function not changed Input module A1SX20 QX28 1 External wiring changed 2 Number of slots changed 2 modules are required 3 Program Number of occupied I O points changed 16 points 32 points 16 points x 2 modules 4 Specifications Rated input voltage not changed Rated input current changed On voltage on current changed Off voltage off current changed Input resistance changed 5 Function not changed A1SX20EU QX28 3 REPLACEMENT OF I O MODULE AnS QnAS series model Q series alternative model Product Model Model Remarks restrictions Consider substituting the QX40 for it When applying DC input 1 External wiring changed 2 Number of slots not changed 3 Program Number of occupied
178. ction name Instruction name Conversion LEDA OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 3 Character display instruction LEDB OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 3 Comment display instruction LEDC OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 3 Annunciator reset instruction LEDR LEDR O Local station data read LRDP OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 3 Local station data write LWTP OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 3 MC MC O Master control set reset MCR MCR O n MOV MOV O 16 bit data transfer MOVP MOVP O Operation result pop MPP MPP O Operation result push MPS MPS O Operation result read MRD MRD O E NEG NEG O BIN 16 bit data 2 s complement NEGP NEGP O FOR to NEXT instruction NEXT NEXT O NOP NOP O No operation NOP NOPLF NOPLF NOPLF O Parallel connection OR OR O OR lt OR lt O OR lt OR lt O OR lt gt OR lt gt O BIN 16 bit data comparison OR OR OR gt OR gt O OR gt OR gt O Ladder block parallel connection ORB ORB O ORD lt ORD lt O ORD lt ORD lt O 5 ORD lt gt ORD lt gt O BIN 32 bit data comparison ORD ORD O ORD gt ORD gt O ORD gt ORD gt O Parallel connection ORI ORI O OUT instruction OUT ouT O Trailing edge output PLF PLF O Leading edge output PLS PLS O Print ASCII code instruction PR PR A Print comment instruction PRC PRC A 5 RCL RCL O Section 7 7 8 Left
179. d f Prevents unauthorized access from i i protection i written by password registration whereas the peripherals to programs and comments in aa Section keyword Ries QnAS series prohibit the parameters and a 3 the built in memory of a CPU module or 2 4 2 registration ieriorvicard programs from being read written to the user password x memory by keyword registration registration Sets an initial value of device memory file N registers and special function modules Memory configuration and data to be stored Section Initial device value f when the CPU module is set from STOP to differ between the QnAS series and Q series 2 4 1 Output status setting at changing from STOP to RUN Sets the output Y status at the change from STOP to RUN to reoutputting data before STOP or outputting data after the operation execution Resetting parameters is required to replace the QnAS series with the Q series 1 Universal model QCPU refers QOOUJCPU QOOUCPU Q01UCPU and others QnUCPUs REPLACEMENT OF CPU MODULE Function Number of general O Available Description Sets the number of general data processing QnA series Q2ASCPU S1 Q2ASHCPU S1 A Although available specifications such as setting method partially differ Q series Universal model Precautions for replacement For the Q series use the COM instructions or x Not available Reference
180. d Review the current capacity External dimensions 130 H x34 5 W x93 6 D mm 98 H x27 4 W x90 D mm A Wiring space is narrower Weight 0 20kg 0 14kg O 4 Connect a fuse to every external terminal to prevent the external device and module at load short from burnout Also configure an external circuit if fuse blown indication is required 3 63 3 REPLACEMENT OF I O MODULE 16 Specifications comparison between A1SY68A and QY68A 3 64 O Compatible A Partially changed x Incompatible Cc t Specifications A1SY68A i Precautions for replacement 3 8 points 8 points Number of output point O SS SoN PODE 16 points occupied 16 points occupied Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler Rated load voltage 5 12 24 48VDC 5 24VDC A 48VDC is not applicable Ol ting load volt i i perating load voltage 4 5 to 52 8VDC 4 5 to 28 8VDC A Voltage exceeding 28 8VDC is range not applicable The load t t be 8A Maximum load current 2A point 2A point 8A module A j pa ee mera less within a module Maximum inrush current 8A 10ms or less 8A 10ms or less O Leakage current at off 0 1mA or less 0 1mA or less O Maximum voltage d t aE yoge OBa 0 4VDC MAX 2A 0 3VDC MAX 2A o Response Off gt on 3ms or less 3ms or less O time On gt off 10ms or less resistance load 10ms or less resistance load O Surge suppressor Zener diode Zener diode O Common terminal O a ee All points indepe
181. d RAM dard ROM Standard ROM x x x x x x x O O O O O O O O O Oo O O O O O O O O O O 2 11 REPLACEMENT OF CPU MODULE 2 Comparison between AnS QnASCPU and High Performance model QCPU QnAS series Function Description Repetitive operation of A1SJHCPU A1SHCPU AnS series A2SHCPU A2USCPU A2USHCPU S1 Q2ASCPU Q2ASCPU S1 Q2ASHCPU Q2ASHCPU S1 Control method O O O O O O stored program I O control Refresh mode direct O O O O O O method mode 4 my 2 2 22 2 Language dedicated to Programming sequence cornitrol relay o o o o o o language symbol logic symbol MELSAP language Sey 0212n instructions 0 33 0 25 0 2 0 09 0 2 0 075 us steps Watchdog ti Watchdog ti WDT eee atch dog timer WDT 10 to 2000 10 to 2000 200 200 10 to 2000 10 to 2000 WDT ms T piia 64K 64K 64K 256K Program Program ser memory built in RAM RAM RAM RAM memory RAM memory RAM capacity byte 3 3 3 3 7 7 Memory capacity Memory Memory Memory Memory Sold 4 4 4 4 Memory card Memory card cassette cassette cassette cassette separately Max 2M Max 2M EEP ROM EEP ROM EEP ROM EEP ROM Sequence program Max 28K Max 28K Max 8K Max 14K Max 14K Max 30K steps en ai ax S1 60K S1 60K Program capacity Microcomputer program 8 g Max 14K Max 26K x x x x byte Number of I O points Numiterei VO p
182. d program in Universal model QCPU I O assignment A Reviewing is required if the Q series CPU base unit has other than 8 slots Boot file setting O Program setting O 2 SFC program start mode O b Start conditions O E o Output mode when the block is stopped O MELSECNET ll B r Parameters are deleted since the Q series CPU is not compatible with the z MESECNET Il B 3 MELSECNET 10 H O Converted to the MELSECNET 10 mode 5 MELSECNET MINI x The Universal model QCPU is not compatible Q CC Link o The number of settable parameters with the software package is eight 2 Set the parameters of the ninth module or later with dedicated instructions oO z The Use the KeepAlive of TCP Existence confirmation setting in the Ethernet Ethernet O j operations is automatically set 1 For the number of mountable CC Link modules and the number of settable parameters with the software package refer to the CC Link System Master Local Module User s Manual A REPLACEMENT OF PROGRAM 7 4 Replacement of Special Relay 7 4 1 7 4 2 The special relay is an internal relay that has a set application in a programmable controller This section explains how to replace special relay when replacing the AnSCPU programs for the QCPU Some AnS QnASCPU special relays not compatible with the QCPU for details please refer to QCPU Users Manual Function Explanation Program Fundamentals Programming Manual Common Instruction
183. d solderless terminal for a terminal block differ between the two series Therefore when replacing the A series with the Q series use the wire and solderless terminal that meet the specifications of the Q series I O modules 2 Connectors for external wiring a Connectors for external wiring are not came with Q series 32 and 64 point I O modules Purchase the connector A6COND as required b The pin layout is the same between AnS series and Q series I O modules connector type External wiring can be used even after AnS series I O modules are replaced by Q series I O modules Without changing external wiring existing connectors can be connected to Q series I O modules Note that for modules having a 37 pin connector the connecting direction of the connector is inverted between the AnS series and Q series 3 Precautions for input module a Specifications change of rated input current Check the specifications of connecting devices such as sensors and switches since rated input current is reduced for some Q series input modules compared to that for the AnS series b Specifications change of off current Check the specifications of connecting devices such as sensors and switches since off current is reduced for some Q series input modules compared to that for the AnS series c Specifications change of the maximum number of simultaneous input points The maximum number of simultaneous input points is reduced for so
184. e itch USI lhe ee ripple ratio within 5 ripple ratio within 5 A differs Maximum number of A 2 A 5 Refer to the derating chart Refer to the derating chart O simultaneous input points On voltage on current 17 5VDC or more 3 5mA or more 19VDC or more 3mA or more A The on voltage on current differ Off voltage off current 7VDC or less 1 7mA or less 11VDC or less 1 7mA or less A The off voltage differs P The input resistance is Input resistance Approx 4 7KQ Approx 5 6kQ A J 4 increased 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms 70ms or less Or en 10ms or less Configure the setting in the PLC o 24VDC parameter dialog box F Set the input response time of Response 10ms is set by default parameter to the default value time 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms 70ms or less 10ms On off 10ms or less Configure the setting in the PLC o 24VDC parameter dialog box 10ms is set by default i 32 points common 32 points common Common terminal j emen common terminal common terminal 1B01 1B02 O e 1B1 1B2 2B1 2B2 2B01 2B02 On indication LED On indication LED Operation indication 32 point switching indication with the 32 point switching indication with the O switch switch External connection 40 pin connector 2 pieces 40 pin connector 2 pieces o system accessory sold separately Existing external wiring can be p ERT 0 3mm used Applicable wire size 0 3mm O as ill A6CON1 A6CON4 Current consumption 0 09A typ all points on 0 09A typ all p
185. e derating chart On voltage on current 8VDC or more 2mA or more 15VDC or more 3mA or more A 12VDC is not applicable 2 Off voltage off current 4VDC or less 1mA or less 5VDC or less 1 7mA or less A 12VDC is not applicable 1 The input resistance is Input resistance Approx 3 3kQ Approx 3 6kQ A 9 increased 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms 70ms or less Off gt on 10ms or less Configure the setting in the PLC o 24VDC parameter dialog box f F Set the input response time of Response 10ms is set by default parameter to the default value time 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms 70ms or less 10ms On off 10ms or less Configure the setting in the PLC o 24VDC parameter dialog box 10ms is set by default Common terminal 32 points common 32 points common arrangement common terminal 17 18 36 common terminal 17 18 36 Operation indication On indication LED On indication LED External connection 37 pin D sub connector 37 pin D sub connector Existing external wiring can be system accessory sold separately used Note that the connecting Applicable wire size 0 3mm2 0 3mm2 A6CON1E oO direction of the connector is inverted Current consumption 0 08A typ all points on 0 075A typ all points on O External dimensions 130 H x34 5 W x93 6 D mm 98 H x27 4 W x90 D mm O Weight 0 24kg 0 16kg O 1 When applying 12VDC use the QX71 2 Check the specifications of the sensor or switches to be connected to the QX81 S2 3 The following shows the deratin
186. ecautions for replacement Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler Input format Sink type Sink type Q positive common Rated input voltage 24VDC 24VDC O 3 The rated input current is Rated input current Approx 7mA Approx 4mA A 4 reduced Opening valaea range 19 2 to 26 4VDC 20 4 to 28 8VDC The operating voltage range P ete ripple ratio within 5 ripple ratio within 5 A differs Maximum number of Simultaneously on 100 i Simult 1009 O simultaneous input points 26 4VDC imultaneousiy on 1007 On voltage on current 14VDC or more 3 5mA or more 19VDC or more 3mA or more A The on voltage on current differ Off voltage off current 6 5VDC or less 1 7mA or less 11VDC or less 1 7mA or less A The off voltage differs The input resistance is Input resistance Approx 3 3kQ Approx 5 6kQ A i 4 increased 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms 70ms or less 10ms or less Configure the setting in the PLC omg on 24VDC parameter dialog box 2 i A Set the input response time of Response 10ms is set by default parameter to the default value time 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms 70ms or less 10ms On gt off 10ms or less Configure the setting in the PLC o 24VDC parameter dialog box 10ms is set by default Common terminal 8 points common 8 points common arrangement common terminal TB9 common terminal TB9 Operation indication On indication LED On indication LED External
187. ed Rated output current not changed 5 Function changed no fuse A1SY22 QY22 A1SY28A None A1SY28EU None 1 External wiring changed 2 Number of slots not changed 3 Program Number of occupied I O points not changed 4 Specifications Rated output voltage not changed Rated output current not changed 5 Function changed fuse overheat overload protection A1SY40 QyY40P 3 REPLACEMENT OF I O MODULE AnS QnAS series model Q series alternative model Product Model Model Remarks restrictions 1 External wiring changed 2 Number of slots not changed 3 Program Number of occupied I O points not changed 4 Specifications Rated output voltage not changed Rated output current not changed 5 Function not changed A1SY40P QyY40P 1 External wiring not changed 2 Number of slots not changed 3 Program Number of occupied I O points not changed 4 Specifications Rated output voltage not changed Rated output current not changed 5 Function changed fuse overheat overload protection A1SY41 QY41P 1 External wiring not changed 2 Number of slots not changed 3 Program Number of occupied I O points not changed 4 Specifications Rated output voltage not changed Rated output current not changed 5 Function not changed A1SY41P QY41P 1 External wiring not changed 2 Number of slots not changed 3 Program Number of occupied I O points not changed 4 Spe
188. ee cece eeee sees ee ee ete ee een aaaaeaaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteees 7 27 7 3 2 Conversion from QnASCPU to QCOPU eee eeeeeee tere renee eee eseeeaeeeeeteeeaeeeeeseeaeeeeeteeaaees 7 29 7 4 Replacement of Special Relay ccccccecceceeeeeeceeeenecaeeaeeeeeeeeeeesesecaaeaaecaeceeeeeeeeeeeseeesnnuseaeeaeeeeeess 7 31 7 4 1 Replacing the AnSCPU with the QCOPU n ssssssssssssssrssserrrssttirrsssttrttsstttnrnsnttnnnnnsttnnsnatnennnnneen 7 31 7 4 2 Replacing the QNASCPU with the QCPU sssssssssssssssrrsssesirrssssirrnssrrnnnsstinnnnsttnnnnnatennnnnenen nane 7 31 7 5 Replacement of Special Register ccccccceececeeeececneceeceeeeeeeeesesecneaaeaaeeeeeeeeeeeeesecssnsasaeeaeeeeeess 7 32 7 5 1 Replacing the AnSCPU with the QCOPU assessssssseessrnssssrnnsseesnnessisinnnsennnnnnnnnnnnnnntannnnannannnanean 7 32 7 5 2 Replacing the QNASCPU with the QCPU ooo een e ee entee eee eeeeaeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeetaeeeeeeenaaes 7 32 7 6 Precautions for Replacement of the MELSAP II with the MELSAP3 00 cceceeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeees 7 33 A 10 7 6 1 Starting SFC progra ve vsseecces cecceteds eeeccceten caetcnees eeeecienes se AEAEE AAEE ENAA EEA 7 33 7 6 2 Block information SFC information device cece eeeeeeeeeeneeee eee eeeeeeeeieeeeeeenaeeeenees 7 33 7 6 3 Specifications comparison between MELSAP II and MELSAP3S ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeettteeeeeeees 7 34 7 6 4 MELSAP3 specifications comparison between QnASCPU
189. el QCPU Reference Instruction name Instruction name Conversion O BIN 16 bit addition subtraction ui 2 P P O x x O ener pore p p O BIN 16 bit multiplication division O IP IP O Ladder block series connection ANB ANB O Series connection AND AND O AND lt AND lt O AND lt AND lt O AND lt gt AND lt gt O 16 bit data comparison AND AND 5 AND gt AND gt O AND gt AND gt O ANDD lt ANDD lt O ANDD lt ANDD lt O 32 bit data comparison teal a ANDD ANDD O ANDD gt ANDD gt O ANDD gt ANDD gt O Series connection ANI ANI O Conversion from hexadecimal BIN to ASCII ASC OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 3 B B O me me B P B P O BCD 4 digit addition subtraction B B 5 B P B P O B B O q UREE hones B P B P O BCD 4 digit multiplication division B B 5 B P B P O ae BCD BCD O Conversion from BIN data to 4 digit BCD BCDP BCDP S eS BIN BIN O Conversion from 4 digit BCD to BIN data BINP BINP 5 Block 16 bit data transfer BAARN BMOV 9 BMOVP BMOVP O F BRST BRST O Bit reset for word devices BRSTP BRSTP 5 Bit set for word devices PSBL BSE 2 BSETP BSETP O 1 bit shift to left of n bit data ile oom BSFLP BSFLP O T 13 A REPLACEMENT OF PROGRAM Universal model QCPU AnSCPU
190. ement common terminal A1 A2 common terminal A01 A02 Operation indication On indication LED On indication LED O 3 2A Fuse rating 1 fuse common breaking capacity Cannot be changed breaking capacity 50A These specifications are changed Available to the protection function AEA N AEA LED turns on when a fuse is blown and a signal is output to the CPU module Available overheat protection function overload protection function Protection function The overheat protection function is O activated in increments of 1 point The overload protection function is activated in increments of 1 point 12 24VDC ewes Voltage exceeding 28 8VDC is External Voltage 10 2 to 28 8VDC A 10 2 to 30VDC i bind not applicable power ripple ratio within 5 Sey Current typ 24VDC SAN commen 20mA 24VDC A The current value is increased Pxternaliconnection 40 pin connector accessory 40 pin connector sold separately O system Existing external wiring can be T 5 0 3mm used Applicable wire size 0 3mm A6CON1 A6CON4 O Current consumption 0 500A typ all points on 0 105A typ all points on O External dimensions 130 H x34 5 W x93 6 D mm 98 H x27 4 W x90 D mm O Weight 0 21kg 0 15kg O 3 REPLACEMENT OF I O MODULE 10 Specifications comparison between A1SY41P and QY41P Specifications A1SY41P O Compatible A Partially changed x Incompatible Compat ibility Precautions for replacement
191. en mount the modules mounted on the existing main base unit to the QA1S extension base unit utilization Use the QA 1S extension base unit Second or later extension QA 1S 68B bases unit When the first extension base unit is the AnS series replace with the QA1S extension base unit When the first extension base unit is the A series replace with the QA extension base unit QA6LB Assets such as power supply modules and I O modules can be used Wiring change is unnecessary 1 INTRODUCTION 2 Transition to Q series by utilizing existing wiring Method Use the upgrade tool manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric Engineering Co Ltd and the existing mounting hole terminal block wiring Advantage No need to process additional holes and the existing wiring is usable AnS series I O module Q series I O module Base 4 adapter iti ye Terminal block Remove the existing terminal block with wiring and mount it The terminal block cover from the old terminal block must be exchanged Remarks cece 1 Upgrade tool for transition from the AnS series to the Q series released from Mitsubishi Electric Engineering Co Ltd is composed of the following products e Conversion adapter for changing the existing wiring connected to the AnS series I O module to wiring for the Q series I O module e Base adapter which utilizes the moun
192. en A1SX30 and QX40 O Compatible A Partially changed x Incompatible Cc t Specifications A1SX30 Di Precautions for replacement Number of input points 16 points 16 points O Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O 12 24VDC 12 24VAC and 12VDC are not Rated input volta 24VDC z HES 12 24VAC 50 60Hz A applicable 8 5mA 24VDC AC The rated input current is Rated input ent Al 4MA ated input curr 4mA 12VDCIAC pprox 4m A reduced 10 2 to 26 4VDC a AE ripple ratio within 5 20 4 to 28 8VDC 12 24VAC and 12VDC are not P EEE 10 2 to 26 4VAC ripple ratio within 5 A lappli abie 50 60Hz 5 Maximum number of 3 A 3 Refer to the derating chart Simultaneously on 100 O simultaneous input points 12 24VAC and 12VDC are not On voltage on current 7VDC AC or more 2mA or more 19VDC or more 3mA or more A i 489 applicable 12 24VAC and 12VDC are not Off voltage off current 2 7VDC AC or less 0 7mA or less 11VDC or less 1 7mA or less A 42 applicable F The input resistance is Input resistance Approx 2 7kQ Approx 5 6kQ A 9 increased 20ms or less 12 24VDC es pny aam car oe Off gt on 25ms or less Con a e O 12 24VAC 60Hz j 9 Response 10ms is set by default Set the input response time of time th ter to 20ms i 20ms or less 12 24VDC Tms 5ms 10ms 20ms r0mS or less e parameter to 20ms Configure the setting in the PLC onon eons ar less p
193. en batch 1780VAC rms 3 cycles altitude 1780VAC rms 3 cycles o external circuits and 2 000m 6562ft altitude 2000m 6562ft internal circuit 10MQ or more with an insulation 10MQ or more with an insulation Insulation resistance O resistance tester resistance tester By noise simulator of 1500Vp p noise voltage 1us noise width Noise immunity IEC801 4 1kV and 25 to 60Hz noise frequency O First transient noise IEC61000 4 4 1kV External dimensions 130 H x34 5 W x93 6 D mm 98 H x27 4 W x90 D mm A Wiring space is narrower Weight 0 21kg 0 17kg O I Check the specifications of the sensor or switches to connected to the QX10 2 The following shows the derating chart QX10 100 90 On 80 ratio 70 60 50 40 0 10 20 30 40 5055 C Ambient temperature NY 120VAC 132VAC 3 REPLACEMENT OF I O MODULE 3 Specifications comparison between A1SX20 and QX28 O Compatible A Partially changed x Incompatible Cc t Specifications A1SX20 ay Precautions for replacement P A 8 points When 9 or more points are used Number of t t 16 t o a permis 16 points occupied a use two QX28 modules Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated input voltage 200 240VAC 50 60Hz 100 240VAC 50 60Hz O Input
194. en the QnAS series and g function detect errors and stop the CPU module Q series 5 Stores errors that are detected with the diagnostic function in the CPU module or Error history memory card O O REPLACEMENT OF CPU MODULE Control 2 Comparison between QnASCPU and High Performance model QCPU Function Constant scan O Available A Although available specifications such as setting method partially differ Description Executes the sequence program at the constant time intervals regardless of the processing time of the program Precautions for replacement x Not available Reference Latch data retention during power failure Holds the data of devices when turning off the power resetting and a momentary power failure longer than the allowable momentary power failure time occurs Remote RUN Remotely runs or stops the program operations in the CPU module from external BIO switches or peripherals PAUSE Stops operations while holding the output i status Interrupt Executes the program that corresponds to processing the cause when an interrupt cause occurs i Display priority of Sets the ERROR LED on off status at an Target errors vary by model but there is no ERROR LED error functional difference Manages such as parameters sequence File management rograms device comments file registers as Memory c nfiguratioriand datato be stored Section g A
195. ent temperature 50 55 C 26 4 VDC 3 39 3 REPLACEMENT OF I O MODULE 28 Specifications comparison between A1SX80 S2 and QX80 3 40 Specifications A1SX80 S2 O Compatible A Partially changed x Incompatible Compat ibility Precautions for replacement Number of input points 16 points 16 points O Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler Rated input voltage 24VDC 24VDC O A The rated input current is Rated input current Approx 7mA Approx 4mA A 4 reduced One inenaenetanae 19 2 to 26 4VDC 20 4 to 28 8VDC The operating voltage range e SE ripple ratio within 5 ripple ratio within 5 A ditfers Maximum number of Simultaneously on 100 Simult 100 o simultaneous input points 26 4VDC imultaneousy on 100 On voltage on current 13VDC or more 3 5mA or more 19VDC or more 3mA or more A The on voltage on current differ Off voltage off current 6VDC or less 1 7mA or less 11VDC or less 1 7mA or less A The off voltage differs p The input resistance is Input resistance Approx 3 3kQ Approx 5 6kQ A J 4 increased 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms 70ms or less Or en 10ms or less Configure the setting in the PLC o 24VDC parameter dialog box F Set the input response time of Response 10ms is set by default parameter to the default value time 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms 70ms or less 10ms On off 10ms or less Configure the setting in the PLC o 24VDC parameter d
196. eonngure the ee Ma Me O parameter dialog box 10ms is set by default Common terminal 32 points common 32 points common arrangement common terminal B1 B2 common terminal B01 B02 Operation indication On indication LED On indication LED External connection 40 pin connector 40 pin connector o system accessory sold separately Existing external wiring can be sey 0 3mm used Applicable wire size 0 3mm2 O ay mon A6CON1 A6CON4 Current consumption 0 075A typ all points on 0 075A typ all points on O External dimensions 130 H x34 5 W x93 6 D mm 98 H x27 4 W x90 D mm O Weight 0 19kg 0 15kg O 4 When applying 5 12VDC use the QX71 22 Check the specifications of the sensor or switches to be connected to the QX41 S2 3 The following shows the derating chart A1SX71 QX41 S2 a 100 l 100 i 90 24VDC 90 80 80 g 2 65 70 g 60 56 C On 60 S 50 ratio 6 40 we 40 30 30 Ne 25 24VDC 20 20 18 75 28 8VDC 10 10 0 10 20 30 40 5055 C 9 10 20 30 40 50 55 C Ambient temperature Ambient temperature 3 35 3 REPLACEMENT OF I O MODULE 24 Specifications comparison between A1SX71 and QX71 Specifications A1SX71 O Compatible A Partially changed x Incompatible Compat ibility Precautions for replacement Number of input points 32 points 32 points O Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated input voltage 5 12 24VDC 5 12VDC A 24V DC is
197. equired inches or less Applicable solderess R1 25 9 3 RA Sleeved AA aad cannot x terminal RAV1 25 3 5 RAV2 3 5 be used Current consumption 0 05A typ all points on 0 055A typ all points on O External dimensions 130 H x34 5 W x93 6 D mm 98 H x27 4 W x90 D mm A Wiring space is narrower Weight 0 20kg 0 14kg Q 1 When applying 24VDC use the QX80 2 Check the specifications of the sensor or switches to be connected to the QX70 3 REPLACEMENT OF I O MODULE 27 Specifications comparison between A1SX80 S1 and QX80 Specifications A1SX80 S1 O Compatible A Partially changed x Incompatible Compat Precautions for replacement ibility Number of input points 16 points 16 points O Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated input voltage 24VDC 24VDC O The rated input current is Rated input current 7mA Approx 4mA A 4 reduced OREO ETE nGe 19 2 to 26 4VDC 20 4 to 28 8VDC The operating voltage range Remain ripple ratio within 5 ripple ratio within 5 A ditfers Maximum number of Refer to the derating chart Simultaneously on 100 O simultaneous input points On voltage on current 17VDC or more 5mA or more 19VDC or more 3mA or more A The on voltage on current differ 1 Off voltage off current 5VDC or less 1 7mA or less 11VDC or less 1 7mA or less A The off voltage differs 1 The input resistance is In
198. er Measure Status latch instruction A SLTR There is no alternative action STRA Counter Measure Review the program and change manually Suppl t Sampling trace instruction Supplemen i Aadi STRAR Change candidate instructions i R votes ISTRA gt TRACE instruction Bese STRAR gt TRACER instruction PTRA counter Program trace instruction PTRAR Coun Ai easure There is no alternative action PTRAEXE Counter Measure Review the program and change manually Use the ATA card as a memory Other instructions EROMWR card Supplement Change candidate instruction EROMWR gt FWRITE instruction Counter M PID control instruction PID57 eoume Measure There is no alternative action Special function modules instruction Example G INPUT G PRN etc G P Instruction name Counter Measure Reprogram for the special function modules to use with the QCPU A REPLACEMENT OF PROGRAM 7 3 Precautions for Replacement of Parameter 7 3 1 Conversion from AnSCPU to QCPU This section explains the parameter conversion upon replacement of the AnSCPU programs with the QCPU lt Compatibility gt O Common item between AnSCPU and QCPU that can be converted directly A Item that requires re setting after the conversion since the functions specifications are partially different x Item to be deleted since there is no common item between the AnSCPU and QCPU Confirm the parameters after the c
199. er Relay A the performance is the equivalent medovina vea 24VDC 2A resistance load point 24VDC 2A resistance load point manent 240VAC 2A COSo 1 point 240VAC 2A COS 1 point O 8A module 8A module Minimum switching load 5VDC 1mA 5VDC 1mA O Mome aning 264VAC 125VDC 264VAC 125VDC o voltage Response Off gt on 10ms or less 10ms or less O time On gt off 12ms or less 12ms or less O Mechanical 20 million times or more 20 million times or more O Rated switching voltage current load Rated switching voltage current load 200 000 times or more 100 000 times or more 200VAC 1 5A 240VAC 1A COS 0 7 100 000 times or more 200VAC 0 4A 240VAC 0 3A 200VAC 1 5A 240VAC 1A COS 0 7 300 000 times or more Life COS 0 7 200 000 times or more 200VAC 1A 240VAC 0 5A aie econ Meer Electrical frequently because the life cycle 200VAC 0 75A 240VAC 0 5A COSo 0 35 100 000 times or more A is reduced by approximately half COS 0 35 200 000 times or more 200VAC 0 3A 240VAC 0 15A 24VDC 1A 100VDC 0 1A COS 0 35 300 000 times or more L R 7ms 200 000 times or more 24VDC 1A 100VDC 0 1A L R 7ms 100 000 times or more 24VDC 0 3A 100VDC 0 03A L R 7ms 300 000 times or more Maximum switohing 3600 times hr 3600 times hr o frequency Commoniterminal All points independent common All points independent common O arrangement Operation indication On indication LED On indication LED O Fuse None None External Voltage 2AVDC10 O i power Ripp
200. ersion DXCHP DXCHP O F A r DXNR DXNR O 32 bit data non exclusive logical sum operations DXNRP DXNRP O 3 DXOR DXOR O 32 bit exclusive logical sum operations DXORP DXORP O Interrupt enable instruction El El O Link refresh enable El El O ENCO ENCO O 256 8 bit encode ENCOP ENCOP O Sequence program termination END END O Main routine program termination FEND FEND O FIFR FIFR O Reading oldest data from tables FIFRP FIFRP O FIFW FIFW O Writing data to the data table FIFWP FIFWP O S FMOV FMOV O Identical 16 bit data block transfers FMOVP FMOVP O FOR to NEXT instruction FOR FOR O 1 word data read from the intelligent FROM FROM o special function module FROMP FROMP g INC INC O 16 bit BIN data increment INCP INCP O Return from interrupt programs IRET IRET O Pointer branch instruction JMP JMP O Operation start LD LD O LD lt LD lt O LD lt LD lt O a LD lt gt LD lt gt O BIN 16 bit data comparison LD LD O LD gt LD gt O LD gt LD gt O LDD lt LDD lt O LDD lt LDD lt O LDD lt gt LDD lt gt O BIN 32 bit data comparison LDD LDD O LDD gt LDD gt O LDD gt LDD gt O Operation start LDI LDI O ASCII code display instruction LED OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 3 4 Note that the buffer memory address between Q series and AnS series may differ T 15 A REPLACEMENT OF PROGRAM Universal model QCPU Description High Performance model QCPU Reference AnSCPU Instru
201. erted are changed to SM1255 and D1255 for QCPU and SM999 and SD999 for the Basic model QCPU Therefore program modification is required Section 7 2 File register e Data is stored in a memory card e One block is set in 32k points unit Specification e Data is stored in a standard RAM or memory card One block is set in 32k points unit Measure e Review the setting Section 7 7 11 Parameter e Dedicated parameters for each CPU are provided Specification e Dedicated parameters for each CPU are provided Measure e Check and re set the parameters since specifications and functions differ between the two CPUs Section 7 3 Special relay e 1800 points of SMO to SM1799 are provided Specification 1800 points of SMO to SM1799 are provided Measure e Review the points since some specifications differ between the two CPUs Section 7 4 Special register e 1800 points of SDO to SD1799 are provided Specification e 1800 points of SDO to SD1799 are provided Measure e Review the points since some specifications differ between the two CPUs Section 7 5 Comment Comments are managed as a common comment or program original comment Specification For the QCPU comments are managed as common comments or comments by program For the Basic model QCPU only comments by program MAIN are managed Section 7 1 2 Writing programs to RO
202. es M3 5x6 screws M3x6 screws Core 0 3 to 0 75mm Applicable wire size 2 ide di pplicabie wire siz 0 75 to 2mm outside diameter 2 8mm 0 11 x Wiring change is required inches or less R1 25 3 Applicable solderiese hehe RASS Sleeved solderless terminal cannot x terminal RAV1 25 3 5 RAV2 3 5 be used 128 point Number of occupied I O pons i 16 points slot 0 Output 64 points A 7 points I O assignment Input 16 points slots 1 to 4 Empty 16 points The module configuration differs Current consumption 0 22A typ all points on 0 05A typ all points on Recalculate the current consumption External dimensions 130 H x174 5 W x65 6 D mm 98 H x27 4 W x90 D mm A Wiring space is narrower Weight 0 80kg 0 16kg O 1 Check the specifications of the sensor or switches to be connected to the QX40 3 REPLACEMENT OF I O MODULE b Specifications comparison between A1SJ 56DR output part and QY10 O Compatible A Partially changed x Incompatible Specifications A1SJ 56DR output specifications Compat ibility Precautions for replacement When 17 or more points are Number of output points 24 points 16 points A used use two QY10 modules The isolation method differs but Isolation method Photocoupler Relay A the performance is the equivalent Output format Contact output Contact output 8 RSen vea 24VDC 2A r
203. es compatible extension base unit ce 5 Q68B The Q5OB Q60B is connected to the ao main base unit or the Q50B Q6LB 0 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 aia 7 a A series compatible extension base unit 22 F QA1S68B The QA6LIB is connected to the main o0 _ o base unit the end of the Q5LJB Q6LB E sp 5 or the QA6LIB 24 25 26 27 28 22 A series compatible extension base unit 3 a The QA6ADP A5LIB A6LB is connected SS S QA65B to the main base unit the end of the 23 S Q50B Q60B QA6 0OB or the QA6ADP a A50B A60B 5 9 s REPLACEMENT OF BASE UNIT AND EXTENSION CABLE Remarks occ eco 1 2 Normal operations of the A series AC input module cannot be guaranteed if there is no base unit on which the A series power supply module is mounted Use the A series AC input module in either of the following configurations Mount the A series AC input module on the QA6LB or A6LB to which the QAGADP is attached Mount the A series AC input module on the A5LUB to which the QA6ADP is attached or connect the QA6LB or A6LB to which the QA6ADP is attached as another extension base unit The extension base unit for large sized A series with QA conversion adapter mounted and QA1S extension base unit cannot be used together When connecting the extension base unit with QA conversion adapter mounted QA1S extension base unit cannot be connected When the QA6LIB is connected or QA6LB and QA1S6LB are connected with mixed to the Q series extension base u
204. esistance load 24VDC 2A resistance load e 240VAC 2A COSo 1 point 240VAC 2A COSo 1 point O 5A common 8A common Minimum switching load 5VDC 1mA 5VDC 1mA O Maximum switching load 264VAC 125VDC 264VAC 125VDC O Maximum switching 3600 times hr 3600 times hr o frequency Surge suppressor None None Response Off gt on 10ms or less 10ms or less O time On off 12ms or less 12ms or less O Mechanical 20 million times or more 20 million times or more O Rated switching voltage current load Rated switching voltage current load o 100 000 times or more 100 000 times or more 200VAC 1 5A 240VAC 1A 200VAC 1 5A 240VAC 1A COS 0 7 100 000 times or more COS 0 7 100 000 times or more 200VAC 0 4A 240VAC 0 3A COSo 0 7 300 000 times or more Life Electrical 200VAC 1A 240VAC 0 5A 200VAC 1A 240VAC 0 5A COS 0 35 100 000 times or more o COS 0 35 100 000 times or more 200VAC 0 3A 240VAC 0 15A COS 0 35 300 000 times or more 24VDC 1A 100VDC 0 1A 24VDC 1A 100VDC 0 1A L R 7ms 100 000 times or more L R 7ms 100 000 times or more 24VDC 0 3A 100VDC 0 03A L R 7ms 300 000 times or more As the number of points per A 8 points common j P Common terminal 16 points common common is changed to 16 wiring common terminal TB9 TB18 P A j arrangement TB27 common terminal TB17 with a different voltage for each common is not possible Operation indication On indication LED On indication LED O Fuse None None External Voltage AVDE O
205. exceeding 28 8VDC is range peak voltage 30VDC not applicable Maximum load current 0 1A point 0 8A common 0 1A point 1 6A common O Maximum inrush current 0 4A 10ms or less 0 7A 10ms or less O Leakage current at off 0 1mA or less 0 1mA or less O Maximum voltage drop 1 0VDC typ 0 1A 0 1VDC typ 0 1A o at on 2 5VDC MAX 0 1A 0 2VDC MAX 0 1A Off gt on 2ms or less ims or less O Response time On off 2ms or less resistance load ins ar less O rated load resistance load Surge suppressor Zener diode Zener diode O As the common is changed from Common terminal 8 points common 16 points common 2 commons to 1 common wiring arrangement common terminal TB10 TB20 common terminal TB18 E with a different voltage for each common is not possible Operation indication On indication LED On indication LED O 1 6A Fuse rating 1 fuse common breaking capacity Cannot be changed breaking capacity 50A These specifications are changed Available i j to the protection function E A LED turns on when a fuse is blown Fuse blown indication i and a signal is output to the CPU module Available overheat protection function overload protection function Protection function The overheat protection function is O activated in increments of 1 point The overload protection function is activated in increments of 1 point 12 24VDC 12 24VDC Voltage exceeding 28 8VDC is External Voltage 10 2 to 28 8VDC A f 10 2 to 30VDC cies not a
206. f iring change is required 0 11 inches or less ppp apie Solderigss pie ne Sleeved ieee A cannot x terminal RAV1 25 3 5 RAV2 3 5 be used Current consumption 0 079A typ all points on 0 065A typ all points on O External dimensions 130 H x34 5 W x93 6 D mm 98 H x27 4 W x90 D mm A Wiring space is narrower Weight 0 13kg 0 16kg A The weight is increased 3 REPLACEMENT OF I O MODULE 9 Specifications comparison between A1SY41 and QY41P Specifications A1SY41 O Compatible A Partially changed x Incompatible Compat Precautions for replacement ibility Number of output points 32 points 32 points Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated load voltage 12 24VDC 12 24VDC O Operating load voltage 10 2 to 30VDC 10 2 to 28 8VDC X Voltage exceeding 28 8VDC is range peak voltage 30VDC not applicable Maximum load current 0 1A point 2A common 0 1A point 2A common O Maximum inrush current 0 4A 10ms or less 0 7A 10ms or less O Leakage current at off 0 1mA or less 0 1mA or less O Maximum voltage drop 1 0VDC typ 0 1A 0 1VDC typ 0 1A o at on 2 5VDC MAX 0 1A 0 2VDC MAX 0 1A Off gt on 2ms or less ims or less O Response R 2ms or less 1ms or less time On gt off A Oo resistance load rated load resistance load Surge suppressor Zener diode Zener diode O Common terminal 32 points common 32 points common o arrang
207. f gt on 24VDC Configure the setting in the PLC 0 parameter dialog box R i The response time differs Response 0 2ms is set by default i Set the time according to the time 0 1ms 0 2ms 0 4ms 0 6ms 1ms or control 0 3ms or less ees On gt off i Configure the setting in the PLC O 24VDC parameter dialog box 0 2ms is set by default Common terminal 32 points common 32 points common arrangement common terminal B1 B2 common terminal B01 B02 Operation indication On indication LED On indication LED External connection 40 pin connector 40 pin connector o system accessory sold separately Existing external wiring can be oe 0 3mm used Applicable wire size 0 3mm O P um A6CON1 A6CON4 Current consumption 0 12A typ all points on 0 075A typ all points on O External dimensions 130 H 34 5 W x93 6 D mm 98 H x27 4 W x90 D mm O Weight 0 21kg 0 15kg O 4 Check the specifications of the sensor or switches to be connected to the QX41 S1 2 The following shows the derating chart A1SX41 S1 QX41 S1 43 C 100 100 90 26 4VDC 90 as on 8 28 8VDC S 79 ratio 70 2 60 60 60 50 c 50 O 40 40 0 10 20 30 40 5055 C 30 g Ambient temperature 20 m 10 0 10 20 30 40 50 55 C Ambient temperature 3 25 3 REPLACEMENT OF I O MODULE 14 Specifications comparison between A1SX41 S2 and QX41 O Compatible A Partially changed x Incompatible
208. f a sequence o o 7 stepstoperatioii Tuncton program at the specified steps Consider debugging with GX Simulator Separates the device memory area Off line switch used for the OUT inetuaHbg from o o x g TheQ series does not support the the operation processing of off line switch function sequence program Replaces input output modules To replace the input output Online I O modul 8 ee POr while the CPU module is in x x x x modules online use the Process z g operation CPU fo Perf If di tics to check Self diagnostic ee Error codes differ between the 3 3 for errors detect errors and stop oO oO O O j function AnS series and Q series the CPU module 2 19 REPLACEMENT OF CPU MODULE 1 2 3 2 Functional comparison between QnAS series and Q series 1 Comparison between QnASCPU and Universal model QCPU O Available A Although available specifications such as setting method partially differ x Not available QnAS series Q2ASCPU S1 Universal Q2ASHCPU model S1 Q series Function Description Precautions for replacement Reference Constant scan Latch data retention during power failure Executes the sequence program at the constant time intervals regardless of the processing time of the program Holds the data of devices when turning off the power resetting and a momentary power failure longer than the allowable momentary power failure time occurs Remote RUN Remotely
209. for eight modules s REPLACEMENT OF BASE UNIT AND EXTENSION CABLE 2 I O address assignment example The following explains assignment example to modify the program at minimum by using the QA1S60B extension base unit and utilizing the existing AnS series module without I O address change a System configuration example Existing system configuration example System configuration example after replacement Q35B 0 1 2 3 4 QO6HCPU QJ61BT11N QJ71LP21 25 A183 B J Modules displaced Modules added by the A series replacement of the QCPU QA6 IB or A6L_IB When using QA conversion adapter 5 6 7 8 9 gt a N a La a Oo m I ba RK oO n 5 3 N 7 2 xt lt x x Mount these Replace these eS modules to the modules by the st extension Q series modules 2 base unit and mount them to the main base unit Replace the modules that cannot be mounted by Q series modules As the CC Link master local module MELSECNET 10 H network module cannot be utilized replace them by QCPU compatible modules b I O assignment example of the parameter Q35B side QA1S60B side Number of Number of occupied Address occupied Address points points 0 Intelligent 32 points 100 5 A1SX41 Input 32 points 00 1 Intelligent 32 points 120 s 6 A1SY41 Output 32 points 20 Main base Extension 3 2 Input 32 points 14
210. for replacement Number of input points 16 points 16 points O Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated input voltage 12 24VDC 24VDC A 12VDC is not applicable R The rated input current is Rated input current Approx 3mA Approx 7mA Approx 4mA A 9 reduced oe aen eE 10 2 to 26 4VDC 20 4 to 28 8VDC 4 Decne eee ripple ratio within 5 ripple ratio within 5 NBG is notapplicable Maximum number of Simultaneously on 100 Simult 100 o simultaneous input points 26 4VDC imultaneously on 100 4 On voltage on current 8VDC or more 2mA or more 19VDC or more 3mA or more A 12VDC is not applicable 1 Off voltage off current 4VDC or less 1mA or less 11VDC or less 1 7mA or less A 12VDC is not applicable 1 The input resistance is Input resistance Approx 3 3kQ Approx 5 6kQ A 9 increased 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms 70ms or less Of on 10ms or less Configure the setting in the PLC o 24VDC parameter dialog box f Set the input response time of Response 10ms is set by default parameter to the default value time 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms 70ms or less 10ms 10ms or less Configure the setting in the PLC On gt off O 24VDC parameter dialog box 10ms is set by default Common terminal 16 points common 16 points common arrangement common terminal TB9 TB18 common terminal TB17 Operation indication On indication LED On indication LED External connection 20
211. frequently because the life cycle 200VAC 1 1A 240VAC 0 9A COSo 0 35 100 000 times or more A is reduced by approximately half COS 0 35 200 000 times or more 200VAC 0 3A 240VAC 0 15A 24VDC 1 1A 100VDC 0 1A COSo 0 35 300 000 times or more L R 7ms 200 000 times or more 24VDC 1A 100VDC 0 1A L R 7ms 100 000 times or more 24VDC 0 3A 100VDC 0 03A L R 7ms 300 000 times or more Maximum switching 3600 times hr 3600 times hr frequency Surge suppressor None None As the common is changed from 4 points common Common terminal 3 16 points common 3 commons to 1 common wiring common terminal TB5 TB10 i A arrangement TB15 common terminal TB17 with a different voltage for each common is not possible Operation indication On indication LED On indication LED O Fuse None None 0 Voltage l 24VDC 410 o External Ripple voltage 4Vp p or less i An external power supply is not power 100mA r required supply Current typ 24VDC all points on O must be SELV power supply External connection 20 point terminal block connector 18 point terminal block M3x6 7 system M3 5x7 screws screws Core 0 3 to 0 75mm Applicable wire size 0 75 to 1 25mm igre denser sana x AWG16 to AWG19 outsi j jameter 2 8mmi 0 Wiring change is required inches or less R1 25 3 Applicable eae RAV1 25 3 5 Sleeved solderless terminal cannot x terminal be used Between AC external b
212. g chart A1SX81 QX81 S2 100 100 90 90 80 80 S 70 70 D On 60 o 60 ratio 50 50 6 40 40 o 30 30 31 25 24VDC 20 20 18 75 28 8VDC 10 10 0 10 20 30 40 5055 C 0 10 20 30 40 50 55 C Ambient temperature Ambient temperature 3 REPLACEMENT OF I O MODULE 31 Specifications comparison between A1SX81 and QX71 O Compatible A Partially changed x Incompatible Cc t Specifications A1SX81 ee Precautions for replacement Number of input points 32 points 32 points 8 Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated input voltage 12 24VDC 5 12VDC A 24VDC is not applicable 1 5VDC Approx 1 2mA The rated input current is Rated input ent A 3MA A TMA 4 ated input curr pprox 3mA Approx 7m 42VDC Approx 3 3mA A faecal 4 5 to 6VDC Opening voltage rande 10 2 to 26 4VDC ripple ratio within 5 R 4 Ce ere ripple ratio within 5 10 2 to 14 4VDC A _ 2AVDC is not applicable ripple ratio within 5 Maximum number of 3 5 molea input points Refer to the derating chart Simultaneously on 100 Oo On voltage on current 8VDC or more 2mA or more 3 5VDC or more 1mA or more A 24VDC is not applicable 1 2 Off voltage off current 4VDC or less 1mA or less 1VDC or less 0 1mA or less A 24VDC is not applicable 12 Input resistance Approx 3 3kQ Approx 3 3kQ O 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms 70ms or less Off gt on 10ms or less Configure the setting in the PLC o 24V
213. g of the day of the hour minute second and a day of the week week data Changes the programs of writes programs For the Q series itisinecsssary to set the Section Write during RUN 2 2 d ity for th ite during RUN i rite during to the running CPU module oO O reserved capacity for the write during in 243 advance Stores the data of the entire devices at the Seuke time of error occurrence to the memory 0 34 The Q series does not support the status latch cassette or a memory card and monitors the function stored data by a peripheral Stores the data of the specified device memory area in a memory card at a set Sampling trace interval to check the changes of the device o3 o5 memory area and monitors the stored data by a peripheral Collects the execution status of the specified f D o fe roe The Q series does not support the program 5 Program trace steps in specified program and stores it ina O34 x fe i trace function a file Simulation Detaches I O modules or special modules The Q series does not support the simulation ene from the CPU module and simulates the o3 4 x function program upon the steps operation Consider debugging with GX Simulator Th ies d t rt the st 3 Stops the execution of a sequence program gt Q sories Ta a a steps operation atihe shecified stens Oo x operation function p ps Consider debugging with GX Simulator Execution time measurement EEN The execution time measurement can be 3 Measu
214. ght 0 19kg 0 12kg O When applying 24VDC use the QX41 S1 2 The following shows the derating chart A1SX71 65 56 C 40 On ratio 0 10 20 30 40 Ambient temperature 50 55 C 3 36 3 REPLACEMENT OF I O MODULE 25 Specifications comparison between A1SX80 and QX80 Specifications A1SX80 O Compatible A Partially changed x Incompatible Compat Precautions for replacement ibility Number of input points 16 points 16 points 8 Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated input voltage 12 24VDC 24VDC A 12VDC is not applicable n The rated input current is Rated input current Approx 3mA Approx 7mA Approx 4mA A 9 reduced eee IGS 10 2 to 26 4VDC 20 4 to 28 8VDC f 4 e E ripple ratio within 5 ripple ratio within 5 A eNOS is not applicable Maximum number of Simultaneously on 100 3 simultaneous input points 26 4VDC Simultaneously on 100 9 On voltage on current 8VDC or more 2mA or more 19VDC or more 3mA or more A 12VDC is not applicable 1 2 Off voltage off current 4VDC or less 1mA or less 11VDC or less 1 7mA or less A 12VDC is not applicable 1 R The input resistance is Input resistance Approx 3 3kQ Approx 5 6kQ A b 9 increased 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms 70ms or less Of on 10ms or less Configure the setting in the PLC o 24VDC parameter dialog box P Set the
215. h function of sequence program g Online I O module Enables I O modules to be replace o k m The Basic model QCPU does not include the S replacement while the CPU is in RUN online I O module replacement function Self diagnostics Executes self diagnostics to check for o o o o Error codes differ between the AnS series 3 function errors and stop a CPU etc and Q series Basic model 4 It is necessary to set the reserved capacity for the write during RUN in advance Default set to 500 steps App 6 2 Functional comparisons between AnUS H CPU and QCPU O Usable A Unusable x Partially different in spec e g setting method AnS series AnUS H Q00J Q00 Q01 CPU CPU CPU CPU Basic model QCPU Function Contents Precaution for replacement App 7 Executes the sequence program at Set this function with the special register Constant scan constant time intervals regardless of O A A A D9020 for the AnS series and with the processing time of the program parameters for the Basic model QCPU Holds the data of devices when turning OFF th tting and Latch power backup 9 S POWGI ESE angan o o o o a momentary power failure longer than 20ms occurs Executes the remote RUN STOP Remote RUN STOP using the external switches and O O O O peripheral devices PAUSE Stops operations while holding the o o o o 7 output status Executes the program that For AnS series a
216. he operating methods refer to the Type SW4IVD GPPA GPP Operating Manual For data selection For device comment selection you may only choose either comment 2 or comment 1 Deletes the project data on GX Developer and read the other format file GPPA format file The area in excess of the program capacity is deleted when read reading When the file includes microcomputer programs edited with other than the SFC program e g SWOSRX FNUP they are lost For QnAS series Returning places are different between GPPQ and GX Developer Because of this if the total of return sources and return destinations exceeds 24 lines in a Ladder return positions p single ladder block the program is not displayed properly Corrective action Add SM400 normally on contact to adjust the return positions For the device memory and file register you may select only one data name for each For data selection item T 12 A REPLACEMENT OF PROGRAM 7 2 Instruction Conversion GX Developer enables instruction conversion using Change PLC type The following explains how to process both applicable instructions and not applicable instructions for the conversion 7 2 1 List of instructions conversion from AnSCPU to QCPU Sequence Basic Application instructions O Automatic conversion A Automatic conversion only High Performance model QCPU x Manual change required Universal model QCPU AnSCPU Description High Performance mod
217. he rated input current is Rated input t A 6MA SU Approx 8mA 24VDC Peroa A lredu d 20 4 to 28 8VDC Ol ti Itage rai 10 2 to 26 4VDC 12VDC is not licable perating voltage range to ripple ratio within 5 A is not applicable Maximum number of i OESS nper Simultaneously on 100 Simultaneously on 100 O simultaneous input points On voltage 9VDC or more 3mA or more 19VDC or more 4 0mA or more A 12VDC is not applicable 1 Off voltage 4VDC or less 1mA or less 11VDC or less 1 7mA or less A 12VDC is not applicable A The input resistance is Input resistance Approx 2 7kQ Approx 3 9kQ A j 4 increased 0 1ms 0 2ms 0 4ms 0 6ms 1ms or less Off gt on 0 2ms or less Configure the setting in the PLC O parameter dialog box Setthei t ti Response 0 2ms is set by default Se ene ee ee i parameter to the default value time 0 1ms 0 2ms 0 4ms 0 6ms 1ms or 0 2ms less On gt off 0 2ms or less Configure the setting in the PLC O parameter dialog box 0 2ms is set by default Interrupt condition setting In increments of 4 points In increments of 1 point O Common terminal 16 points common 16 points common o arrangement common terminal TB9 TB18 common terminal TB17 Operation indication On indication LED On indication LED O External connection 20 point terminal block connector 18 point terminal block system M3 5x7 screws M3x6 screws Core 0 3 to 0 75mm Applicable wire size 0 75 to 1 5mm outside diameter 2 8mm 0 11
218. hes Panel installation 295x 110mm 222 5 x 80mm dimensions 11 61 x 4 33 inches 8 76 x 3 15 inches b Comparison between A1S68B S1 and Q68B For precautions for replacement refer to Section 5 3 1 The upgrade tool base adapter with existing mounting holes is available AnS QnAS series Qseres Precautions for replacement Number of mountable I O modules A1S68B S1 8 modules can be mounted Extendability An extension base unit cannot be connected An extension base unit can be connected Mounting hole size 06 bell shaped hole For M5 screw M4 screw hole or 64 5 hole For M4 screw 130 H x 420W x 28 D mm_ 98 H x 328 W x 44 1 D mm External dimensions 5 12 H x 16 54 W x 1 10 D 3 86 H x 12 91 W x 1 74 D inches inches Panel installation 400x 110mm 306 x 80mm dimensions 15 75x 4 33 inches 12 05 x 3 15 inches 5 2 2 Comparison of extension cable specifications AnS m extension AnS extension extension AnS extension Q series For precautions for replacement refer to Section 5 3 1 The upgrade tool base adapter with existing mounting holes is available Precautions for replacement Cable length AnS extension A extension 0 055m A1SC01B 0 33m A1SC03B 0 45m A1SCO5NB QC05B 0 6m QC06B 0 7m A1SC07B A1SCO7NB 1 2m A1SC12B QC12B 3 0m A1SC30B A1SC30NB QC30B 5 0m A1
219. hich reads sequence programs stored in the built in standard ROM or memory card to the program memory to perform ROM operation Section 2 4 1 Section 7 7 12 2 The High Performance model is the generic term of Q02CPU Q02HCPU QO6HCPU Q12HCPU and Q25HCPU 3 Device numbers are converted upon the programmable controller type change by GX Developer 2 18 REPLACEMENT OF CPU MODULE O Available A Although available specifications such as setting method partially differ x Not available Q series High Per formance AnS series A2USCPU A2USHCPU Function Description Precautions for replacement Reference AnSHCPU model 1 The Basic model is a generic term of Q00JCPU Q0OCPU and Q01CPU 2 The High Performance model is the generic term of Q02CPU Q02HCPU Q06HCPU Q12HCPU and Q25HCPU 4 It is necessary to set the reserved capacity for the write during RUN in advance Default set to 500 steps 5 The function is not provided in QOOJCPU The Q series prohibits each file Data protection i i Prevents unauthorized access from from being read written by function system F A peripherals to programs and password registration whereas R protection keyword ey ae Section 3 i comments in the built in memory of 3 Q A A the AnS series prohibit the registration 2 4 2 DA a CPU module memory cassettes parameters and programs from p i or mem
220. hotocoupler O Rated input voltage 200 240VAC 50 60Hz 100 240VAC 50 60Hz O Input voltage distortion Within 5 Within 5 O Approx 17mA 200VAC 60Hz AEREN Approx 11mA Approx 14mA 200VAC 50Hz o The rated input current is 240VAC 60Hz Approx 8mA 100VAC 60Hz increased Approx 7mA 100VAC 50Hz IGSFIOUITORT Maximum 500mA Within 1ms Maximum 500mA Within 1ms o 264VAC 264VAC Operating voltage range 170 to 264VAC 50 60Hz 5 85 to 264VAC 50 60Hz 3Hz Maximum number of i 2 A 9 simultaneous input points Refer to the derating chart Refer to the derating chart On voltage on current 80VAC or more 4mA or more BOVAG or mor an ormer A The on current is increased 50Hz 60Hz Off voltage off current 30VAC or less 1mA or less BOVAG oriless 1 MA orile s A The off current is increased 1 50Hz 60Hz Approx 22kQ 60Hz Approx 12kQ 60Hz The input resistance is Inpubresistance rae 27kQ pales piste 15kQ Cae Nas atl Response Off gt on 30ms or less 200VAC 60Hz 10ms or less 100VAC 50Hz 60Hz O time On gt off 55ms or less 200VAC 60Hz 20ms or less 100VAC 50Hz 60Hz O Common terminal 16 points common 8 points common o arrangement common terminal TB9 TB18 common terminal TB17 Operation indication On indication LED On indication LED O External connection system 20 point terminal block connector M3 5x7 screws 18 point terminal b M3x6 screws lock When 9 or more points are used Core 0
221. i PAn GORR OM LORG Q On voltage on current 8VDC or more 2mA or more 3 5VDC or more 1mA or more A 24VDC is not applicable 1 2 Off voltage off current 4VDC or less 1mA or less 1VDC or less 0 1mA or less A 24VDC is not applicable 1 2 Input resistance Approx 3 3kQ Approx 3 3kQ O 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms 70ms or less 10ms or less Configure the setting in the PLC Of on 24VDC i ene deleo box S Response 10ms is set by default Set the input response time of parameter to the default value time tnsiemenGnsieomst ris or less 10ms On gt off 10ms or less Configure the setting in the PLC o 24VDC parameter dialog box 10ms is set by default Common terminal 16 points common 16 points common arrangement common terminal TB9 TB18 common terminal TB17 Operation indication On indication LED On indication LED External connection 20 point terminal block connector 18 point terminal block x system M3 5x7 screws M3x6 screws Core 0 3 to 0 75mm Applicable wire size 0 75 to 1 25mm outside diameter 2 8mm 0 11 x Wini iring change is required inches or less Applicable solderless R129739 R239 Sleeved ee a cannot x terminal RAV1 25 3 5 RAV2 3 5 be used Current consumption 0 05A typ all points on 0 055A typ all points on O External dimensions 130 H 34 5 W x93 6 D mm 98 H x27 4 W x90 D mm A Wiring space is narrower Weight 0 20kg 0 14kg O 4 When applying 24VDC use the QX40 2 Check the specifications of the sensor or swi
222. ialog box 10ms is set by default Common terminal 16 points common 16 points common arrangement common terminal TB9 TB18 common terminal TB18 Operation indication On indication LED On indication LED External connection 20 point terminal block connector 18 point terminal block A system M3 5x7 screws M3x6 screws Core 0 3 to 0 75mm Applicable wire si 2 i i pplic wire size 0 75 to 1 25mm outside diameter 2 8mm 0 11 x Wiring change is required inches or less R1 25 3 Applicable oldeness NI 2o SNAS Sleeved solderless terminal cannot x terminal RAV1 25 3 5 RAV2 3 5 be used Current consumption 0 05A typ all points on 0 05A typ all points on O External dimensions 130 H x34 5 W x93 6 D mm 98 H x27 4 W x90 D mm A Wiring space is narrower Weight 0 20kg 0 16kg O 1 Check the specifications of the sensor or switches to be connected to the QX80 3 REPLACEMENT OF I O MODULE 29 Specifications comparison between A1SX81 and QX81 O Compatible A Partially changed x Incompatible Cc t Specifications A1SX81 bility Precautions for replacement Number of input points 32 points 32 points Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated input voltage 12 24VDC 24VDC A 12VDC is not applicable n The rated input current is Rated input current App
223. ibutes can be set to the Supplement Prohibition method for writing be set to the specified specified memory drive By using a password the following to program etc memory e Prohibition of read write attributes can be set to each specified e Prohibition of read write display file of the specified memory drive Prohibition of write e Prohibition of read write display e Prohibition of write 2 4 3 Write during RUN To execute the write during RUN it is necessary to reserve the program size for increase upon the write during RUN in advance 1 AnS series The program size is decided by the parameter memory capacity setting and can be increased within the capacity range upon write during RUN 2 QnAS Q series It is necessary to set the program size for increase upon the write during RUN in the Write to PLC screen This set capacity is called as the write during RUN reserved steps By default 500 steps are reserved The following shows the setting screen for Allocate memory for Write during RUN as a reference Write to PLC x Connecting interface lt gt ric module PLC Connection Network No i Station No Host PLC type Q25PH Target memory Program memory Device memory x _ Tite File selection Device data Program Common Local Selected File type Range type Start End Alloc MAIN badder whole range PP 500 a Password setup r Related functions Transfer setup Key
224. icable wire size 0 75 to 1 25mm outside diameter 2 8mm 0 11 x AWG16 to AWG19 ae Wiring change is required inches or less R1 25 3 Applicabl Iderl ae Fa E ea RAV1 25 3 5 Sleeved solderless terminal cannot x terminal be used Between AC external batch and relay drive power supply 5V internal circuit 2830VAC 3 cycl Ititud Dielectric withstand N Bue a Be altitude 2830VAC rms 3 cycles voltage po altitude 2 000m 6562ft Between relay drive power supply and 5V internal circuit 500VAC rms 3 cycles altitude 2 000m 6562ft 10MQ or more with an insulation 10MQ or more with an insulation Insulation resistance R k O resistance tester resistance tester By noise simulator of 1500Vp p noise voltage 1us noise width Noise immunity IEC801 4 1kV and 25 to 60Hz noise frequency O First transient noise IEC61000 4 4 1kV 3 REPLACEMENT OF I O MODULE Compat Specifications A1SY18AEU ibility Precautions for replacement Current consumption 0 24A typ all points on 130 H x34 5 W x93 6 D mm 0 24A typ all points on 98 H x27 4 W x90 D mm External dimensions Wiring space is narrower 3 REPLACEMENT OF I O MODULE 6 Specifications comparison between A1SY22 and QY22 O Compatible A Partially changed x Incompatible Specifications A1SY22 pert Precautions for replacement Number of output
225. ilized Common comments are not replaced but lost A REPLACEMENT OF PROGRAM 7 1 3 AnSCPU program conversion ratio Conversion ratio of common instructions Sequence basic application instructions The following table shows the conversion ratio when changing the programmable controller type of the AnSCPU common instructions to the QCPU More than 90 of the common instructions are automatically converted Universal model QCPU High Performance model QCPU 7 8 Instruction type Number of instructions Number of instructions applicable for automatic conversion Number of instructions Conversion ratio rough standard Contact instruction 6 6 0 100 Connection instruction 5 5 0 100 Output instruction 6 5 1 83 Sequence instruction Shift instruction 2 2 0 100 Master control instruction 2 2 0 100 Termination instruction 2 2 0 100 Other instructions 3 3 0 100 Total number of sequence instructions 26 25 1 96 Comparison operation instruction 36 36 0 100 Arithmetic operation instruction 40 40 0 100 BCD lt BIN conversion instruction 8 8 0 100 Basic instruction Data transfer instruction 16 16 0 100 Program branch instruction 9 9 0 100 Program switching instruction 1 0 1 0 Link refresh instruction 2 2 0 100 Total number of basic instructions 112 111 1 99 Logical operation instruction 18 18 0 100 Rotation instruction 16 1
226. in 5 Within 5 O Rated input current Approx 7mA 120VAC 60Hz pe i te pi S A current is lariehieurent Maximum 200mA Within 1ms Maximum 200mA Within 1ms o 132VAC 132VAC Opening vollacetanae 85 to 132VAC 85 to 132VAC o 50 60Hz 5 50 60Hz 3Hz Heel a Ae Simultaneously on 100 Refer to the derating chart 2 A nese le ao sbownin 80VAC or more 5mA or more On voltage on current 80VAC or more 5mA or more 50Hz 60Hz O Off voltage off current 30VAC or less 1 4mA or less ene eer erie A The off current is increased 50Hz 60Hz Input resistance Approx 18kQ 60Hz Approx 12KQ 60Hz 5 The input resistance is Approx 21kQ 50Hz Approx 15kQ 50Hz reduced Off gt on 20ms or less 15ms or less o Response 100VAC 60Hz 100VAC 50Hz 60Hz time 35ms or less 20ms or less On off O 100VAC 60Hz 100VAC 50Hz 60Hz Common terminal 16 points common 16 points common arrangement common terminal TB9 TB18 common terminal TB17 Operation indication On indication LED On indication LED External connection 20 point terminal block connector 18 point terminal block z system M3 5x7 screws M3x6 screws 2 Applicable wire size 0 75 to 1 25mm ceed eta 0 11 x ay AWG16 to AWG19 Wiring change is required inches or less R1 25 3 Applicable soreness RAV1 25 3 5 Sleeved solderless terminal cannot x terminal be used Current consumption 0 05A typ all points on 0 05A typ all points on O Dielectric withstand voltage betwe
227. in at A 3 F 2 2 j A Reviewing is required since all the range from lowest device No to highest device No is 5 Extension low speed timer als i i included in the latch range Extension high speed timer eea E Converted as one device j T A Reviewing is required since all range from lowest device No to highest device No is Extension retentive timer included in the latch range Converted as one device Counter Scand F A Reviewing is required since the latch range covers all range from lowest device No to Extension counter 3 highest device No A REPLACEMENT OF PROGRAM c t Name PaPa Remarks ibility MELSECNET Il B X ne a are deleted since the Q series CPU is not compatible with the MELSECNET For A2USCPU rted to the MELSCECNET 10 mode MELSECNET 10 H o or converted to the mode Parameter re setting is required for the AnS H CPU Parameters are deleted since the QCPU is not compatible with the MELSECNET MINI MELSECNET MINI A It is possible to correspond by new sequence program Moreover the Universal model QCPU is not compatible Network parameter A REPLACEMENT OF PROGRAM 7 3 2 Conversion from QnASCPU to QCPU This section explains the parameter conversion upon replacement of the QnASCPU program with the QCPU The symbols in the table indicate the following meanings lt Compatibility gt O Common item between QnASCPU and QC
228. indication LED On indication LED O Fuse None None External Voltage PAVDETI0 O power Ripple voltage 4Vp p or less An external power supply is not supply Curent 45mA i o required TYP 24VDC all points on External connection 20 point terminal block connector 18 point terminal block gt system M3 5x7 screws M3x6 screws Core 0 3 to 0 75mm Applicable wire size 0 75 to 1 25mm outside diameter 2 8mm 0 11 x Wiring change is required inches or less Boplicable sokeiess R1299 R239 Sleeved P a cannot x terminal RAV1 25 3 5 RAV2 3 5 be used When both the QX40 and QY10 Number of occupied I O 16 points 16 points o are used the number of points I O assignment Output 16 points I O assignment Output 16 points occupied points is 32 16 points x 2 modules The module configuration differs Current consumption 0 085A typ all points on 0 43A typ all points on Recalculate the current consumption External dimensions 130 H x34 5 W x93 6 D mm 98 H x27 4 W x90 D mm A Wiring space is narrower Weight 0 23kg 0 22kg O 3 REPLACEMENT OF I O MODULE 6 Specifications comparison between A1SX48Y58 and QX48Y57 3 80 a Specifications comparison between A1SX48Y58 input part and QX48Y57 input part O Compatible A Partially changed x Incompatible fications Number of input points 58 input specifications 8 points e input specifications 8 points Compa ibility Pr
229. input response time of Response 10ms is set by default s parameter to the default value time 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms 70ms or less 10ms On gt off 10ms or less Configure the setting in the PLC o 24VDC parameter dialog box 10ms is set by default Common terminal 16 points common 16 points common arrangement common terminal TB9 TB18 common terminal TB18 Operation indication On indication LED On indication LED External connection 20 point terminal block connector 18 point terminal block P system M3 5x7 screws M3x6 screws Core 0 3 to 0 75mm Applicable wire size 0 75 to 1 25mm outside diameter 2 8mm 0 11 x ws Wiring change is required inches or less R1 25 3 Applicable solderniezs RIAS ca pila Sleeved solderless terminal cannot x terminal RAV1 25 3 5 RAV2 3 5 be used Current consumption 0 05A typ all points on 0 05A typ all points on O External dimensions 130 H x34 5 W x93 6 D mm 98 H x27 4 W x90 D mm A Wiring space is narrower Weight 0 20kg 0 16kg O 4 When applying 12VDC use the QX70 2 Check the specifications of the sensor or switches to be connected to the QX80 3 37 3 REPLACEMENT OF I O MODULE 26 Specifications comparison between A1SX80 and QX70 3 38 Specifications A1SX80 O Compatible A Partially changed x Incompatible Compat ibility Precautions for replacement Number of input points 16 point
230. instructions are not automatically converted upon the replacement of the AnS series CPU with Q series CPU The following table shows the instructions that are not automatically converted Reviewing the program is recommended Instruction type AnSCPU instruction Corrective action Sequence Counter Measure Review the program and change manually 1 J i Bit device output reverse CHK instruction Supplement Change candidate instruction FF instruction Program switching instruction CHG counter Measure f A Basic Review the program with referring to Section 7 7 10 2 instruction Microcomputer program call SUB Counter Measure instruction SUBP Change manually to the same instructions of the Q series Counter Measure ASCII characters convert ASC Review the program and change manually instruction Supplement Change candidate instruction MOV instruction LRDP MELSECNET ll B LWTP Counter Measure Local Remote I O station RFRP Reprogram for the network modules to use with a QCPU access instruction RTOP LED Counter M F ounter Measure rae Instructions ESPI a Setting an external display is recommended since the QCPU does dedicated instruction LEDB a not have the LED display function LEDC Counter Measure Special format failure checks CHK Review the program and change manually instruction Supplement Change candidate instructio
231. io within 5 ripple ratio within 5 A ditfers Maximum number of Simultaneously on 100 Simult i 100 o simultaneous input points 26 4VDC imultaneously or 109 On voltage on current 14VDC or more 3 5mA or more 19VDC or more 3mA or more A The on voltage on current differ Off voltage off current 6 5VDC or less 1 7mA or less 11VDC or less 1 7mA or less A The off voltage differs s The input resistance is Input resistance Approx 3 3kQ Approx 5 6kQ A 4 increased ims 5ms 10ms 20ms 70ms or less Of on 10ms or less Configure the setting in the PLC o 24VDC parameter dialog box Set the input response time of Response 10ms is set by default F parameter to the default value time 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms 70ms or less 10ms 10ms or less Configure the setting in the PLC On off O 24VDC parameter dialog box 10ms is set by default Common terminal 16 points common 16 points common arrangement common terminal TB9 TB18 common terminal TB17 Operation indication On indication LED On indication LED External connection 20 point terminal block connector 18 point terminal block x system M3 5x7 screws M3x6 screws Core 0 3 to 0 75mm Applicable wire size 0 75 to 1 25mm outside diameter 2 8mm 0 11 x es Wiring change is required inches or less R1 25 3 Applicable solderloss R1 29 3 3 R233 Sleeved solderless terminal cannot x terminal RAV1 25 3 5 RAV2 3 5 be used Current consumption 0 05A typ all poin
232. iring Precautions A WARNING Shut off the external power supply for the system in all phases before wiring Failure to do so may result in electric shock or damage to the product After wiring attach the included terminal cover to the module before turning it on for operation Failure to do so may result in electric shock CAUTION Ground the FG and LG terminals to the protective ground conductor dedicated to the programmable controller Failure to do so may result in electric shock or malfunction Use applicable solderless terminals and tighten them within the specified torque range If any spade solderless terminal is used it may be disconnected when the terminal screw comes loose resulting in failure Check the rated voltage and terminal layout before wiring to the module and connect the cables correctly Connecting a power supply with a different voltage rating or incorrect wiring may cause a fire or failure Connectors for external connection must be crimped or pressed with the tool specified by the manufacturer or must be correctly soldered Incomplete connections could result in short circuit fire or malfunction Tighten the terminal screw within the specified torque range Undertightening can cause short circuit fire or malfunction Overtightening can damage the screw and or module resulting in drop short circuit or malfunction Prevent foreign matter such as dust or wire chips from entering the module Such foreign
233. is External Voltage 10 2 to 28 8VDC A 10 2 to 30VDC ay not applicable power ripple ratio within 5 eunety Current typ 24VDC ene d rmmon 20mA 24VDC A The current value is increased Pernel conneztion 40 pin connector accessory 40 pin connector sold separately O system Existing external wiring can be a 0 3mm used Applicable wire size 0 3mm2 ABCON1 A6CON4 oO Current consumption 0 141A typ all points on 0 105A typ all points on O External dimensions 130 H x34 5 W x93 6 D mm 98 H x27 4 W x90 D mm O Weight 0 15kg 0 15kg O 3 REPLACEMENT OF I O MODULE 11 Specifications comparison between A1SY42 and QY42P Specifications A1SY42 O Compatible A Partially changed x Incompatible Compat Precautions for replacement ibility Number of output points 64 points 64 points Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated load voltage 12 24VDC 12 24VDC O Operating load voltage 10 2 to 30VDC 10 2 to 28 8VDC X Voltage exceeding 28 8VDC is range peak voltage 30VDC not applicable Maximum load current 0 1A point 1 6A common 0 1A point 2A common O Maximum inrush current 0 4A 10ms or less 0 7A 10ms or less O Leakage current at off 0 1mA or less 0 1mA or less O Maximum voltage drop 1 0VDC typ 0 1A 0 1VDC typ 0 1A o at on 2 5VDC MAX 0 1A 0 2VDC MAX 0 1A Off gt on 2ms or less ims or less O Response 2ms or less ims or les
234. is set by default Common terminal 8 points common 16 points common arrangement common terminal TB9 common terminal TB17 Operation indication On indication LED On indication LED External connection 20 point terminal block connector 18 point terminal block T system M3 5x7 screws M3x6 screws Core 0 3 to 0 75mm Applicable wire si 2 i i pplicable wire size 0 75 to 1 25mm outside diameter 2 8mm 0 11 x Wiring change is required inches or less Applicable solderless R1 25 3 5 R2 3 5 Sleeved a an i R terminal RAV1 25 3 5 RAV2 3 5 be used When both the QX40 and QY10 Number of occupied 16 points 16 points are used the number of I O points I O assignment Output 16 points I O assignment Input 16 points A occupied points is 32 16 points x 2 modules The module configuration differs Current consumption 0 085A typ all points on 0 05A typ all points on Recalculate the current consumption External dimensions 130 H x34 5 W x93 6 D mm 98 H x27 4 W x90 D mm A Wiring space is narrower Weight 0 23kg 0 16kg O A Check the specifications of the sensor or switches to be connected to the QX40 3 REPLACEMENT OF I O MODULE b Specifications comparison between A1SX48Y18 output part and QY10 Specifications A1SX48Y18 output specifications O Compatible A Partially changed x Incompatible Compat ibility Precautions for replacement
235. it exclusiv i i cama WXORP WXORP O N XCH XCH O 16 bit data conversion XCHP XCHP O i Note that the buffer memory address between Q series and AnS series may differ T 17 A REPLACEMENT OF PROGRAM 7 2 2 List of instruction conversion from AnSCPU to QCPU Dedicated instructions O Automatic conversion A Automatic conversion only High Performance model QCPU x Manual change required Universal model QCPU T 18 ars AnSCPU Description High Performance model QCPU Reference Instruction name Instruction name Conversion COS operation on floating point data ACOS ACOS Floating point data addition ADD E O Conversion from hexadecimal BIN to ASCII ASC ASC O SIN operation on floating point data ASIN ASIN O TAN operation on floating point data ATAN ATAN O BCD type COS operation BACOS BACOS O BIN 16 bit dead band controls BAND BAND O BCD type SIN operations BASIN BASIN O BCD type TAN operations BATAN BATAN O Conversion from 4 digit BCD to decimal ASCII BCDDA BCDDA O BCD type COS operations BCOS BCOS O BCD 8 digit square roots BDSQR BDSQR O Conversion from BIN 16 bit to decimal ASCII BINDA BINDA O Conversion from BIN 16 bit to hexadecimal ASCII BINHA BINHA O Block move between extension file registers BMOVR OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 4 Forced end of FOR to NEXT instructio
236. ive model Product Model Model Remarks restrictions An extension base unit can be connected gt cannot Q32SB A1S32B be connected Q33B An extension base unit can be connected cannot Q33SB be connected A1S33B Q33B PEM An extension base unit can be connected cannot Q35SB be connected A1S35B Q35B A1S38B Q38B A1S38HB Q38B A1S38HBEU Q38B A1S52B S1 Q52B A1S55B S1 Q55B Type requiring no A1S58B S1 Q55B Q55B x 2 units power supply Number of I O slots 8 slots gt 5 slots x 2 units module A52B Q52B A55B Q55B f A58B Q55B Number of I O slots 8 slots 5 slots x 2 units Extension base unit Q63B A1S65B S1 Q65B Type requiring A1S68B S1 Q68B power supply A62B Q63B Number of I O slots 2 slots gt 3 slots module A65B Q65B A68B Q68B A68B UL Q68B A1SC01B QC05B Cable length 0 055m 0 45m A1SC03B QC05B Cable length 0 33m 0 45m A1SC07B QC12B Cable length 0 7m 1 2m A1SC12B QC12B Cable length 1 2m 2 A1SC30B QC30B Cable length 3 0m Bee cale A1SC60B QC100B Cable length 6 0m gt 10 0m A1SCO5NB QC05B Cable length 0 45m A1SC0O7NB QC06B Cable length 0 7m 0 6m A1SC30NB QC30B Cable length 3 0m A1SC50NB QC50B Cable length 5 0m 4 The A1S30B has extension cable connectors on its both sides 12 Select extension cables according to the installation method of the extension base unit s
237. k type Sink type O positive common Rated input voltage 12 24VDC 24VDC 12VDC is not applicable 10 2 to 26 4VDC 20 4 to 28 8VDC erating volt n 12VDC is not licable peratngvoltage ranga ripple ratio within 5 ripple ratio within 5 pp ele Deemer Approx 2mA 12VDC The rated input current is Rated t current A 4MA cheesy s east Approx 5mA 24VDC aed eaueed i D E E 60 20 points common i 9 o 5 i al eous inpu Simultaneously on 24VDC Refer to the derating chart points oO 5 On voltage on current 8VDC or more 2mA or more 19VDC or more 3mA or more A 12VDC is not applicable D Off voltage off current 4VDC or less 0 6mA or less 11VDC or less 1 7mA or less A 12VDC is not applicable a The input resistance is Input resistance Approx 5kQ Approx 5 6kQ A l 4 increased 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms 70ms or less Confi the setting in the PLC Off gt on 10ms or less 24VDC Eonngure thesetting In ihe o parameter dialog box i A Set the input response time of Response 10ms is set by default h parameter to the default value time 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms 70ms or less 10ms Confi the setting in the PLC On gt off 10ms or less 24VDC Configure the setting inithe o parameter dialog box 10ms is set by default Common terminal 32 points common 32 points common o arrangement common terminal 1B1 1B2 common terminal 1B01 1B02 Number of output points 32 points 32 points O Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Out
238. labels on the product 2 Even within the gratis warranty term repairs shall be charged for in the following cases 1 Failure occurring from inappropriate storage or handling carelessness or negligence by the user Failure caused by the user s hardware or software design 2 Failure caused by unapproved modifications etc to the product by the user 3 When the Mitsubishi product is assembled into a user s device Failure that could have been avoided if functions or structures judged as necessary in the legal safety measures the user s device is subject to or as necessary by industry standards had been provided 4 Failure that could have been avoided if consumable parts battery backlight fuse etc designated in the instruction manual had been correctly serviced or replaced 5 Failure caused by external irresistible forces such as fires or abnormal voltages and Failure caused by force majeure such as earthquakes lightning wind and water damage 6 Failure caused by reasons unpredictable by scientific technology standards at time of shipment from Mitsubishi 7 Any other failure found not to be the responsibility of Mitsubishi or that admitted not to be so by the user 2 Onerous repair term after discontinuation of production 1 Mitsubishi shall accept onerous product repairs for seven 7 years after production of the product is discontinued Discontinuation of production shall be notified with Mitsubishi Technical Bulletins etc
239. lash Max Flash Max 4M 4M 4M 4M ATA Max 32M ATA Max 32M ATA Max 32M ATA Max 32M Max 10K Max 10K Max 15K Max 20K Max 30K Max 40K Max 60K For the Q series microcomputer programs cannot be used x x x x x x x Consider replacing those microcomputer programs with sequence programs 256 1024 1024 2048 4096 4096 4096 2 9 REPLACEMENT OF CPU MODULE O Available A Although available specifications such as setting method partially differ x Not available AnS series QnA Sseries Function Description A1SJHCPU i aisnepu a AZUSCPU a O azASHCPU S Input device xy 2048 2048 8192 8192 8192 8192 Output device yy 2048 2048 8192 8192 8192 8192 Internal relay M 8192 8192 Latch relay L Ass bee Raat ise 8192 8192 steps relay S 8192 10 8192 10 Annunciator F 256 256 2048 2048 2048 2048 Edge relay V x x x x 2048 2048 Link relay B 1024 1024 8192 8192 8192 8192 Timer T 256 256 2048 default 256 2048 2048 Counter C 256 256 1024 default 256 1024 1024 Data register D 1024 1024 8192 8192 12288 12288 Link register W 1024 1024 8192 8192 8192 8192 R 8192 8192 8192 8192 3276811 32768 11 File register ZR x x x x Max 1018K Max 1018K Number of device points point Accumulator A 2 2 2 2 x x Z 1 1 7 7 16 16 Index register v 1 1 7 7 x
240. le x Drive Path fENGPPUSRN Browse a System name same fse fu h Machine fae eooo Close Picype po fa SSS te ae select Connon Local e apa Program Z Ei Parameter PLC Network 5 A Device memory SAMPLE1 SAMPLE2 SAMPLE3 I Merge peripheral statement note b gt a Drive Path System name Machine name PLC type Designates the location of data created in GPPQ or GPPA format Enter the system name and machine name of the data specified in the Drive Path Clicking the Browse button shows the dialog box for choosing the system name and machine name Double click the file to be read to specify b Source data list Displays data created in GPPQ or GPPA format Check the checkbox of data names to be selected For the selected comments the range of device comment which can be read with the Common tab or Local tab are settable c Param prog button Select all button e Param prog button Selects only the parameter data and program data of the source data e Select all button Selects all data in a source data list Comment 2 is selected for the AnS series and the device memories of the number of data are displayed The first data name is selected for comments and file registers in the Q QnAS series d Cancel all selections button Cancels all the selected data T REPLACEMENT OF PROGRAM e lt lt Common g
241. le voltage 4Vp p or less An extemal power supply is not uay edeni 75mA o required typ 24VDC all points on External connection 20 point terminal block connector 18 point terminal block J system M3 5x7 screws M3x6 screws Core 0 3 to 0 75mm Applicable wire size 0 75 to 1 25mm outside diameter 2 8mm 0 11 x Wiring change is required inches or less Applicable solderless R1 25 3 5 R2 3 5 Sleeved ae on d rinot x terminal RAV1 25 3 5 RAV2 3 5 be used Current consumption 0 24A typ all points on 0 24A typ all points on O External dimensions 130 H x34 5 W x93 6 D mm 98 H x27 4 W x90 D mm A Wiring space is narrower Weight 0 25kg 0 22kg O 3 REPLACEMENT OF I O MODULE 5 Specifications comparison between A1SY18AEU and QY18A 3 52 O Compatible A Partially changed x Incompatible Cc t Specifications A1SY18AEU i Precautions for replacement 8 point 8 point Number of output points PRIS eee O 16 points occupied 16 points occupied The isolation method differs but Isolation method Photocoupler Relay A the performance is the equivalent O SEI 24VDC 2A resistance load point 24VDC 2A resistance load point ent 2 24VAC 2A COS 1 point 240VAC 2A COSo 1 point O ou 8A module 8A module Minimum switching load 5VDC 1mA 5VDC 1mA O Maxi itchi E NE 264VAC 125VDC 264VAC 125VDC o voltage Response Off gt on 10ms or less 10m
242. les to use with the QCPU Control instruction for PR computer link module type INPUT AJ71C24 S3 S6 S8 AJ71UC24 SPBUSY SPCLR PRN Control instruction for memory PR card centronics interface GET module type AD59 PUT PRN2 PRN4 PR2 PR4 Contro instruction for terminal INPUT2 interface module type Counter Measure INPUT4 AJ71C21 S1 GET Reprogram for the network modules to use with the QCPU Restructuring the system is required depending on the module to be PUT used SPBUSY SPCLR INPUT PRN Control instruction for PR MELSECNET MINI S3 master MINI module type AJ71PT32 S3 MINIERR SPBUSY SPCLR T 23 A REPLACEMENT OF PROGRAM a AnSCPU Instruction type g Corrective action instruction CMODE CPS1 CPS2 CMOV CLS CLV CSCRU CSCRD CON1 CON2 COFF LOCATE CNOR CREV CRDSP CRDSPV COLOR CCDSP CCDSPV Counter Measure PRN Reprogram for the network modules to use with the QCPU PR Restructuring the system is required depending on the module to be PRry used Special PRV function EPRN modules EPR instruction EPRNV Control instruction for AD57 S1 CRT controller module AD58 LCD controller module 11 CINMT CINO 2 0 to 9 A to Z CINSP CINCLR INPUT GET PUT STAT RIFR RIRCV RIRD Counter Measure RISEND Change manually to the same instructions of the Q series RITO RIWT RLPA Counter Measure RRPA Set p
243. licable wire size 0 75 to 1 25mm outside diameter 2 8mm x ni F Wiring change is required 0 11 inches or less Applicable solderless R1 25 3 5 R2 3 5 SI aes i on feel i terminal RAV1 25 3 5 RAV2 3 5 Sleeved solderless terminali annot x be used When two QX28 modules are used the current consumption is t ti 0 05A typ all point 0 05A typ all point Current consumption typ all points on typ all points on A increased R viewthe Current capacity External dimensions 130 H x34 5 W x93 6 D mm 98 H x27 4 W x90 D mm A Wiring space is narrower When two QX28 modules are Weight 0 23kg 0 20kg A used the weight is increased Calculate the weight carefully 4 Check the specifications of the sensor or switches to be connected to the QX28 2 The following shows the derating chart A1SX20 QX28 7 100 45 100 CASC 4100 55C a 240V i 90 M487 5 550 264V 240VAC On 80 264VAC ratio 70 2 60 z 50 O 40 r O 10 20 30 40 5055 C 0 10 Ambient temperature 20 30 40 50 55 C Ambient temperature 3 15 3 REPLACEMENT OF I O MODULE 4 Specifications comparison between A1SX20EU and QX28 Specifications A1SX20EU 8 points O Compatible A Partially changed x Incompatible Compat ibility Precautions for replacement Number ofinput point 16 poinits 16 points occupied a use two QX28 modules Isolation method Photocoupler P
244. lots not changed 3 Program Number of occupied I O points not changed 4 Specifications Rated input voltage changed 24VDC is not applicable Rated input current changed On voltage on current changed Off voltage off current changed Input resistance not changed 5 Function not changed Qx71 12VDC 1 External wiring not changed 2 Number of slots not changed 3 Program Number of occupied I O points not changed 4 Specifications QX81 Rated input voltage not changed Rated input current changed Approx 7mA Approx 4mA On voltage on current changed Off voltage off current changed Input resistance changed 5 Function not changed A1SX81 S2 1 External wiring not changed 2 Number of slots not changed 3 Program Number of occupied I O points not changed 4 Specifications QX81 S2 Rated input voltage not changed Rated input current changed Approx 7mA Approx 6mA On voltage on current changed Off voltage off current changed Input resistance changed 5 Function not changed 3 REPLACEMENT OF I O MODULE AnS QnAS series model Q series alternative model Product Model Model Remarks restrictions 1 External wiring not changed 2 Number of slots not changed 3 Program Number of occupied I O points not changed 4 Specifications Input module A1SX82 S1 QX82 S1 Rated input voltage not changed Rated input current changed On voltage on current changed Off voltage off curren
245. m SG Hen cycles 2000m 2 6562 ft 6562 ft Between batch inputs and LG and Between batch inputs and LG and batch outputs and FG g batch outputs and FG e Between all inputs and LG Insulation resistance O 10MQ or more by 500VDC insulation resistance tester Between all outputs and FG 10MQ or more by 500VDC insulation resistance tester Accessory None None 4 REPLACEMENT OF POWER SUPPLY MODULE 4 Specifications comparison between A1S63P and Q63P Specifications A1S63P 24VDC 30 35 O Compatible A Partially changed x Incompatible 24VDC 30 35 Compat ibility Precautions for replacement Input powersupply 15 6 to 31 2VDC 15 6 to 31 2VDC 2 Input frequency Input voltage distortion Max input apparent 41W 45W O Inrush current 81A within 1ms 100A within 1ms at 24VDC input O Rated output 5VDC 5A 6A O current 24VDC Overcurrent 5VDC 5 5A or more 6 6A or more O protection 24VDC Z Overvoltage 5VDC 5 5 to 6 5V 5 5 to 6 5V O protection 24VDC Efficiency 65 or more 70 or more O Pornic LED indication LED indication o Turns on when 5VDC is output normal on green error off Fuse Built in unchangeable Built in unchangeable O Terminal screw size M3 5 x7 M3 5 screws O Applicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm 0 75 to 2mm 0 fanaa ogenen RAV1 25 3 5 RAV2 3 5 RAV1 25 3 5 RAV2 3 5 o
246. m hexadecimal ASCII to BIN 16 bit HABIN HABIN O Conversion from ASCII to hexadecimal BIN HEX HEX O ASCII code conversion of designated character strings INPUT OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 11 x INPUT2 OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 9 Receiving data INPUT4 OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 9 Conversion from floating decimal point data to BIN 16 INT INT O Index qualification of a circuit block Sas ot z Section 9 IXEND OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 4 Entering data from number keys KEY KEY A Detecting character string length LEN LEN O Upper and lower limit controls for BIN 16 bit data LIMIT LIMIT O Setting the cursor position LOCATE OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 11 P logarithm operations on floating decimal point LOG LOG o Reading word devices in local station LRDP OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 4 T 19 A REPLACEMENT OF PROGRAM Universal model QCPU High Performance model QCPU Instruction name Instruction name Conversion AnSCPU Description Reference Writing data to word devices in local station LWTP OUT SM1255 Section 7 2 3 4 Communication with remote terminal modules MINI OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 10 Error resetting with remote terminal modules MINIERR OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 10 Multiplication of floating decimal point data MUL E O Monitoring PID Control Status PID57 OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 4 PID control
247. mber of I O points 1024 points gt 4096 points 5 Number of I O device points 8192 points gt 8192 points 6 Program size 30K steps 60K steps QO6HCPU 7 Number of file register points 8K points 64K points Using memory card Max 1018k points 8 Number of extension bases 1 stage 7 stages 9 Used memory built in RAM EEP ROM cassette sold separately program memory standard RAM standard ROM memory card sold separately 10 Microcomputer program not available 11 Sequence instruction AnA AnU dedicated instructions are replaceable 1 I O control refresh only 2 Processing speed LD instruction 0 2us gt 0 034us 3 PC MIX value 1 3 10 3 4 Number of I O points 512 points 4096 points CPU module 5 Number of I O device points 8192 points gt 8192 points 6 Program size 28K steps 28K steps 7 Number of file register points OK points A memory card sold separately is required for use gt 64K points Using memory card Max 1018k points 8 Number of extension bases 1 stage 7 stages 9 Used memory built in RAM memory card sold separately program memory standard RAM standard ROM memory card sold separately 10 Microcomputer program not available Q2ASCPU QO2HCPU 1 1O control refresh only 2 Processing speed LD instruction 0 2us gt 0 034us 3 PC MIX value 1 3 gt 10 3 4 Number of I O points 1024 points gt 4096 points 5 Number of I O device
248. me Q series input modules compared to that for the AnS series When replacing the AnS series with the Q series refer to the derating chart and use the points within the range shown in the chart d Specifications change of rated voltage value For the Q series QX40 and QX80H DC input modules only 24VDC can be applied When applying 12VDC use the QX70 e Specifications change of response time For Q series DC input modules the I O response time can be set with parameters Set the I O response time with parameters while adjusting it to the response time of the AnS series module f Specifications change of common terminal arrangement The common terminal arrangement may differ between the AnS series and Q series To apply different voltages for each common take measures such as using different modules according to the applied voltage 3 REPLACEMENT OF I O MODULE 4 Precautions for output module a Specifications change of output current value b c Output current is reduced for some Q series output modules compared to that for the AnS series When using a Q series output module of smaller output current check the specifications of a load side Specifications change of common terminal arrangement The common terminal arrangement may differ between the AnS series and Q series To apply different voltages for each common take measures such as using different modules according to the applied volt
249. minal RAV1 25 3 5 RAV2 3 5 be used When two QY68A modules are used the current consumption is t ti 0 12A typ all point 0 11A typ all point Current consumption typ all points on typ all points on A increased Review the Gurtent capacity External dimensions 130 H x34 5 W x93 6 D mm 98 H x27 4 W x90 D mm A Wiring space is narrower Weight 0 25kg 0 14kg O 1 Connect a fuse to every external terminal to prevent the external device and module at load short from burnout Also configure an external circuit if fuse blown indication is required 3 REPLACEMENT OF I O MODULE 15 Specifications comparison between A1SY60E and QY68A Specifications A1SY60E O Compatible A Partially changed x Incompatible Compat Precautions for replacement 8 points ibility When 9 or more points are used Number of output points 16 point CASAL Leh ae 16 points occupied a use two QY68A modules Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated load voltage 5 12 24VDC 5 24VDC O ting load volt 4 5 to 26 4VDC er Chae une i 4 5 to 28 8VDC o range peak voltage 26 4VDC 2A point e 2A point Maximum load current condition T L R lt 2 5ms e 8A module 4A common Maximum inrush current 8A 10ms or less 8A 10ms or less O Leakage current at off 0 1mA or less 0 1mA or less O Maximum voltage drop at 0 2VDC MAX 1A 0 3VDC MAX 2A O
250. mmable controller This section explains how to replace special register when replacing the AnNSCPU programs for the QCPU Some AnS QnASCPU special registers not compatible with the QCPU for details please refer to QCPU Users Manual Function Explanation Program Fundamentals Programming Manual Common Instruction Replacing the AnSCPU with the QCPU The QCPU uses a different special register from the one for the AnSCPU With Change PLC type the automatic conversion is applied to the replacement of the AnSCPU special register D9000 and after with the QCPU special register SD Ee Point 1 Some AnSCPU special registers are not compatible with the QCPU Those special registers not compatible with the QCPU are converted to dummy special registers SD1255 when changing programmable controller type Search the dummy special registers SD1255 and correct the programs as required 4 For the Basic model QCPUs converted to the SD999 Replacing the QnASCPU with the QCPU Basically special registers for the QNASCPU can be used without modification in the QCPU Note that however some of them are not compatible with the QCPU 4 When programs for the QnASCPU are replaced with those for the Universal model QCPU or the High Performance model QCPU by Change PLC type devices for the QNASCPU SM1000 to SM1255 and SD1000 to SD1255 are replaced with those for the Q series CPU Note when programs for the QnASCPU are replaced with tho
251. more 24VDC 0 3A 100VDC 0 03A L R 7ms 300 000 times or more Maxi itchi Peer 3600 times hr 3600 times hr o frequency Surge suppressor None None As the common is changed from 2 Common terminal 8 points common 16 points common commons to 1 common wiring arrangement common terminal TB9 TB18 common terminal TB17 A with a different voltage for each common is not possible Operation indication On indication LED On indication LED O Fuse None None 24VDC 10 External Voltage i O ee Ripple voltage 4Vp p or less An external power supply is not p e 90mA A required su may aaa typ 24VDC all points on External connection 20 point terminal block connector 18 point terminal block system M3 5x7 screws M3x6 screws Core 0 3 to 0 75mm Applicable wire size 0 75 to 1 2mm outside diameter 2 8mm 0 11 x Wiring change is required AWG16 to AWG19 inches or less Adelaide solderless RAV1 25 3 5 R1 239 Sleeved solderless terminal terminal cannot be used Between AC external batch and relay drive power supply 5V internal circuit 1780VAC 3 cycl Ititud Dielectric withstand 2 da i REE mee 2830VAC rms 3 cycles E voltage altitude 2 000m 6562ft Between relay drive power supply and 5V internal circuit 500VAC rms 3 cycles altitude 2 000m 6562ft 10MQ or more with an insulation 10MQ or more with an insulation Insulation resistance f O resistance tester resistance tester Review the current ca
252. n CHKST CHK instruction 3 Appiiesien a i i SLT Counter Measure mairuction tatus atoh instruction SLTR There is no alternative action STRA Counter Measure Review the program and change manually Sampling trace instruction Supplement F STRAR Change candidate instructions STRA gt TRACE instruction STRAR gt TRACER instruction STC Counter Measure Review the program and change manually Supplement Carry Naginstructign CLC Change candidate instructions STC SET SM700 instruction CLC RST SM700 instruction Print ASCII code instruction PR Counter Measures High Performance model QCPU can be used Print comment instruction PRC For details to Universal model QCPU refer to technical news No FA A 0068 7 21 A REPLACEMENT OF PROGRAM Instruction type AnSCPU instruction Corrective action CHK Counter Measure Change manually with the special format failure check instruction CHK of the application instructions Supplement CHKEND Change candidate instructions Str dtur diprogams CHK CHKCIR instruction CHKEND gt CHKEND instruction instruction IX Counter Measure Review the program and change manually Supplement IXEND Change candidate instruction IX gt IX instruction IXEND gt IXEND instruction LRDP MELSEC Il B i LWTP Counter Measure Local Remore VO stanon RFRP Rep
253. n skip The Basic model QCPU does not include the 3 f Stops the execution of a sequence F A operation partial 5 O x x x step operation function Consider the debug 7 program at the specified step operation with GX Simulator Online I O module Enables I O modules to be replaced o n p The Basic model QCPU does not include the replacement while the CPU is in the RUN online I O module replacement function 8 Self diagnostics Executes self diagnostics to check o o o o Error codes differ between the AnS series function for errors and stops a CPU etc and Basic model QCPU fo E Stores errors detected by the Error codes differ between the AnS series 3 Eror iSo diagnostics function into me GPU o o o o and Basic made QCPU The latest 16 points Error details can be monitored with are stored in the error history storage the peripheral devices memory 4 It is necessary to set the reserved capacity for the write during RUN in advance Default set to 500 steps App s 3 Functional comparisons between QnASCPU and QCPU pm om App s Control O Usable A Unusable x Partially different in spec e g setting method Eg Eg Basie model QCPU e G Basie model QCPU QnAS H Qoos Qoo Qo1 cpu cpu cpu CPU Precaution for replacement Executes the sequence program at Concent the constant ame Intervals regardless o o o o _ of the processing time of the
254. n 5 A ditfers Maximum number of N 9 9 Use it within the range shown in 5 z Refer to the derating chart Refer to the derating chart A A simultaneous input points the derating chart On voltage on current 13VDC or more 3 5mA or more 15VDC or more 3mA or more A The on voltage on current differ Off voltage off current 6VDC or less 1 7mA or less 5VDC or less 1 7mA or less A The off voltage differs s The input resistance is Input resistance Approx 3 3kQ Approx 3 6kQ A 4 increased ims 5ms 10ms 20ms 70ms or less Of on 40ms or less 24VDC Configure the setting in the PLC o parameter dialog box i Set the input response time of Response 10ms is set by default F parameter to the default value time 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms 70ms or less 10ms Confi the setting in the PLC i On gt off 10ms or less 24VDC contigure thesetting In the o parameter dialog box 10ms is set by default Common terminal 32 points common 32 points common arrangement common terminal 17 18 36 common terminal 17 18 36 Operation indication On indication LED On indication LED External connection 37 pin D sub connector accessory 37 pin D sub connector Existing external wiring can be system sold separately used Note that the connecting Applicable wire size 0 3mm 0 3mm2 A6CON1E O direction of the connector is inverted Current consumption 0 08A typ all points on 0 075A typ all points on O External dimensions 130 H x34 5 W x93 6 D mm 98 H
255. n interrupt program is A required for main program For Basic model Interrupt processing corresponds to the cause when an O A A A QCPU create only one interrupt program to interrupt cause occurs share between the two programs Display of priority of The settings for ON OFF of ERROR o o o o Target errors vary for each module but there ERROR LED LED at the occurrence of error is no functional differences AS When performing ROM operation in the E Enables operation with parameters Basic model QCPU use the boot run S d programs stored in ROMs in function to read the sequence programs ROM operati see o 7 prog Ceo order not to lose user programs due A A stored in the standard ROM built in the CPU to battery exhaustion or memory card into the program memory built in the CPU Data protectio The Basi del QCPU prohibit h fil DE Sn Prohibits peripheral devices from a mes PA EES function System i from being read written by password reading writing to programs and i protect Keyword registration whereas the AnS series i comments in the memory cassettes O A A A iii registration i prohibits the parameters and programs from the memory card and built in i Password being read written to the user memory by i i memory etc of a CPU module i registration keyword registration The settings for the output status at The setti f output changing fi STOP to RUN Y Sane S ig og irom 9 Resetting parameters is required to repl
256. n loop BREAK BREAK O BCD type SIN operations BSIN BSIN O BCD 4 digit square roots BSQR BSQR O BCD type TAN operations BTAN BTAN O Data linking in byte units BTOW BTOW O Block exchange between extension file registers BXCHR OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 4 R cc1 OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 11 Consecutive display of the same character CC2 OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 11 y CCDSP OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 11 Changing the character color CCDSPV OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 11 j z Section 7 2 3 3 Special format failure checks CHK OUT SM1255 O 4 Changing check format of CHK instruction CHKEND OUT SM1255 O Section 7 2 3 4 Displaying numerals CINO to CIN9 OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 11 Displaying letters of the alphabet CINA to CINZ OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 11 Clearing display of designated area CINCLR OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 11 Displaying hyphen CINHP OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 11 Displaying minus CINMP OUT SM1255 x Displaying period decimal point CINPT OUT SM1255 x Displaying spaces CINSP OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 11 Clearing the display area CLS OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 11 Clearing the VRAM area CLV OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 11 Setting the display mode CMODE OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 11 Transferring canvas data to the VRAM area CMOV OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 11 Setting normal display for characters CNOR OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 11 Displaying the cursor COFF OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 11
257. nce program The program capacity is included to a sequence program REPLACEMENT OF CPU MODULE x Not available O Available A Although available specifications such as setting method partially differ Universal model QCPU Precautions for replacement Reference QOOUJCPU QO0UCPU Q01UCPU Q02UCPU QO03UDCPU Q04UDHCPU QO6UDHCPU O O O O O O O For the Q series only refresh o A 0 o 5 o o mode is available To input or output data in direct mode use the 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 f direct input output dedicated instructions The MELSAP language for the A AnS series is MELSAP II and that O O O O Q O O for the QnA Q2AS Q series is MELSAP3 0 12 0 08 0 06 0 04 0 02 0 0095 0 0095 10 to 2000 10 to 2000 10 to 2000 10 to 2000 10 to 2000 10 to 2000 10 to 2000 Set in units of 10ms e Program Program Program Program Program Program Program 7 a7 7 7 7 memory memory memory memory memory memory memory 120K 160K 240K 40K 40K 60K 80K Standard Standard Standard Standard i Enp i ak i autem RAM RAM 128K RAM 128K RAM 128K f f Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard ROM ROM ROM ROM 256K ROM 512K ROM 512K ROM 512K 1024K 1024K 1024K Memory card Memory card Memory card Memory card 35 5 5 5 7 n 7 RAM Max 8M RAM Max 8M RAM Max 8M RAM Max 8M Flash Max Flash Max F
258. ncorrect output or malfunction 1 Configure external safety circuits such as an emergency stop circuit protection circuit and protective interlock circuit for forward reverse operation or upper lower limit positioning 2 When the programmable controller detects the following problems it will stop calculation and turn off all outputs in the case of a In the case of b it will hold or turn off all outputs according to the parameter setting Note that the A series module will turn off the output in either of cases a and b a The power supply module has over current protection equipment and over voltage Output OFF Output OFF protection equipment b The CPU module self diagnosis functions such Hold or turn off all output as the watchdog timer error detect problems according to the parameter Output OFF setting All outputs may turn on when an error occurs in the part such as I O control part where the CPU module cannot detect any error To ensure safety operation in such a case provide a safety mechanism or a fail safe circuit external to the programmable controller For a fail safe circuit example refer to Chapter 10 LOADING AND INSTALLATION in the QCPU User s Manual Hardware Design Maintenance and Inspection Outputs may remain on or off due to a failure of an output module relay or transistor Configure an external circuit for monitoring output signals that could cause a serious accident Design Prec
259. ndent common All points independent common O arrangement Operation indication On indication LED On indication LED O Fuse None None External connection 20 point terminal block connector 18 point terminal block system M3 5x7 screws M3x6 screws Core 0 3 to 0 75mm Applicable wire si 2 i i ppiic wire size 0 75 to 1 25mm oubide diameter 2 8mm 0 11 x Wiring change is required inches or less Applicable solderless R1 25 3 5 R2 3 5 SI dold H ae inal t terminal RAV1 25 3 5 RAV2 3 5 Slegved solderlesstermimalcanno E be used Current consumption 0 11A typ all points on 0 11A typ all points on O External dimensions 130 H x34 5 W x93 6 D mm 98 H x27 4 W x90 D mm A Wiring space is narrower Weight 0 20kg 0 14kg O 3 REPLACEMENT OF I O MODULE 17 Specifications comparison between A1SY71 and QY71 Specifications A1SY71 O Compatible A Partially changed x Incompatible Compat Precautions for replacement ibility Number of output points 32 points 32 points O Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated load voltage 5 12VDC 5 12VDC O TE load voltage 4 5 to 15VDC 4 5 to 15VDC o 16mA point 16mA point Maximumiloadicument 256mA common 512mA common 2 Maximum inrush current 40mA 10ms or less 40mA 10ms or less O Von 3 5VDC Von 3 5VDC OuthutvoitageiatoT Vos 5VDC lop 0 4mA Vec SVDC lop 0 4mA 2 eee yoltageidrob a
260. ng Universal model QCPU 5 REPLACEMENT OF BASE UNIT AND EXTENSION CABLE 5 4 3 5 4 4 1 2 Extension cable feo Tilt 0 45m 0 6m 1 2m 3 0m 5 0m 10 0m Cable length 1 4 8ft 1 97ft 3 94ft 9 84 ft 16 4 0ft 32 81 ft Weight 0 15kg 0 16kg 0 22kg 0 40kg 0 60kg 1 11kg System configuration This section explains the system configuration and precautions for use of the QA 1S 6LB type extension base unit Connection order of extension base units When using the Q6OB QA1S6LB and QA6LB together connect them in the order of the Q60B QA1S60B and QA6510 in the closest position to the main base unit Connection order of extension base units upon setting the extension stage number To use extension base units it is necessary to set extension stage numbers 1 to 7 with the stage number setting connector Set the extension stage number 1 to the connected extension base unit closest to the main base unit and the following extension stage number up to 7 to the following extension base units in the connected order 01234567 gt S Setting of 5O Q38B Main base unit extension stage 2 9 Stage setting connector 8 9 101112131415 oo 1 a i Xs S Q seri
261. ng instruction 4 0 4 0 Instruction for PID control 3 2 1 67 Subtotal 91 74 17 81 f Instruction for data link 9 5 4 56 Dedicated instruction Instruction for special function modules 59 0 59 0 For modules Subtotal 68 5 63 7 Total number of dedicated instructions 159 79 80 50 The automatic conversion is applied to the instructions of which equivalent functions and instructions exist in the change destination programmable controller Some instructions are not converted for the following causes Refer to Section 7 2 Instruction Conversion to change the program manually 1 The change target programmable controller does not have the equivalent functions and instructions 2 Instructions to specified modules cause to change the module and buffer memory configuration 3 Multiple instructions with the same name and argument exist Example CHK instruction etc 4 The conversion causes a mismatch in the instructions Example IX instruction etc 7 9 A REPLACEMENT OF PROGRAM 7 1 4 Reading Reusing other format files The following explains how to read appropriate files in the GPPQ GPPA format other than that of the GX Developer Follow this procedure to convert them to the file format of the GX Developer 1 Operation procedure Select Project Import file _ Import from GPPQ format file Import from GPPA format file 2 Setting screen Import from GPPA format fi
262. nit GOT cannot be bus connected However when only the QA1S6LB is connected GOT can be bus connected e eoeoeveveveveveeveeeveeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeveeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 REPLACEMENT OF BASE UNIT AND EXTENSION CABLE 5 4 5 System equipment list 1 QA 1S extension base unit The following table shows configurable equipment that can be used with the QA1S6LB extension base unit Product Model Remarks Power supply module A1S61PN A1S62PN A1S63P A1SX10 A1SX10EU A1SX20 A1SX20EU A1SX30 A1SX40 A1SX40 S1 A1SX40 S2 ihputimedule A1SX41 A1SX41 S1 A1SX41 S2 A1SX42 A1SX42 S1 A1SX42 S2 A1SX71 A1SX80 A1SX80 S1 A1SX80 S2 A1SX81 A1SX81 S2 A1SX82 S1 A1SX42X A1SY10 A1SY10EU A1SY14EU A1SY18A A1SY18AEU A1SY22 A1SY28A A1SY40 Output module A1SY40P A1SY41 A1SY41P A1SY42P A1SY50 A1SY60 A1SY60E A1SY68A A1SY71 A1SY80 A1SY81 A1SY82 A1S42Y I O module A1SH42 A1SH42 S1 A1SX48Y58 A1SX48Y18 Mighestesdlcounter mosis A1SD61 A1SD62 A1SD62E A1SD62D 4 A1SD62D S1 A D converter module A1S64AD A1S68AD D A converter module A1S62DA A1S68DAI A1S68DAV Analog I O module A1S63ADA A1S66ADA Temperature input module A1S62RD3N A1S62RDA4N A1S68TD A1S62TCTT S2 A1S62TCRTBW S2 A1S64TCTRT Teete canre A1S62TCRT S4 A1S62TCTTBW S2 A1S64TCTRTBW A1S64TCTT S1 A1S64TCTTBW S1 A1S64TCRT S1 A1S64TCRTBW S1 Pulse catch module A1SP60
263. nit is set after replacement Q35B a D N OA X OLA X OVA X gt O A X amp OZA X 0A X OLA X OZA X O A X amp OvA X gt jnpow dD npow dO swod 91 dwg sjujod 9 sjulod 9 sulod 9 sjulod 9 sjujod 9 A ddns samod s uiod 9 s uiod 9 s uiod 9 s uiod 9 s uiod 9 suiodgt 08A X A ddns 1 Mm0q suodg OBA X U fe D 3 n Eej D lt 2 29 REPLACEMENT OF CPU MODULE 2 4 5 Base unit compatible with QCPU The following table shows the base unit compatible with each QCPU type when replacing A AnS QnA QnAS series with Q series Base unit Slim type main base unit Function Main base unit Extension base unit QOO0UJCPU z O QOOUCPU O O O Q01UCPU O O O Universal model QCPU Q02UCPU O O O QO03UDCPU O O O Q04UDHCPU O O O QO6UDHCPU O O O Q02 H CPU O O O High Performance model QO6HCPU O E QCPU Q12HCPU O O O QooucPU O Basic model QCPU QOOCPU O O O Q01CPU O O O Process CPU O x O Redundant CPU Q series MELSECNET 10 QJ72LP25 25 O O O remote I O station QJ72BR15 O O O 1 The extension base unit can not be connected 2 Q large type main base unit can not be used in a multiple CPU system 3 QA1S60B can not be used together with QA6ADP 4 The CPU module includes power supply module and base unit 5 A base unit for
264. nnunciator Link special relay Edge relay Step relay Timer Device setting Retentive timer Counter Data register Link register Link special register o oj ojo o o o olo ololololiololoi i i li lololol oli lol gt lololo o Total of device T 29 A REPLACEMENT OF PROGRAM Cc t Name PPS Remarks ibility WDT setting O E k Initial execution monitoring time O Q Low speed execution monitoring time O Carry out battery check O 5 Carry out fuse blown check O O i Carry out I O module comparison O S Computation error O 5 Expanded command error O gt Fuse blown fe PIES F I O module comparison error O c2 lt 2 o Special module access error O The name changes to Intelligent module program execution error u oO T ef Memory card access error O alo Memory card operation error O Constant scanning O 8 3 F No display x The QCPU does not incorporate this display function u SME 2 gt Comment display x The QCPU does not incorporate this display function cA 2 Occurrence time x The QCPU does not incorporate this display function Drive O a 5 The storage location in the Universal model QCPU is fixed therefore this setting does x File name O 2 not exist Oo rc History No O Low speed program execution time O There is no low spee
265. noise frequency Noise voltage IEC801 4 2kV e Noise voltage IEC61000 4 4 2kV Between batch inputs and LG and Between batch inputs and LG and batch outputs and FG batch outputs and FG Withstand veliage pea ene cycles 2000m VACAS cycles 2000m 2 6562 ft 6562 ft Between batch inputs and LG and Between batch inputs and LG and batch outputs and FG batch outputs and FG e Between all inputs and LG Insulation resistance O 10MQ or more with the 500VDC insulation resistance tester Between all outputs and FG 10MQ or more with the 500VDC insulation resistance tester Accessory None None 4 REPLACEMENT OF POWER SUPPLY MODULE 4 3 Precautions for Power Supply Module Replacement 1 Current consumption differs between the Q series and AnS series modules Select the power supply module with the result of calculating the current consumption of entire system 2 Input power supply of the Q61P and Q62P is wide range type applicable to 100 to 200VAC The power supply can be used for operating voltage of both 100VAC and 200VAC 3 The large capacity type power supply Q64PN 8 5A for the Q series is also available It is recommended to use it when larger current capacity is necessary 5 REPLACEMENT OF BASE UNIT AND EXTENSION CABLE gt 5 1 List of Alternative Models of Base Unit and Extension Cable REPLACEMENT OF BASE UNIT AND EXTENSION CABLE AnS QnAS series model Q series alternat
266. not applicable SVDO Approx 1 Zin 5VDC Approx 1 2mA ae Rated input current 12VDC Approx 3 3mA 42VDC Approx 3 3mA A 24VDC is not applicable 1 24VDC Approx 7mMA 4 5 to 6VDC Operating voltage range 4310 20AN DC DPE TANE ieni A 24VDC is not applicable ripple ratio within 5 10 2 to 14 4VDC ripple ratio within 5 ial Aiea Refer to the derating chart 2 Simultaneously on 100 0 On voltage on current 3 5VDC or more 1mA or more 3 5VDC or more 1mA or more O Off voltage off current 1VDC or less 0 1mA or less 1VDC or less 0 1mA or less Oo Input resistance Approx 3 5kQ Approx 3 3kQ O 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms 70ms or less Off gt on Simeon lacs Configure the setting in the PLC o parameter dialog box f Response 10ms is set by default The response time ators j Set the time according to the time 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms 70ms or less acnttol Configure the setting in the PLC On ett Sms or lass enn fine box 9 10ms is set by default Common terminal 32 points common 32 points common arrangement common terminal B1 B2 common terminal B01 B02 Operation indication On indication LED On indication LED External connection 40 pin connector 40 pin connector o system accessory sold separately Existing external wiring can be F E 0 3mm used Applicable wire size 0 3mm A6CON1 A6CON4 O Current consumption 0 075A typ all points on 0 07A typ all points on O External dimensions 130 H x34 5 W x93 6 D mm 98 H x27 4 W x90 D mm O Wei
267. ns Rated input voltage changed 5VDC and 12VDC are not applicable Rated input current changed On voltage on current changed Off voltage off current changed Input resistance changed Function not changed Qx71 5VDC 12VDC QX80 24VDC External wiring not changed Number of slots not changed Program Number of occupied I O points not changed Specifications Rated input voltage changed 24VDC is not applicable Rated input current not changed On voltage on current not changed Off voltage off current not changed Input resistance changed Function not changed External wiring changed Number of slots not changed Program Number of occupied I O points not changed Specifications Rated input voltage changed 12VDC is not applicable Rated input current changed On voltage on current changed Off voltage off current changed Input resistance changed Function not changed Qx70 12VDC External wiring changed Number of slots not changed Program Number of occupied I O points not changed Specifications Rated input voltage changed 24VDC is not applicable Rated input current changed On voltage on current changed Off voltage off current changed Input resistance not changed Function not changed A1SX80 S1 Qx80 5 External wiring changed Number of slots not changed Program Number of occupied I O points not changed Specifications Rated input volt
268. ns of the sensor or switches to be connected to the QX41 S2 2 The following shows the derating chart A1SX41 S2 QX41 S2 Be 100 100 90 26 4 VDC 80 70 S 70 On 60 z ratio g 80 ae 50 50 40 5 40 30 Ne 25 24VDC 30 20 18 75 28 8VDC 20 10 o 10 0 10 20 30 40 5055 C Ambient temperature 0 10 20 30 40 50 55 C Ambient temperature 3 REPLACEMENT OF I O MODULE 16 Specifications comparison between A1SX42 and QX42 3 28 O Compatible A Partially changed x Incompatible Cc t Specifications NERY CY Diit Precautions for replacement Number of input points 64 points 64 points O Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated input voltage 12 24VDC 24VDC A 12VDC is not applicable R The rated input current is Rated input current Approx 2mA Approx 5mA Approx 4mA A 9 reduced oe aen eE 10 2 to 26 4VDC 20 4 to 28 8VDC 4 Decne Nee ripple ratio within 5 ripple ratio within 5 A NBG is notapplicable Maximum number of x A 5 Refer to the derating chart 3 Refer to the derating chart 3 O simultaneous input points On voltage on current 8VDC or more 2mA or more 19VDC or more 3mA or more A 12VDC is not applicable 1 Off voltage off current 4VDC or less 0 6mA or less 11VDC or less 1 7mA or less A 12VDC is not applicable 1 The input
269. nsider converting input signals from dynamic to static and using the QX42 module A1S42Y None Consider converting input signals from dynamic to static and using the QY42P 3 11 3 REPLACEMENT OF I O MODULE AnS QnAS series model Q series alternative model Product Model Model Interrupt module A1S161 QI60 5 Remarks restrictions External wiring changed Number of slots not changed Program Number of occupied I O points changed 32 points 16 points Specifications Rated input voltage changed 12VDC is not applicable Rated input current changed On voltage on current changed Off voltage off current changed Input resistance changed Function changed condition setting hardware switch gt parameter Dummy module A1SG62 None Dummy module function Consider using the QG60 and I O assignment setting Blank cover A1SG60 QG60 No restrictions E Point When using the extension base unit of the A QnA series please refer to the following for details Transition from MELSEC A QnA Large Type Series to Q Series Handbook Fundamentals L NA 08043ENG 3 REPLACEMENT OF I O MODULE 3 2 Comparison of I O Module Specifications 3 2 1 1 Comparison of input module specifications Specifications comparison between A1SX10 and QX10 O Compatible A Partially changed x Incompatible
270. ocesses Zn and Zn 1 as low order 16 bits and high order 16 bits respectively If a program to which Change PLC type is performed includes index register with 32 bit specification reviewing the index register after Change PLC type is necessary The following shows an example using an instruction whose operation result will be in 32 bits Instruction AnS series Q series V1 Z1 Z2 Z1 DMOV DO Z1 i High order Low order High order Low order IDO D1 Z1 Z1 Quotient Z1 Quotient V1 Remainder Z2 Remainder When utilizing the AnS series program to the Q series with Change PLC type the operation result may be stored to the index register having different number as intended one Example AnS sertes y m m z Zand V store quotient and remainder mov v RO respectively 4 MO Replaced by the r 0 K10 20 Z0 and Z1 store quotient Q series with and remainder Change PLC type MovP 27 RO respectively t Device replaced with Change PLC type Modify this to Z1 T 42 A REPLACEMENT OF PROGRAM 7 7 8 Instructions where format is changed Excluding AnUSCPU dedicated instructions Instructions using the accumulator for the ANSCPU are changed in their format since the QCPU QnASCPU do not have the accumulator AO A1 The accumulator AO is converted to SD718 the accumulator A1 is converted to SD719 QCPU QnASCPU AnSCPU
271. odules in series with utilizing the existing A AnS series module Method Replace the modules gradually by using the QA 1S extension base unit QA 1S 6OB and utilizing the property of AnS QnAS series Advantage The cost and workload for the transition can be divided and yet the function extension can be continued during the transition Existing modules Replacement Replacement Main base unit AnS series step 1 step 2 Extension base unit 1st stage Extension Remount the base unit L existing modules 1st stage Extension QA1S extension base unit base unit 2nd stages AnS serie Remount the modules existing modules f QA1S extension base unit a The QA 1S extension base unit has the QA6OB supporting A series and QA1S6L0B supporting AnS series When replacing the A QnA series the AnS series module can be utilized b When utilizing existing A AnS series module programs can be utilized without changing the existing I O address with I O assignment setting in PLC parameter For details of I O address setting method with I O assignment refer to Section 5 4 6 E Point The QA 1S extension base unit can be used for the High Performance model QCPU QO2CPU QO2HCPU QO6HCPU Q12HCPU Q25HCPU only Universal model QCPU to be supported soon For details and precautions of the QA 1S extension base unit refer to Section 5 4 1 INTRODUCTION Replacement
272. ograms For the separated programs in the QCPU the Program setting of the parameter setting is required This section provides precautions after replacement of program settings etc 1 Program files at replacement a When main program contains SFC program For the AnSCPU the SFC program operates as the microcomputer program of main program Since the QCPU deals the SFC program as one program the SFC program is converted to MAIN SFC Accordingly two separate programs are created when the ACPU is converted MAIN converted from main program and MAIN SFC Register in the order of MAIN MAIN SFC in the Program setting of the parameter setting of GX Developer and set all execution types to Scan Refer to Section 5 6 for precautions of replacing from the AnNSCPU SFC MELSAP II to the QCPU MELSAP3 Change PLC type Set execution order a MAIN and type in the program setting of parameter Main program SFC program MAIN SFC 2 Program setting of the GX Developer The following explains required program settings for executing multiple programs The execution type of program is set in Program setting of the PLC parameter setting of GX Developer CPU module executes the programs of the specified execution type in the setting order Qn H Parameter PLC name Puc system Puc file Puc RAS Device Progi 4 5 b 5 El Program PROGRAM1 PROGRAM3 Fixed scan
273. oints for one block 1 Number of points for one block after replacement of the AnSCPU For the AnSCPU with the extension file registers the number of points for one block is 8k points For the QCPU the number of points for one block is 32k points 2 Number of points for one block after replacement of the QNASCPU Definition of file register capacity is the same for the QNASCPU and QCPU When the storage destination and maximum number of points are the same program adjustment for file registers is not required T 47 A REPLACEMENT OF PROGRAM 7 7 12 1 2 T 48 Boot run method Writing programs to ROM The ROM operation of the AnSCPU corresponds to the boot run of the QCPU The overview of the boot run is explained below Refer to QCPU User s Manual Function Explanation Program Fundamentals for details How to proceed the boot operation of the Universal model QCPU The Universal model QCPU does not have to perform the boot operation since its program memory is a Flash ROM The data written to files are not erased even if a battery error occurs However the Universal model QCPU other than QOOUJCPU QOOUCPU and Q01UCPU can perform the boot operation by using a memory card For the procedure of the boot operation using a memory card refer to the following Procedure 1 Configure the boot file settings Set the names of the files to be booted to the program memory in the Boot file tab of the PLC parameter dialog
274. oints on O External dimensions 130 H x34 5 W x93 6 D mm 98 H x27 4 W x90 D mm O Weight 0 28kg 0 18kg O 1 Check the specifications of the sensor or switches to be connected to the QX42 2 The following shows the derating chart A1SX42 S2 QX42 op 38 C 23 C i 10 100 90 90 24VDC 7 ON 80 80 26 4VDC ratio 70 gS 7 common 60 LAVDG o 60 50 50 26 4VDC 50 4 40 28 8VDC E 5 30 30 20 20 0 10 20 30 40 5055 C 10 Ambient temperature 0 10 20 30 40 50 55 C Ambient temperature 3 REPLACEMENT OF I O MODULE 21 Specifications comparison between A1SX42 S2 and QX41 S2 O Compatible A Partially changed x Incompatible Specifications A1SX42 S2 0 C HESY pa Precautions for replacement When 33 or more points are Number of input points 64 points 32 points A used use two QX41 S2 modules Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated input voltage 24VDC 24VDC O The rated input current is Rated input current Approx 5mA Approx 6mA A i 4 increased Onereinaivolisgerance 19 2 t0 26 4VDC 20 4 10 28 8 VDG A The operating voltage range ripple ratio within 5 ripple ratio within 5 differs Maximum number of 9 9 Use it within the range shown in simultaneous input points Refer to the derating chart Refer to the derating chart A the derating chart On
275. om BIN 32 bit to decimal ASCII data DBINDA DBINDA O Conversion from BIN 32 bit data to hexadecimal DBINHA DBINHA o ASCII data Conversion from decimal ASCII to BCD 8 digit data DDABCD DDABCD O Conversion from decimal ASCII to BIN 32 bit data DDABIN DDABIN O Conversion from floating point radian to angle DEG DEG O Conversion from BIN 32 bit to floating point data DFLOAT DFLT O Conversion from hexadecimal ASCII to BIN 32 bit DHABIN DHABIN o data Conversion from floating point to BIN 32 bit data DINT DINT O Dissociation of random data DIS NDIS O Division of floating decimal point data DIV E O Upper and lower limit controls for BIN 32 bit data DLIMIT DLIMIT O Direct output DOUT OUT O Direct Reset DRST RST O 32 bit data searches DSER DSER O Direct Set DSET SET O Conversion from BIN 32 bit to character string DSTR DSTR O Bit tests DTEST DTEST O Conversion from character string to BIN 32 bit data DVAL DVAL O Zone control for BIN 32 bit data DZONE DZONE O 3 EPR OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 11 Displaying characters EPRN OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 11 EPRV OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 11 Writing characters to the VRAM EPRNV OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 11 Exponent operations on floating decimal point data EXP EXP O Sub routine program output off calls FCALL FCALL O Bit device output reverse FF FF O Conversion from BIN 16 data to floating decimal point FLOAT FLT O Section 7 2 3 8 Reading VRAM data GET OUT SM1255 x 9 11 Conversion fro
276. ommon terminal 2A01 2A02 12 24VDC tetas Voltage exceeding 28 8VDC is External Voltage 10 2 to 28 8VDC A i 10 2 to 30VDC a Pe not applicable power ripple ratio within 5 supply 8mA MAX 15mA common Curent typ 24VDC for each common 24VDC all points on The currentvalue isincrea ed On indication LED On indication LED Operation indication 32 point switching indication with 32 point switching indication with O the switch the switch Biei emeden seen 40 pin connector 40 pin connector o 2 pieces accessory 2 pieces sold separately Existing external wiring can be Z 2 0 3mm used Applicable wire size 0 3mm A6CON1 A6CON4 O Number of occupied 1 0 32 points 32 points 0 points I O assignment Output I O assignment I O mix Current consumption 0 50A typ all points on 0 13A typ all points on O External dimensions 130 H x34 5 W x93 6 D mm 98 H x27 4 W x90 D mm O Weight 0 27kg 0 20kg O 4 Check the specifications of the sensor or switches to be connected to the QH42P 2 The following shows the derating chart 100 QH42P 90 On 80 ratio 70 60 50 40 0o 10 20 30 40 5055 C Ambient temperature 28 8VDC 3 75 3 REPLACEMENT OF I O MODULE 4 Specifications comparison between A1SH42P S1 and QH42P Specifications A1SH42P S1 O Compatible A Partially changed x Incompatible Compat Precautions for replacement
277. on 10ms or less Configure the setting in the PLC o 24VDC parameter dialog box f Set the input response time of Response 10ms is set by default parameter to the default value time 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms 70ms or less 10ms On off 10ms or less Configure the setting in the PLC o 24VDC parameter dialog box 10ms is set by default Common terminal 32 points common 32 points common arrangement common terminal B1 B2 common terminal B01 B02 Operation indication On indication LED On indication LED External connection 40 pin connector 40 pin connector o system accessory sold separately Existing external wiring can be ORE 0 3mm used Applicable wire size 0 3mm a H A6CON1 A6CON4 Current consumption 0 08A typ all points on 0 075A typ all points on O External dimensions 130 H x 34 5 W x93 6 D mm 98 H x27 4 W x90 D mm O Weight 0 21kg 0 15kg O 1 When applying 12VDC use the QX71 2 Check the specifications of the sensor or switches to be connected to the QX41 3 The following shows the derating chart A1SX41 QX41 100 100 90 26 4VDC y 80 On 30 28 8VDC X 70 ratio 2 60 60 60 50 c 50 O 40 E 40 0 10 20 30 40 5055 C 30 Ambient temperature 20 10 0 10 20 30 40 50 55 C Ambient temperature 3 REPLACEMENT OF I O MODULE 11 Specifications comparison between A1SX41 and QX41 S2 O Compatible A Partially changed x Incompatible
278. on between AnSCPU and QCPU App s Control Function Constant scan Contents O Usable A Unusable x Partially different in spec e g setting method AnS series AnS H CPU Basic model QCPU Precaution for replacement Executes the sequence program at constant time intervals regardless of the processing time of the program Set this function with the special register D9020 for A series and with parameters for Q series Basic model Latch power backup Holds the data of devices when turning OFF the power resetting and a momentary power failure longer than 20ms occurs Remote RUN STOP Executes the remote RUN STOP using the external switches and peripheral devices PAUSE Stops operations while holding the output status Interrupt processing Microcomputer mode Executes the program that corresponds to the cause when an interrupt cause occurs Executes various controls and operations over utility programs and user created microcomputer programs stored in the microcomputer program area by calling them from the sequence program For AnS series an interrupt program is required for main program For Basic model QCPU create only one interrupt program to share between the two programs Consider use of sequence program etc as the substitution Display of priority of ERROR LED The settings for ON OFF of ERROR LED at the occurrence of error Target errors vary f
279. on connection use a main base unit supporting the connection 5 3 s REPLACEMENT OF BASE UNIT AND EXTENSION CABLE 5 4 d Comparison between A1S35B and Q35SB Number of mountable I O modules AnS QnAS series Qseres Precautions for replacement A1S35B 5 modules can be mounted Extendability Mounting hole size External dimensions Panel installation dimensions An extension base unit can be connected 06 bell shaped hole For M5 screw 130 H x 325 W x 28 D mm 5 12 H x 12 80 W x 1 10 D inches 305x 110mm 12 00 x 4 33 inches e Comparison between A1S35B and Q35B Number of mountable I O modules An extension base unit cannot be connected M4 screw hole or 64 5 hole For M4 screw 98 H x 197 5 W x 18 5 D mm 3 86 H x 7 78 W x 0 73 D inches 184 5 x 80mm 7 26 x 3 15 inches For precautions for replacement refer to Section 5 3 1 When using the upgrade tool base adapter with existing mounting holes use the Q35B For extension connection use a main base unit supporting the connection AnS QnAS series Qseres Precautions for replacement A1S35B 5 modules can be mounted Extendability An extension base unit can be connected Mounting hole size 06 bell shaped hole For M5 screw M4 screw hole or 4 5 hole For M4 screw External dimensions 130 H x 325 W x 28 D mm 5 12 H x 12 80 W x 1 10 D inches 98 H x 245 W
280. ons 1 External wiring changed 2 Number of slots not changed 3 Program Number of occupied I O points not changed 4 Specifications Rated output voltage changed 48VDC is not applicable Rate output current not changed 5 Function not changed A1SY68A QY68A 1 External wiring not changed 2 Number of slots not changed 3 Program Number of occupied I O points not changed 4 Specifications Rated output voltage not changed Rated output current not changed 5 Function not changed A1SY71 QyY71 1 External wiring changed 2 Number of slots not changed 3 Program Number of occupied I O points not changed 4 Specifications Rated output voltage not changed Rated output current changed 5 Function not changed A1SY80 QY80 Output module 1 External wiring not changed 2 Number of slots not changed 3 Program Number of occupied I O points not changed 4 Specifications Rated output voltage not changed Rated output current not changed 5 Function changed fuse overheat overload protection A1SY81 QyY81P 1 External wiring not changed 2 Number of slots not changed 3 Program Number of occupied I O points not changed 4 Specifications Rated output voltage not changed Rated output current not changed 5 Function not changed A1SY81EP QyY81P 1 External wiring not changed 2 Number of slots not changed 3 Program Number of occupied I O points not changed 4
281. ontrol refresh mode and direct mode switching refresh only 2 Processing speed LD instruction at refresh 0 33us 0 2us 3 PC MIX value 0 4 gt 1 6 4 Number of I O points 256 points 256 points 5 Number of I O device points 2048 points 2048 points 6 Program size 8K steps 8K steps 7 Number of file register points 8K points 0 points 8 Number of extension bases 1 stage 2 stages 9 Used memory built in RAM EEP ROM cassette sold separately program memory standard ROM 10 Microcomputer program available not available 11 Structure 5 slot base unit CPU module and power supply module are integrated QOOJCPU A1SJHCPU 1 I O control refresh mode and direct mode switching refresh only 2 Processing speed LD instruction at refresh 0 33yus gt 0 16uUs 3 PC MIX value 0 4 gt 2 0 4 Number of I O points 256 points 1024 points 5 Number of I O device points 2048 points gt 2048 points 6 Program size 8K steps gt 8K steps QOOCPU 7 Number of file register points 8K points gt 64K points 8 Number of extension bases 1 stage 4 stages 9 Used memory built in RAM EEP ROM cassette sold separately program memory standard RAM standard ROM 10 Microcomputer program available not available 11 Structure 5 slot base unit CPU module and power supply module are integrated Main base unit CPU module and power supply module are separated 1
282. onversion and correct re set as required Cc t Name O Remarks ibility gt Sequence program capacity A No need to care about the program capacity o T Microcomputer program capacity x No microcomputer program is available 3 Comment capacity A Not required since comments can be created for all devices o File register capacity A Resetting is required since the specifications are different 2 WDT setting A This becomes default 200ms D 2 Operation mode when these is an error A This becomes default All stop ee 9 A Annunciator display mode x No compatible function is available RUN PAUSE contact A Re setting is required 2 Output mode at STOP to RUN A This becomes default Output before STOP oO n Please use COM instructions D Data communications request batch N For the Universal model QCPU set the service processing setting in the PLC parameter S processing For the High Performance model QCPU set the communication reserved time to the az special register SD315 Interrupt counter setting A Re setting is required I O assignment A Reviewing is required for the base unit with other than 8 slots Number of device points O This resets to default tater ikyL o M and L are qeren devices L on the program is converted to L Data register D O Link relay B O D Link register W O 2 fLow d tim k 2 bh PEES 1 ee Converted as one device g High speed timer eat
283. or each module but there is no functional differences ROM operation Enables operation with parameters and programs stored in ROMs in order not to lose user programs due to battery exhaustion When performing ROM operation in the Basic model QCPU use the boot run function to read the sequence programs stored in the standard ROM built in the CPU or memory card into the program memory built in the CPU Data protection function System protect Keyword registration Password registration Prohibits peripheral devices from reading writing to programs and comments in the memory cassettes the memory card and built in memory etc of a CPU module The Basic model QCPU prohibits each file from being read written by password registration whereas the AnS series prohibits the parameters and programs from being read written to the user memory by keyword registration The settings of output status at changing from STOP to RUN The settings for the output status at changing from STOP to RUN Y between re output operation status before STOP and output after operation execution In case of transition from the AnS series it is necessary to re set the parameters Clock function Q CPU includes a clock of which data can be read and written The clock data consists of year month date hour minute second and a day of the week The Basic model QCPU handles the four digits of the
284. ory cards being read written to the user registration memory by keyword registration 5 The settings for the output status at 5 Output status changing from STOP to RUN Y To replace the AnS series O setting at changing between re output operation O O O O resetting the parameters is from STOP to RUN status before STOP and output necessary after operation execution Read ites the int clock E S The Q series handles the year in Aata or the obese nen four digits western calendar Clock function The clock data consists of year O E A A 9 fi 4 whereas the AnS series handles month date hour minute second the vear in ihelasttwo dicits and a day of the week y a Changes the programs of writes For the Q series it is necessary to Section Write during RUN programs to the running CPU O O o o4 set the reserved capacity for the ve module write during RUN in advance foie Stores the data of the entire device t the ti f es en es wg See The Q series does not support the Status latch occurrence in the built in memory O O x x status latch function or a memory cassette and monitors the stored data by a peripheral Stores the data of the specified device memory area in the built in D memory or a memory cassette at a i Q Sampling trace set interval to check the changes of O O x o a the device memory area and monitors the stored data by a peripheral The Q series does not support the asata Stops the execution o
285. ot be changed breaking capacity 50A Fuse blown indication Available LED turns on when a fuse is blown and a signal is output to the CPU module Number of input points 32 points 32 points O Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Sink t Input format Sink type P A ype O positive common Rated input voltage 24VDC 24VDC O r a AA 19 2 to 26 4VDC 20 4 to 28 8VDC The operating voltage range EEEE EE ripple ratio within 5 ripple ratio within 5 A differs r The rated input current is Rated input current Approx 5mA Approx 4mA A 4 reduced Maximum number of A Aa iz i 60 20 points common 9 o 5 u p Simultaneously on 24VDC Refer to the derating chart points On voltage on current 15VDC or more 3mA or more 19VDC or more 3mA or more A The on voltage on current differ D 3 Off voltage off current 3VDC or less 0 5mA or less 11VDC or less 1 7mA or less A The off voltage off current differ 3 4 The input resistance is Input resistance Approx 5kQ Approx 5 6kQ A 4 increased 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms 70ms or less Confi the setting in the PLC Off on 0 3ms or less Configure the an Bede A parameter dialog box The response time differs Response 10ms is set by default i Set the time according to the time 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms 70ms or less control Ona amearless Configure the pening in the PLC A parameter dialog box 10ms is set by default Common terminal 32 points common 32 point
286. ot changed 1 External wiring changed 2 Number of slots not changed 3 Program Number of occupied I O points not changed 4 Specifications A1SX40 S2 Qx40 Rated input voltage not changed Rated input current changed On voltage on current changed Off voltage off current changed Input resistance changed 5 Function not changed 3 REPLACEMENT OF I O MODULE AnS QnAS series model Q series alternative model Product Model Model Remarks restrictions 1 External wiring not changed 2 Number of slots not changed 3 Program Number of occupied I O points not changed 4 Specifications Rated input voltage changed 12VDC is not applicable Rated input current changed Approx 7mA Approx 4mA On voltage on current changed Off voltage off current changed Input resistance changed 5 Function not changed Qx41 24VDC 1 External wiring not changed 2 Number of slots not changed 3 Program Number of occupied I O points not changed ax41 82 4 Specifications i A1SX41 24VDC Rated input voltage changed 12VDC is not applicable Rated input current changed Approx 7mA Approx 6mA On voltage on current changed Off voltage off current changed Input resistance changed 5 Function not changed 1 External wiring not changed 2 Number of slots not changed 3 Program Number of occupied I O points not changed 4 Specifications Rated input voltage changed 24VDC is not applicable
287. overheat protection function is O activated in increments of 2 points The overload protection function is activated in increments of 1 point 12 24VDC eee Voltage exceeding 28 8VDC is External Voltage 10 2 to 28 8VDC A 10 2 to 30VDC ee not applicable power ripple ratio within 5 Suey Current TYP 24vDC os common 40mA 24VDC common A The current value is increased External connection 40 pin connector 40 pin connector o Existing external wiring can be system accessory sold separately used A 2 0 3mm Applicable wire size 0 3mm A6CON1 A6CON4 O Current consumption 0 93A typ all points on 0 16A typ all points on O External dimensions 130 H x34 5 W x93 6 D mm 98 H x27 4 W x90 D mm O Weight 0 27kg 0 17kg O 3 69 3 REPLACEMENT OF I O MODULE 3 2 3 Comparison of I O combined module specifications 1 Specifications comparison between A1SH42 and QH42P 3 70 Specifications A1SH42 O Compatible A Partially changed x Incompatible Compat ibility Precautions for replacement Fuse rating breaking capacity 1 fuse common Cannot be changed breaking capacity 50A Fuse blown indication Available LED turns on when a fuse is blown and a signal is output to the CPU module Number of input points 32 points 32 points O Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Input format Sin
288. pacity since Current consumption 0 12A typ all points on 0 43A typ all points on A the current consumption is increased External dimensions 130 D x34 5 W x93 6 D mm 98 H x27 4 W x90 D mm A Wiring space is narrower Weight 0 25kg 0 22kg O 3 REPLACEMENT OF I O MODULE 3 Specifications comparison between A1SY14EU and QY10 O Compatible A Partially changed x Incompatible Compat Specifications A1SY14EU ibility Precautions for replacement 12 point Number of output points 4 a 16 points O 16 points occupied The isolation method differs but Isolation method Photocoupler Relay A the performance is the equivalent medovina vie 24VDC 2A resistance load point 24VDC 2A resistance load point 240VAC 2A COSo 1 point 240VAC 2A COS 1 point O current 8A common 8A common Minimum switching load 5VDC 10mA 5VDC 1mA O Maxi itchi S 264VAC 125VDC 264VAC 125VDC o voltage Response Off gt on 10ms or less 10ms or less O time On gt off 12ms or less 12ms or less O Mechanical 20 million times or more 20 million times or more O Rated switching voltage current load Rated switching voltage current load 200 000 times or more 100 000 times or more A 200VAC 1 5A 240VAC 1A COS 0 7 100 000 times or more 200VAC 0 4A 240VAC 0 3A 200VAC 2A 240VAC 1 8A COS 0 7 300 000 times or more Replace the module more Life COS 0 7 200 000 times or more 200VAC 1A 240VAC 0 5A Electrical
289. peripheral Stores the data of the specified device memory area in a memory card at a set Sampling trace interval to check the changes of the device oO memory area and monitors the stored data by a peripheral Collects the execution status of the specified D f s sect or The Q series does not support the program 5 Program trace steps in specified program and stores it ina O38 4 x A fe 2 trace function a file Detaches I O modules or special modules The Q series does not support the simulation Simulation function from the CPU module and simulates the 0 34 x function g program upon the steps operation Consider debugging with GX Simulator Th ies d t rt the st A Stops the execution of a sequence program SSIES pete Eber E ASER steps operation at the specified steps O x operation function 3 a Consider debugging with GX Simulator Execution time measurement ee The execution time measurement can be 3 Measures the processing time for each e program monitor todrah O O checked on the Program monitor list screen of list scan time program GX Developer measurement Module access Monitors the access interval of special o o 6 interval read function modules or peripherals Online I O module Replaces input output modules while the o To replace the input output modules online use change CPU module is in operation the Process CPU Self diagnostic Performs self diagnostics to check for errors o o Error codes differ betwe
290. point terminal block connector 18 point terminal block 7 system M3 5x7 screws M3x6 screws Core 0 3 to 0 75mm Applicable wire si 2 i i Ppplic wire size 0 75 to 1 25mm outside diameter 2 8mm 0 11 x Wiring change is required inches or less R1 25 3 Applicable solderless R125 3 3 R29 93 Sleeved solderless terminal cannot x terminal RAV1 25 3 5 RAV2 3 5 be used Current consumption 0 05A typ all points on 0 05A typ all points on O External dimensions 130 H 34 5 W x93 6 D mm 98 H x27 4 W x90 D mm A Wiring space is narrower Weight 0 20kg 0 16kg O 1 When applying 12VDC use the QX70 2 Check the specifications of the sensor or switches to be connected to the QX40 Specifications 3 REPLACEMENT OF I O MODULE A1SX40 7 Specifications comparison between A1SX40 and QX70 O Compatible A Partially changed x Incompatible Compat Precautions for replacement ibility Number of input points 16 points 16 points 8 Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated input voltage 12 24VDC 5 12VDC A 24VDC is not applicable 1 Rated input current Approx 3mA Approx 7mMA a e A 24VDC is not applicable 1 2 4 5 to 6VDC OPETI VENERO ENRE 10 2 t026 4VDE ripple ratio within 5 A zvoc is not applicable ripple ratio within 5 10 2 to 14 4VDC ripple ratio within 5 Maximum number of Simultaneously on 100 A simultaneous input points CEDC l
291. points 8192 points 8192 points 6 Program size 60K steps 60K steps 7 Number of file register points OK points A memory card sold separately is required for use gt 64K points Using memory card Max 1018k points 8 Number of extension bases 1 stage 7 stages 9 Used memory built in RAM memory card sold separately program memory standard RAM standard ROM memory card sold separately 10 Microcomputer program not available Q2ASCPU S1 QO6HCPU 1 1O control refresh only 2 Processing speed LD instruction 0 075us 0 034uUs 3 PC MIX value 3 8 10 3 4 Number of I O points 512 points 4096 points 5 Number of I O device points 8192 points 8192 points 6 Program size 28K steps 28K steps 7 Number of file register points OK points A memory card sold separately is required for use gt 64K points Using memory card Max 1018k points 8 Number of extension bases 1 stage 7 stages 9 Used memory built in RAM memory card sold separately program memory standard RAM standard ROM memory card sold separately 10 Microcomputer program not available Q2ASHCPU QO2HCPU REPLACEMENT OF CPU MODULE AnS QnAS series model Q series alternative model Product Model Model Remarks restrictions 1 I O control refresh only 2 Processing speed LD instruction 0 075us gt 0 034us 3 PC MIX value 3 8 10 3 4 Number of I O points 1024 points
292. points 16 points 16 points O Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated load voltage 100 240VAC 50 60Hz 3Hz 100 to 240VAC 50 60Hz 5 O Maximum load voltage 264VAC 264VAC O Maximum load current 0 6A point 2 4A common 0 6A point 4 8A common O Minimees veieaa 24VAC 100mA 24VAC 100mA Carefully select a load for use rent 100VAC 10mA 100VAC 25mA A since the minimum load current 240VAC 20mA 240VAC 25mA is increased 20A 10ms or less Maximum inrush current BA 100ms or less 20A 1 cycle or less O leakage cunentat of 1 5mA 120VAC 60Hz 1 5mA or less 120V 60Hz 3mA 240VAC 60Hz 3mA or less 240V 60Hz Maimun viec dooa 1 5VAC or less 0 1 to 0 6A a 1 8VAC or less 50 to 100mA 1 5V or less O 2VAC or less 10 to 50mA Off gt on ims or less ims 0 5 cycles or less Response time On gt off ims 0 5 cycles or less Tms 0 9 cycles or less rated load resistance load CR absorber Surge suppressor 0 01uF 479 CR absorber O As the common is changed from Common terminal 8 points common 16 points common 2 commons to 1 common wiring arrangement common terminal TB9 TB18 common terminal TB17 A with a different voltage for each common is not possible Operation indication On indication LED On indication LED O 5A Fuse rating breaking capacity 1 fuselcommon Cannot be changed None Available Connecting a fuse to external wiring x Fuses are not built in 1 aR Rees LED turns on when a fuse is blown is recommended Fuse blo
293. pplicable power ripple ratio within 5 supply 8mA MAX 10mA 24VDC Current O typ 24VDC for one common all points on External connection 20 point terminal block connector 18 point terminal block 7 system M3 5x7 screws M3x6 screws Core 0 3 to 0 75mm Applicable wire size 0 75 to 1 5mm outside diameter 2 8mm x Win iring change is required 0 11 inches or less Applicable solderless R1 25 3 5 R2 3 5 Sleeved ae ae Senet terminal RAV1 25 3 5 RAV2 3 5 be used Current consumption 0 27A typ all points on 0 065A typ all points on O External dimensions 130 H x34 5 W x93 6 D mm 98 H x27 4 W x90 D mm A Wiring space is narrower Weight 0 19kg 0 16kg O 3 55 3 REPLACEMENT OF I O MODULE 8 Specifications comparison between A1SY40P and QY40P Specifications A1SY40P O Compatible A Partially changed x Incompatible Compat ibility Precautions for replacement Number of output points 16 points 16 points O Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated load voltage 12 24VDC 12 24VDC O Operating load voltage 10 2 30VDC 10 2 28 8VDC A Voltage exceeding 28 8VDC is range peak voltage 30VDC not applicable Maximum load current 0 1A point 0 8A common 0 1A point 1 6A common Oo Maximum inrush current 0 7A 10ms or less 0 7A 10ms or less O Leakage current at off 0 1mA or less 0 1mA or less O Maximum voltage drop 0 1VDC typ
294. program MELSAP II Contents MELSAP II A AnSCPU MELSAP3 Universal model QCPU Q00UJ Q00U Q01U Q02U Q03UD Q04UDH Q06UDH Q00J Q00 Q01 Basic model High Performance fetes JU model QCPU Q02 H Q06H SFC block Max 256 Max 128 Max 320 Max 128 Max 320 Max 255 steps Max 128 steps Max 512 steps Max 128 steps Max 512 steps Number of SFC steps block block block block block ae Equipped Equipped Step transition monitoring timer None None None 8 timers 10 timers 7 6 4 MELSAP3 specifications comparison between QnASCPU and QCPU A part of the specifications of SFC program MELSAP3 are different from those of SFC program MELSAP3 Therefore when utilizing the SFC program MELSAP3 of QnASCPU as the SFC program MELSAP3 of QCPU select the QCPU that meets the specifications of the existing SFC program MELSAP3 MELSAP3 Basic model High Performance Universal model QCPU Contents QCPU model QCPU QnA QnASCPU Q00UJ Q00U Q03UD Q04UDH Q00J Q00 Q01 02 H Q06H Q01U Q02U QO6UDH SFC block Max 320 Max 128 Max 320 Max 128 Max 320 Max 512 steps Max 128 steps Max 512 steps Max 128 steps Max 512 steps Number of SFC steps block block block block block X eta Equipped Equipped Step transition monitoring timer None None None f 10 timers 10 timers Act at block multi activated Equipped none Mone none Equipped ulti activ ui ui SFC saa Wait only
295. ptor Replacement manual X903071002 App 16 Memo App 17 WARRANTY Please confirm the following product warranty details before using this product 1 Gratis Warranty Term and Gratis Warranty Range If any faults or defects hereinafter Failure found to be the responsibility of Mitsubishi occurs during use of the product within the gratis warranty term the product shall be repaired at no cost via the sales representative or Mitsubishi Service Company However if repairs are required onsite at domestic or overseas location expenses to send an engineer will be solely at the customer s discretion Mitsubishi shall not be held responsible for any re commissioning maintenance or testing on site that involves replacement of the failed module Gratis Warranty Term The gratis warranty term of the product shall be for one year after the date of purchase or delivery to a designated place Note that after manufacture and shipment from Mitsubishi the maximum distribution period shall be six 6 months and the longest gratis warranty term after manufacturing shall be eighteen 18 months The gratis warranty term of repair parts shall not exceed the gratis warranty term before repairs Gratis Warranty Range 1 The range shall be limited to normal use within the usage state usage methods and usage environment etc which follow the conditions and precautions etc given in the instruction manual user s manual and caution
296. put format Sink type Sink type O Rated load voltage 12 24VDC 12 24VDC O Operating load voltage 10 2 to 30VDC 10 2 to 28 8VDC Voltage exceeding 28 8VDC is range peak voltage 30VDC ripple ratio within 5 A not applicable Maximum load current 0 1A point 1 6A common 0 1A point 2A common D Maximum inrush current 0 4A 10ms or less 0 7A 10ms or less O 2 Leakage current at off 0 1mA or less 0 1mA or less O O E Maximum voltage drop 1 0VDC typ 0 1A 0 1VDC typ 0 1A o at on 2 5VDC MAX 0 1A 0 2VDC MAX 0 1A 3 Off gt on 2ms or less 1ms or less O g Response 3 i i i alime On gt off ma or less ms or ess o 5 resistance load rated load resistance load z Surge suppressor Zener diode Zener diode O 3 2A These specifications are changed to the protection function 3 REPLACEMENT OF I O MODULE Specifications A1SH42 ae Precautions for replacement Available overheat protection function overload protection function The overheat protection function Protection function is activated in increments of 1 O 5 point g The overload protection function 5 is activated in increments of 1 2 point 3 Common terminal 32 points common 32 points common o a arrangement common terminal 2A1 2A2 common terminal 2A01 2A02 12 24VDC tetas Voltage exceeding 28 8VDC is External Voltage 10 2 to 28 8VDC A i 10 2 to 30VDC a Pe not applicable power ripple ratio within 5 supply 8m
297. put resistance Approx 3 3kQ Approx 5 6kQ A 4 increased 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms 70ms or less Of on 0 4ms Configure the setting in the PLC x 24VDC parameter dialog box The response time differs Response 10ms is set by default s Set the time according to the time 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms 70ms or less saniral On gt off 0 5ms Configure the setting in the PLC 24VDC parameter dialog box 10ms is set by default Common terminal 16 points common 16 points common arrangement common terminal TB9 TB18 common terminal TB18 Operation indication On indication LED On indication LED External connection 20 point terminal block connector 18 point terminal block x system M3 5x7 screws M3x6 screws Core 0 3 to 0 75mm Applicable wire size 0 75 to 1 25mm outside diameter 2 8mm 0 11 x es Wiring change is required inches or less R1 25 3 Applicable colderiezs RTAS SSRA Sleeved solderless terminal cannot x terminal RAV1 25 3 5 RAV2 3 5 be used Current consumption 0 05A typ all points on 0 05A typ all points on O External dimensions 130 H x34 5 W x93 6 D mm 98 H x27 4 W x90 D mm A Wiring space is narrower Weight 0 20kg 0 16kg O 2d Check the specifications of the sensor or switches to be connected to the QX80 2 The following shows the derating chart A1SX80 S1 53 C 100 90 85 80 70 60 50 On ratio 40 30 20 10 20 30 40 Ambi
298. r Photocoupler O Sink input Input format Sink input ae dia O positive common Rated input voltage 24VDC 24VDC O The rated input current is Rated input current Approx 7mA Approx 4mA A 4 reduced Operating vola e ane 19 2 to 26 4VDC 20 4 to 28 8VDC The operating voltage range E ESEE ripple ratio within 5 ripple ratio within 5 A differs Maximum number of 60 10 points feito nu er o points common Simultaneously on 100 o simultaneous input points Simultaneously on The on voltage and on current On voltage on current 14VDC or more 3 5mA or more 19VDC or more 3mA or more A differ iffer Off voltage off current 6 5VDC or less 1 7mA or less 11VDC or less 1 7mA or less A The off voltage differs 5 The input resistance is Input resistance Approx 3 3kQ Approx 5 6kQ A 4 increased 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms 70ms or less Off gt on 10ms or less Configure the setting in the PLC o 24VDC parameter dialog box s i Set the input response time of Response 10ms is set by default parameter to the default value time 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms 70ms or less 10ms 10ms or less Configure the setting in the PLC i On aot 24VDC parameter dialog box 9 10ms is set by default Common terminal 16 points common 16 points common arrangement common terminal TB17 TB34 common terminal TB17 Operation indication On indication LED On indication LED External connection 34 point terminal block connector 18 point terminal block E system 2 piec
299. r failure occurring in the PRODUCT The PRODUCT has been designed and manufactured for the purpose of being used in general industries MITSUBISHI SHALL HAVE NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY AND ALL RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY BASED ON CONTRACT WARRANTY TORT PRODUCT LIABILITY FOR ANY INJURY OR DEATH TO PERSONS OR LOSS OR DAMAGE TO PROPERTY CAUSED BY the PRODUCT THAT ARE OPERATED OR USED IN APPLICATION NOT INTENDED OR EXCLUDED BY INSTRUCTIONS PRECAUTIONS OR WARNING CONTAINED IN MITSUBISHI S USER INSTRUCTION AND OR SAFETY MANUALS TECHNICAL BULLETINS AND GUIDELINES FOR the PRODUCT Prohibited Application Prohibited Applications include but not limited to the use of the PRODUCT in Nuclear Power Plants and any other power plants operated by Power companies and or any other cases in which the public could be affected if any problem or fault occurs in the PRODUCT Railway companies or Public service purposes and or any other cases in which establishment of a special quality assurance system is required by the Purchaser or End User Aircraft or Aerospace Medical applications Train equipment transport equipment such as Elevator and Escalator Incineration and Fuel devices Vehicles Manned transportation Equipment for Recreation and Amusement and Safety devices handling of Nuclear or Hazardous Materials or Chemicals Mining and Drilling and or other applications where there is a significant risk of inj
300. r of input points 64 points 64 points O Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated input voltage 24VDC 24VDC O The rated input current is Rated input current Approx 5mA Approx 4mA A 4 reduced OREO nGe 19 2 to 26 4VDC 20 4 to 28 8VDC The operating voltage range Remain ripple ratio within 5 ripple ratio within 5 A ditfers Maximum number of 5 j Refer to the derating chart 2 Refer to the derating chart 2 O simultaneous input points On voltage on current 18 5VDC or more 3 5mA or more 19VDC or more 3mA or more A The on voltage on current differ Off voltage off current 3VDC or less 0 45mA or less 9 5VDC or less 1 5mA or less A The off voltage off current differ s The input resistance is Input resistance Approx 4 7kQ Approx 5 6kQ A 4 increased 0 1ms 0 2ms 0 4ms 0 6ms 1ms or 0 3ms or less sacs Off gt on 24VDC Configure the setting in the PLC 0 parameter dialog box R i The response time differs Response 0 2ms is set by default i Set the time according to the time 0 1ms 0 2ms 0 4ms 0 6ms 1ms or control 0 3ms or less ees On gt off i Configure the setting in the PLC O 24VDC parameter dialog box 0 2ms is set by default onemi 32 points common 32 points common common terminal 1B1 1B2 2B1 common terminal 1B01 1B02 O arrangement 2B2 2B01 2B02 On indication LED On indication LED Operation indication 32 point switching indication with the 32 point switching indication
301. ration indication On indication LED On indication LED External connection 20 point terminal block connector 18 point terminal block e system M3 5x7 screws M3x6 screws Core 0 3 to 0 75mm Applicable wire size 0 75 to 1 25mm outside diameter 2 8mm 0 11 x ve P y i Wiring change is required inches or less R1 25 3 Applicable soldEness al cence R233 Sleeved solderless terminal cannot x terminal RAV1 25 3 5 RAV2 3 5 be used Current consumption 0 05A typ all points on 0 05A typ all points on O External dimensions 130 H x34 5 W x93 6 D mm 98 H x27 4 W x90 D mm A Wiring space is narrower Weight 0 21kg 0 17kg O Check the specifications of the sensor or switches to be connected to the QX10 12 The following shows the derating chart A1SX10 QX10 49 C 100 100 90 132VAC 90 NJ 80 On 80 120VAC 70 ratio 70 2 60 60 60 132VAC S 5 50 6 40 pi E 0 10 20 30 40 5055 C 30 Ambient temperature 20 10 0 10 20 30 40 50 55 C Ambient temperature 3 13 3 REPLACEMENT OF I O MODULE 2 Specifications comparison between A1SX10EU and QX10 3 14 O Compatible A Partially changed x Incompatible Specifications A1SX10EU pert Precautions for replacement Number of input points 16 points 16 points O Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated input voltage 100 120VAC 50 60Hz 100 120VAC 50 60Hz O Input voltage distortion With
302. rd ROM memory card sold separately CPU module 10 Microcomputer program not available QO3UDCPU 1 I O control Refresh only 2 Processing speed LD instruction 0 2us gt 0 0095us 3 PC MIX value 1 3 60 4 Number of I O points 1024 points 4096 points 5 Number of I O device points 8192 points 8192 points 6 Program capacity 60k steps 40k steps 7 Number of file register points Ok points Memory card sold separately is necessary 128k points Using memory card Max 4086k points 8 Number of extension stages 1 stage 7 stages 9 Applicable memory program memory memory card sold separately program memory Standard RAM Standard ROM memory card sold separately 10 Microcomputer program not available QO04UDHCPU Q2ASCPU S1 1 1 0 control Refresh only 2 Processing speed LD instruction 0 2us gt 0 0095us 3 PC MIX value 1 3 60 4 Number of I O points 1024 points 4096 points 5 Number of I O device points 8192 points 8192 points 6 Program capacity 60k steps 60k steps 7 Number of file register points Ok points Memory card sold separately is necessary 384k points Using memory card Max 4086k points 8 Number of extension stages 1 stage 7 stages 9 Applicable memory program memory memory card sold separately program memory Standard RAM Standard ROM memory card sold separately 10 Microcomputer program not available QO6UDHC
303. res the processing time for each aT program monitor iodrami O O checked on the Program monitor list screen of list scan time progran GX Developer measurement Module access Monitors the access interval of special o o 6 interval read function modules or peripherals Online I O module Replaces input output modules while the o X To replace the input output modules online change CPU module is in operation use the Process CPU Self diagnostic Performs self diagnostics to check for errors o o Error codes differ between the QnAS series g function detect errors and stop the CPU module and Q series 5 Stores errors that are detected with the diagnostic function in the CPU module or Error history memory card O O The stored history data can be monitored with a peripheral 4 The High Performance model is the generic term of Q02CPU QO2HCPU QO6HCPU Q12HCPU and Q25HCPU 2 It is necessary to set the reserved capacity for the write during RUN in advance Default set to 500 steps 3 A SRAM card is required 4 SWLIVD NX GPP Q is required This is not applicable to GX Developer 5 The function is not provided in QOOJCPU 6 It is said Module service interval time in Q series 2 23 REPLACEMENT OF CPU MODULE 2 4 Precautions for CPU Module Replacement 2 4 1 Memory for CPU module The memory configuration is shown in 1 Examine the following points depending on the memory capacity before repl
304. resistance is Input resistance Approx 5kQ Approx 5 6kQ A 9 increased 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms 70ms or less Of on 10ms or less Configure the setting in the PLC o 24VDC parameter dialog box f F Set the input response time of Response 10ms is set by default parameter to the default value time 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms 70ms or less 10ms On off 10ms or less Configure the setting in the PLC o 24VDC parameter dialog box 10ms is set by default 7 32 points common 32 points common Common terminal i Seana ent common terminal 1B1 1B2 2B1 common terminal 1B01 1B02 O g 2B2 2B01 2B02 On indication LED On indication LED Operation indication 32 point switching indication with the 32 point switching indication with the O switch switch External connection 40 pin connector 2 pieces 40 pin connector 2 pieces o system accessory sold separately Existing external wiring can be ee 0 3mm used Applicable wire size 0 3mm O Ap ae A6CON1 A6CON4 Current consumption 0 09A typ all points on 0 09A typ all points on O External dimensions 130 H x34 5 W x93 6 D mm 98 H x27 4 W x90 D mm O Weight 0 28kg 0 18kg O 1 When applying 12VDC use the QX72 2 Check the specifications of the sensor or switches to be connected to the QX42 3 The following shows the derating chart A1SX42 QX42 op 380C 23 C J 10 100 90 90 24VDC 7 ON 80 80 26 4VDC ratio 70 g7 common 60 24VDC g 60 50 50 26 4VDC ae 1 40 28 8VDC O 4
305. ric terms and abbreviations Generic term abbreviation Description Series A series Abbreviation for large types of Mitsubishi MELSEC A series programmable controllers AnS series Abbreviation for compact types of Mitsubishi MELSEC A series programmable controllers A AnS series Generic term for A series and AnS series QnA series Abbreviation for large types of Mitsubishi MELSEC QnA series programmable controllers QnAS series Abbreviation for compact types of Mitsubishi MELSEC QnA series programmable controllers QnA QnAS series Generic term for QnA series and QnAS series A AnS QnA QnAS series Q series Generic term for A series AnS series QnA series and QnAS series Abbreviation for Mitsubishi MELSEC Q series programmable controllers MCPU module type CPU module Generic term for A series AnS series QnA series QnAS series and Q series CPU modules Basic model QCPU Generic term for the QOOJCPU QOOCPU and Q01CPU High Performance model QCPU Generic term for the Q02CPU QO2HCPU QO6HCPU Q12HCPU and Q25HCPU This handbook mainly explains about the Q02CPU QO2HCPU QO6HCPU and Q12HCPU Process CPU Generic term for the QO2PHCPU QO6PHCPU Q12PHCPU and Q25PHCPU Redundant CPU Generic term for the Q12PRHCPU and Q25PRHCPU Universal model QCPU Generic term for the QOQOQUJCPU QOOUCPU Q01UCPU QO2UCPU QO03UDCPU QO4UDHCPU QO6UDHCPU Q10UDHCPU Q13UDHCPU Q20UDHCPU Q26UDHC
306. rogram the network modules to use with the QCPU 4 padca access instruction ead instruction Counter Measure Character string data SCMP Review the program and change manually comparisons instruction Supplement Change candidate instructions LD AND OR instruction Numerical key input from KEY Counter Measure keyboard Setting an external display that can input the figure is recommended BMOVR BXCHR RSET Counter Measure Extension file register ZRRD Review the program and change manually instruction Supplement caida Change candidate instructions BMOV MOV RSET instruction ZRWR ZRWRB PID control instruction PID57 aunts Measure i There is no alternative action Counter Measure Review the program and change manually ZCOM Supplement Network Change candidate instructions S P ZCOM Jn or S P ZCOM 5 dedicated Network instruction Un instruction instruction ZNRD ZNWR Counter Measure ZNFR Reprogram the network modules to use with the QCPU ZNTO T 22 A REPLACEMENT OF PROGRAM 6 7 8 9 10 Special function modules instruction p AnSCPU P Instruction type z Corrective action instruction PVWR1 PVWR2 Control instruction for high SVWR1 speed counter module type SVWR2 AD61 S1 PVRD1 Cainer PVRD2 Counter Measure BPN Reprogram for the network modu
307. rox 3mA Approx 7mA Approx 4mA A 9 reduced Goes incneoleae ence 10 2 to 26 4VDC 20 4 to 28 8VDC A Z 4 Deena ce aac e ripple ratio within 5 ripple ratio within 5 A ENE G is not applicable Maximum number of 7 7 A Refer to the derating chart 3 Refer to the derating chart 3 O simultaneous input points On voltage on current 8VDC or more 2mA or more 19VDC or more 3mA or more A 12VDC is not applicable 1 2 Off voltage off current 4VDC or less 1mA or less 11VDC or less 1 7mA or less A 12VDC is not applicable 1 2 The input resistance is Input resistance Approx 3 3kQ Approx 5 6kQ A l 9 increased 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms 70ms or less Of on 10ms or less Configure the setting in the PLC o 24VDC parameter dialog box l P Set the input response time of Response 10ms is set by default s parameter to the default value time 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms 70ms or less 10ms On gt off 10ms or less Configure the setting in the PLC o 24VDC parameter dialog box 10ms is set by default Common terminal 32 points common 32 points common arrangement common terminal 17 18 36 common terminal 17 18 36 Operation indication On indication LED On indication LED External connection 37 pin D sub connector 37 pin D sub connector Existing external wiring can be system accessory sold separately used Note that the connecting Applicable wire size 0 3mm 0 3mm2 A6CON1E O direction of the connector is inverted Current consumption 0 08
308. rted 2 Device a File resister R cannot be set for QOOJCPU Also for Q00 and QO1CPU up to 32K points x 2blocks can be set b The maximum timer T counter C device points are respectively 512 Devices over the maximum points are converted to SM999 c The maximum latch relay L device points are 2048 Devices over the maximum points are converted to SM999 3 Comments a Only comments for each program MAIN are converted when the program is replaced App 1 4 System configuration a Number of I O points extension base unit number and module number are shown in the following table Q02CPU Q02UCPU Q00JCPU Q00CPU Q01CPU Reference Reference Number of I O points 256 1024 4096 2048 Number of extension base units 2 units Max 4 units Max 7 units Max 4 units Max Number of loaded modules 16 modules Max 24 modules Max 64 modules Max 36 modules Max Memory card Number of slots Not available 1 slot 1 slot b When configured using the Basic model QCPU only Q series modules must be used for all the modules Connections of QA1S60B and QAG6LB base units are not compliant with the specification and therefore the I O and special modules of A AnS series cannot be used c Number of network modules is shown in the following table Q02CPU Q02UCPU Q00JCPU Q00CPU Q01CPU Reference Reference 1 module MELSECNET H onl
309. ructi Processing speed on instructions 0 33 0 25 0 2 0 09 0 2 0 075 us steps Watchdog ti Watchdog ti WDT ee atch dog timer WDT 10 to 2000 10 to 2000 200 200 10 to 2000 10 to 2000 WDT ms t buile 64K 64K 64K 256K Program Program ser memory sulitin RAM RAM RAM RAM memory RAM memory RAM capacity byte 3 3 3 3 7 7 Memory capacity Memo Memo Memo Memor Sold M H 4 9 Memory card Memory card cassette cassette cassette cassette separately Max 2M Max 2M EEP ROM EEP ROM EEP ROM EEP ROM Sequence program Max 28K Max 28K Max 8K Max 14K Max 14K Max 30K steps ax ax en G S1 60K S1 60K Program capacity __ Microcomputer program 8 8 Max 14K Max 26K x x x x byte Number of Number of I O points 512 512 ae tle p 256 512 512 1024 points point S1 1024 S1 1024 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 2 8 I O control mode refresh mode or direct mode is selectable with the I O control method setting switch Only refresh mode is available but there are instructions and devices that can use direct mode Free space areas except that in the program memory can be used as user memory Memory cassette is for copying programs to the ROM Use of the cassette does not increase the memory capacity Only one memory card can be used This number means the number of applicable points for the access to actual I O modules The memory capacity corresponds to the maximum number of steps in a seque
310. runs or stops the program operations in the CPU module from external STOP switches or peripherals PAUSE Stops operations while holding the output i status Interrupt Executes the program that corresponds to processing the cause when an interrupt cause occurs Display priority of Sets the ERROR LED on off status at an Target errors vary by model but there is no ERROR LED error functional difference Manages such as parameters sequence Control RUN File management rograms device comments file registers as Memory connguraton and datato be Storag Section g T g differ between the QnAS series and Q series 2 4 1 Selects a suitable execution type for Structured program program application and divides each program by designer process or others Whi i b it with other than 8 slots 5 Assigns I O points for each module psig Dee um hi P ek ete Section I O assignment i set the number of slots with the parameter I O regardless of its mounted position 2 4 4 assignment setting Reads sequence programs stored in the Section Boorer only or a memory card to the built in memory The Universal model QCPU whose program 241 ROM S SE of the CPU module when the operating memory is a Flash ROM does not have to Sion P status of the module is changed to RUN and perform the ROM operation 77 12 executes the read programs a Data protection function system A The Q series prohibits each file from being rea
311. s for the fixed scan interval A REPLACEMENT OF PROGRAM 7 7 11 Precautions for file register replacement This section provides precautions for replacing the ANSCPU or QnASCPU using file registers with the QCPU AnSCPU QnASCPU QCPU Storage destination Memory cassette Memory caro Senne inati e Up to 1 cards 2 drives Memory card 1card Standard RAM Up to 512k points Maximum number of Depends on applicable memory 1018k points Depending on CPU model points cassette used When using 2M memory cards 4086k points When using a 8M memory card Number of points for 1 the bzi 8k points 32k points 32k points 1 Changing storage destination after replacement a Changing storage destination after replacement of the AnSCPU The value whose capacity has been set with the parameter of AnSCPU is not converted since the storage destination is different Set the storage destination and capacity points in the file setting of the PLC parameter setting Be sure to select Use the following file when setting the storage destination Selecting Use the following file makes the file equivalent to the AnSCPU b Changing storage destination after replacement of the QnASCPU Drive No for storing file registers differs between the QnNASCPU and QCPU Set the parameters Standard RAM memory card RAM memory card ROM according to the drive where the file register is stored 2 Number of p
312. s time On gt off O resistance load rated load resistance load Surge suppressor Zener diode Zener diode O CARA E 32 points common 32 points common ENTERT common terminal 1A1 1A2 2A1 common terminal 1A01 1A02 O 2A2 2A01 2A02 On indication LED On indication LED Operation indication 32 point switching indication with the 32 point switching indication with the O switch switch 3 2A Fuse rating 1 fuse common breaking capacity Cannot be changed breaking capacity 50A These specifications are changed Available i 7 to the protection function ee ee LED turns on when a fuse is blown Fuse blown indication 7 and a signal is output to the CPU module Available overheat protection function overload protection function Protection function The overheat protection function is O activated in increments of 1 point The overload protection function is activated in increments of 1 point 12 24VDC 122D Voltage exceeding 28 8VDC is External Voltage 10 2 to 28 8VDC A 10 2 to 30VDC ae not applicable power ripple ratio within 5 Suey Current typ 24VDC een common 20mA 24VDC common A The current value is increased External connection 40 pin connector 40 pin connector o system 2 pieces accessory 2 pieces sold separately Existing external wiring can be 3 z 2 0 3mm used Applicable wire size 0 3mm A6CON1 A6CON4 O Current consumption 0 93A typ all points on 0 15A typ all points on O External
313. s 16 points O Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated input voltage 12 24VDC 5 12VDC A 24V DC is not applicable Rated input current Approx 3mA Approx 7mA Peep asaa eats A a curent is 4 5 to 6VDC OPa E En l 10 2 DAC ANGE ripple ratio within 5 A iiot Is hot aplicable ripple ratio within 5 10 2 to 14 4VDC ripple ratio within 5 Maximum number of Simultaneously on 100 simultaneous input points pees Simultaneously on 1007 2 On voltage on current 8VDC or more 2mA or more 3 5VDC or more 1mA or more A 24VDC is not applicable 1 2 Off voltage off current 4VDC or less 1mA or less 1VDC or less 0 1mA or less A 24VDC is not applicable 1 2 Input resistance Approx 3 3kQ Approx 3 3kQ O 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms 70ms or less Off gt on 10ms or less Configure the setting in the PLC o 24VDC parameter dialog box A A Restores 40ms is set by default Set the input response time of s parameter to the default value time m l paa aa pa 10ms ms or less onfigure the setting in the onon 24VDC paniy ite box o 10ms is set by default Common terminal 16 points common 16 points common arrangement common terminal TB9 TB18 common terminal BO1 B02 Operation indication On indication LED On indication LED External connection 20 point terminal block connector 18 point terminal block e system M3 5x7 screws M3x6 screws Core 0 3 to 0 75mm Applicable wire size 0 75 to 1 25mm outside diameter 2 8mm 0 11 wiring change is r
314. s 5 7 5 3 1 Precautions for replacement of base unit cecceceeeeeceecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceaecaecaeeeeeeeeseesesetnnaeaaees 5 7 5 3 2 Precautions for replacement of extension Cable cceceeeeeeeeneccaeeceeeeeeeeeeeteesecnecaaeeaeeeeeeeeess 5 7 5 4 QA 1S Extension Base Unit 0 0 ecceeeeeeeneee tere tennessee teneee sees eeaeeeeseeeeeeeeseeeeaaeeeseeeeaaeeeseenaaeeees 5 8 5 4 1 QA 1S extension base unit specifications 2 2 eccceeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeetaeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeetaeeeeeneaas 5 8 5 4 2 Applicable QOPU sirensis eaaa a E tne lenneen devas a sga aaa ai 5 8 5 4 3 Extension Cable sasaaa Pil sala cnedaya a aad da cova ee dds ee ane delete teens 5 9 5 4 4 System Configuration cece tere tee eee eee eer ne ee eee ae eee eeeaaeee eee neeesernaeeeeee 5 9 5 4 5 System equipment lISti s inae csi eisai ainn lite ett a sets aint A A 5 11 5 4 6 I O address for the QA 1S extension base unit cece eeeeeeeeeeeeenneeeeeeeaeeeeeeenaeeeeeeeaaes 5 13 5 4 7 EXxte mal dimensi ns cc ikdeteccaacctersncdyecussdasesaasiedacdeccevaoncnaddawhocasdacexseacqacetbagannccentagedacec asaentaahenga 5 15 CHAPTER 6 MEMORY AND BATTERY REPLACEMENT 6 1to6 2 6 1 List of Alternative Models for Memory ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeaeeeeeseneeaeeeeseeeaeerenennaaeeess 6 1 6 2 Precautions for Memory and Battery Replacement 0 00 0 ec ecceceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteenaeeeeteeeaeeees 6 2 CHAPTER 7 REPLACEMENT OF PROGRAM 7 1
315. s common o arrangement common terminal 1B1 1B2 common terminal 1B01 1B02 Number of output points 32 points 32 points O Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Output format Sink type Sink type O Rated load voltage 12 24VDC 12 24VDC O Operating load voltage 10 2 to 30VDC 10 2 to 28 8BVDC A Voltage exceeding 28 8VDC is range peak voltage 30VDC ripple ratio within 5 not applicable Maximum load current 0 1A point 1 6A common 0 1A point 2A common oO Maximum inrush current 0 4A 10ms or less 0 7A 10ms or less 1e 2 Leakage current at of 0 1mA or less 0 1mA or less O 9 gt E Maximum voltage drop 1 0VDC typ 0 1A 0 1VDC typ 0 1A o E at on 2 5VDC MAX 0 1A 0 2VDC MAX 0 1A 2 Off gt on 2ms or less 1ms or less O eee 2 1 less si ms or less ms or a time On gt off i fe 5 resistance load rated load resistance load e Surge suppressor Zener diode Zener diode O 3 2A These specifications are changed to the protection function 3 REPLACEMENT OF I O MODULE Specifications A1SH42 S1 ae Precautions for replacement Available overheat protection function overload protection function The overheat protection function Protection function is activated in increments of 1 O 5 point g The overload protection function 5 is activated in increments of 1 2 point 3 Common terminal 32 points common 32 points common o a arrangement common terminal 2A1 2A2 c
316. s or less O time On gt off 12ms or less 12ms or less O Mechanical 20 million times or more 20 million times or more O Rated switching voltage current load Rated switching voltage current load 200 000 times or more 100 000 times or more A 200VAC 1 5A 240VAC 1A COS 0 7 100 000 times or more 200VAC 0 4A 240VAC 0 3A 200VAC 1 5A 240VAC 1A COS 0 7 300 000 times or more Replace the module more Life COS 0 7 200 000 times or more 200VAC 1A 240VAC 0 5A s Electrical frequently because the life cycle 200VAC 0 75A 240VAC 0 5A COS 0 35 100 000 times or more i i A A is reduced by approximately half COS 0 35 200 000 times or more 200VAC 0 3A 240VAC 0 15A 24VDC 1A 100VDC 0 1A COS 0 35 300 000 times or more L R 7ms 200 000 times or more 24VDC 1A 100VDC 0 1A L R 7ms 100 000 times or more 24VDC 0 3A 100VDC 0 03A L R 7ms 300 000 times or more Maximum switching 3600 times hr 3600 times hr o frequency Surge suppressor None None mmon terminal common termi All points independent common All points independent common O arrangement Operation indication On indication LED On indication LED O Fuse None None 24VDC 10 External Voltage N O i ee Ripple voltage 4Vp p or less An external power supply is not p 75mA required su n 5 may rae typ 24VDC all points on External connection 20 point terminal block connector 18 point terminal block M system M3 5x7 screws M3x6 screws Core 0 3 to 0 75mm Appl
317. s reserved in a memory card ee File register memory cassette One block is set in 32k points unit A 7741 e One block is set in 8 k points unit Measure Execute the file setting of PLC parameter A REPLACEMENT OF PROGRAM Timer Counter AnSCPU specifications e Timer and counter are processed with the END QCPU specifications and precautions for replacement Specification e Timer and counter are processed when executing an instruction Measure e Review the programs since the processing timing differs between timer and counter Compat ibility Reference Section 7 7 4 Section 7 7 5 Parameter Parameters are dedicated for each CPU Specification e Parameters are dedicated for each CPU Measure e Check and re set the parameters since specifications and functions differ between the two CPUs Section 7 3 Special relay 256 points of M9000 to M9255 are provided Specification e 1800 points of SMO to SM1799 are provided Measure e Although automatic conversion is executed for the QCPU replacement review the points since some specifications differ between the two CPUs Section 7 4 Special register Comment 256 points of D9000 to D9255 are provided Comments are managed as a common comment or program original comment The comment capacity of ANSCPU is up to 127k 64k 63k bytes Specification e 1800 points of SDO to SD
318. se for the Basic model QCPU by Change PLC type the devices for the QNASCPU may be replaced with SM999 and SD999 as an unsupported device A REPLACEMENT OF PROGRAM 7 6 Precautions for Replacement of the MELSAP II with the MELSAP3 The basic operation of the MELSAP3 is the same as the MELSAP II but the specifications are partially different This section provides the precautions for the replacement 7 6 1 Starting SFC program The SFC program can be started by using the special relay for starting stopping the SFC program That special replay for the AnNSCPU M9101 is replaced with the special relay for the QCPU SM321 upon 7 6 2 converting from the AnSCPU to QCPU The specifications of the special relay for starting or stopping SFC program partially differ between the AnNSCPU and QCPU Switches on and off with user operation MELSAP II M9101 Specifications system is automatically turned on MELSAP3 SM321 SFC program starts up at default since Block information SFC information device Precautions for replacement When starting stopping the SFC program according to user conditions turn the SM321 to on off with program The MELSAP II and MELSAP3 have different method of executing the Block START STOP and Reading of the number of active steps and active step numbers with block information SFC information device Block START STOP methods Specifications MELSAP II
319. separately add H or S to the OUT instruction in programming Ex Low speed timer OUTTOKn High speed timer OUTHTO Kn Low speed retentive timer OUT STO Kn High speed retentive timer OUTHSTO Kn A REPLACEMENT OF PROGRAM 7 7 5 7 7 6 7 7 7 1 b AnSCPU timer ladder programming method Set the total number of points of timer and the first device number of low speed timer high speed timer and retentive timer in the Device setting of the parameter setting The default setting is as follows Number of points of timer 256 First device number of low speed timer 0 TO to T199 First device number of high speed timer 200 T200 to T255 First device number of retentive timer 0 When using the retentive timer change the setting to reserve necessary number of points Counter Function QCPU QnASCPU AnSCPU AnUS H CPU AnS J HCPU Specifying method K100 co 4 K100 H 4 Updating present value On off processing for contact Display instructions Function PRC 4 Index register When executing the OUT Cn instruction QCPU QnASCPU e With SM701 off Outputs characters before 00 e With SM701 on Outputs 16 characters e With SM701 off Outputs comments in 32 characters e With SM701 on Outputs first 16 characters of comment Replacing index register Z Z1 to Z6 V V1 to V6 and ZO to Z15 are used as index register for the AnS series and Q series
320. sing SPCLR OUT SM1255 x 9 10 Square root operations for floating decimal point data SQR SQR O Reading the display status STAT OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 11 Conversion from BIN 16 bit to character string STR STR O Subtraction of floating decimal point data SUB E O SVWR1 OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 6 Setting comparison reference data SVWR2 OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 6 Upper and lower byte exchanges SWAP SWAP O TAN operation on floating decimal point data TAN TAN O Bit test TEST TEST O Linking of random data UNI NUNI O Conversion from character string to BIN 16 bit data VAL VAL O Data dissociation in byte units WTOB WTOB O Link refresh of designated network ZCOM S ZCOM O Section 7 2 3 5 Reading writing data from to special function module ZNFR OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 5 in MELSECNET 10 remote I O station ZNTO OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 5 Reading from writing to word devices in the ZNRD J ZNRD O Section 7 2 3 5 MELSECNET 10 station ZNWR J ZNWR O Section 7 2 3 5 Zone control for BIN 16 bit data ZONE ZONE O Direct read write of extension file registers in 1 word ZRRD OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 4 units ZRWR OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 4 Direct read write of extension file registers in units of ZRRDB OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 4 bytes ZRWRB OUT SM1255 x Section 7 2 3 4 A REPLACEMENT OF PROGRAM 7 2 3 Instructions that may need a replacement at instruction conversion from AnSCPU to QCPU Some
321. specifications rated input current etc and functions are equivalent to that of the existing module exists or not in the Q series b Whether utilizing the existing modules continuously or replacing them with Q series modules c Whether utilizing the existing external wiring or wiring newly 4 Model selection after replacing models intelligent function module analog high speed counter module etc a Whether the specifications of replaced modules and connection external device match or not 5 Model selection after replacing models communication module computer link module Ethernet module etc a Whether the communication target device is compatible with the Q series module commands in the communication using the MC protocol or not b Whether the communication target device software program can be changed to Q series CPU compatible or not 1 INTRODUCTION 6 Model selection after replacing models network module MELSECNET Il MELSECNET MINI S3 a Whether the replacement of MELSECNET Il is a gradual replacement or batch replacement for b Whether local stations and remote stations can be grouped into two networks PLC to PLC network and remote I O network by replacing to MELSECNET H when the local stations and remote stations are mixed in the existing MELSECNET Il c Whether a new communication cable installation has been considered or not at the replacement from MELSECNET MINI S3 to CC Link
322. ssignment setting Fxecutes the sequence programi For the Basic model QCPU the boot run can Boot run ROM after reading it from the memory card A nes X Sas O A A A be executed with the standard ROM built in operation to the CPU built in memory when the the CPU but not with the memory card CPU goes to RUN mode y Data protection aN The Basic model QCPU prohibits each file e Prohibits peripheral devices from j function System yi from being read written by password reading writing to programs and 3 p protect Keyword y registration whereas the QnAS series 5 5 comments in the memory cassettes O A A A ap registration aed prohibits the parameters and programs from the memory card and built in i Password being read written to the user memory by A i memory etc of a CPU module registration keyword registration Sets the default value into the device memory file register special function D default val O O O O ee module etc when the CPU is changing from STOP to RUN The settings for the output status at The settings of output changing from STOP to RUN Y Resetting parameters is required to replace status at changing between re output operation status O O O O the QnAS series with the Basic model from STOP to RUN before STOP and output after QCPU operation execution For the Basi del QCPU COM Sets the number of general data i or asic model Q i use Number of general instructions or set the communication
323. t Common terminal 16 points common 16 points common arrangement common terminal TB17 TB34 common terminal TB17 Operation indication On indication LED On indication LED External connection 34 point terminal block connector 18 point terminal block x system 2 pieces M3 5x6 screws M3x6 screws Core 0 3 to 0 75mm Applicable wire si 2 i i 3 pplicable wire size 0 75 to 2mm Gutsidediameter 2 8mm 0 11 x Wiring change is required inches or less R1 25 3 Applicable solderiess Distal Sleeved solderless terminal cannot x terminal RAV1 25 3 5 RAV2 3 5 be used 128 point Number of occupied I O ee 16 points joints slot 0 ae points I O assignment Input 16 points P slots 1 to 4 Empty 16 points 9 mane p The module configuration differs Current consumption 0 22A typ all points on 0 05A typ all points on Recalculate the current consumption External dimensions 130 H x174 5 W x65 6 D mm 98 H x27 4 W x90 D mm A Wiring space is narrower Weight 0 70kg 0 16kg O A Check the specifications of the sensor or switches to be connected to the QX40 3 REPLACEMENT OF I O MODULE b Specifications comparison between A1SJ 56DT output part and QY50 Specifications A1SJ 56DT output specifications O Compatible A Partially changed x Incompatible Compat ibility Precautions for replacement When 17 or more points are
324. t changed Input resistance changed 5 Function not changed 1 External wiring changed 2 Number of slots not changed 3 Program Number of occupied I O points not changed QY10 4 Specifications Rated output voltage not changed Rated output current not changed However the contact life span of the A1SY10EU is reduced to half 5 Function not changed A1SY10 A1SY10EU 1 External wiring changed 2 Number of slots not changed 3 Program Number of occupied I O points not changed A1SY14EU QY10 4 Specifications Rated output voltage not changed Rated output current not changed However contact life span is reduced to half 5 Function not changed 1 External wiring changed 2 Number of slots not changed 3 Program Number of occupied I O points not changed A1SY18A QY18A 4 Specifications Rated output voltage not changed Rated output current not changed However contact life span is reduced to half 5 Function not changed Cuei meskie 1 External wiring changed 2 Number of slots not changed 3 Program Number of occupied I O points not changed A1SY18AEU QY18A 4 Specifications Rated output voltage not changed Rated output current not changed However contact life span is reduced to half 5 Function not changed 1 External wiring changed 2 Number of slots not changed 3 Program Number of occupied I O points not changed 4 Specifications Rated output voltage not chang
325. t gt tab screen AnS series Set this when specifying the range for common comments and read data Import from GPPA format file x orc Fe eani Fe Meare f lt lt Local gt gt tab screen AnS series Set this when specifying the range for comments by program and read data Import from GPPA format file x oro 6x Developer Fama Device stat en Stat En Mo g Merge peripheral statement note For details of peripheral statements and merging notes refer to the GX Developer Operating Manual h Execute button Click this button after making the setting A REPLACEMENT OF PROGRAM 3 Setting procedure a Data selection 1 Set a drive path for reading in GPPQ or GPPA format 2 Click the Browse button to set the system name and machine name of the project to be read 3 Check the checkbox of data to be selected by with the Param prog button Select all button or the mouse 4 Click the Execute button after making necessary settings b Canceling data selection 1 When canceling the selected data arbitrarily Clear the checkmark P in the checkbox with the mouse or space key 2 When canceling all the selected data Click the Cancel all selection button 4 Precautions for reading the other format files For AnS series Read data with GX Developer after performing the corresponding format conversion with A6GPP SWO0S GPPA format data cilia For t
326. t decode DECOP DECOP O 2 word data read from the intelligent special function DFRO DFRO O module DFROP DFROP O Interrupt disable instruction DI DI O Refresh disable DI DI O DINC DINC O 32 bit BIN data increment DINCP DINCP O DIS DIS oO 4 bit groupings of 16 bit data DISP DISP O DMOV DMOV O 32 bit data transfer DMOVP DMOVP O r DOR DOR O Logical sums of 32 bit data DORP DORP O 3 DRCL DRCL O Section 7 7 8 Left rotation of 32 bit data DRCLP DRCLP O Section 7 7 8 A REPLACEMENT OF PROGRAM Universal model QCPU Description High Performance model QCPU Reference Instruction name Instruction name Conversion AnSCPU O Section 7 7 8 Right rotation of 32 bit data DRCRP DRCRP O Section 7 7 8 DROL DROL O Section 7 7 8 Left rotation of 32 bit data DROLP DROLP O Section 7 7 8 DROR DROR O Section 7 7 8 Right rotation of 32 bit data DRORP DRORP O Section 7 7 8 DSFL DSFL O 1 word shift to left of n word data DSFLP DSFLP O DSFR DSFR O 1 word shift to right of n word data DSFRP DSFRP O DSUM DSUM O Section 7 7 8 32 bit data checks DSUMP DSUMP O Section 7 7 8 2 word data write to the intelligent special function DTO DTO O module DTOP DTOP 1 O Timing pulse generation DUTY DUTY O DXCH DXCH O 32 bit data conv
327. tal 2048 Total 2048 Total 8192 Total 8192 8192 8192 steps relay S 8192 10 8192 10 Annunciator F 256 256 2048 2048 2048 2048 Edge relay V x X x x 2048 2048 Link relay B 1024 1024 8192 8192 8192 8192 Timer T 256 256 2048 default 256 2048 2048 Counter C 256 256 1024 default 256 1024 1024 Data register D 1024 1024 8192 8192 12288 12288 Link register W 1024 1024 8192 8192 8192 8192 R 8192 8192 8192 8192 32768 1 32768 File register ZR x x x Max 120K Max 1018K Max 1018K Number of device points point Accumulator A 2 2 2 2 x x Z 1 1 7 7 16 16 Index register V 1 1 7 7 x x Nesting N 8 8 8 8 15 15 Pointer P 256 256 256 256 4096 4096 Interrupt pointer I 32 32 32 32 48 48 Special relay M SM 256 256 256 256 2048 2048 Special register D SD 256 256 256 256 2048 2048 Special link relay SB x X x x 2048 2048 Special link register SW x x x x 2048 2048 Function input FX x x x x 16 16 Function output FY x x x x 16 16 Function register FD x x x x 5 5 Max approx Max approx Number of nen Comment points 3648 3648 3648 4032 an E points 13 Extended comment x x x 3968 x x Watchdog timer WDT Sonis Memory error detection CPU o o o o o o error detection Battery error detection etc Operation mode at error Stop Continue setting O O O O Oo O occurrence Output mode Re output operation status switching at before STOP Selection of PT from output after operation g 2 2 Q Q 2
328. tches to be connected to the QX70 3 19 3 REPLACEMENT OF I O MODULE 8 Specifications comparison between A1SX40 S1 and QX40 S1 Specifications A1SX40 S1 O Compatible A Partially changed x Incompatible QX40 S1 Compat ibility Precautions for replacement Number of input points 16 points 16 points O Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler Rated input voltage 24VDC 24VDC O The rated input current is Rated input current Approx 7mA Approx 6mA A 4 reduced OPEET VEGE ENEE 19 2 to 26 4VDC 20 4 to 28 8VDC A The operating voltage range ripple ratio within 5 ripple ratio within 5 differs Maximum number of Simultaneously on 100 Simultaneously on 100 o simultaneous input points 26 4VDC On voltage on current 14VDC or more 4 0mA or more 19VDC or more 4 0mA or more A The on voltage differs Off voltage off current 6 5VDC or less 1 7mA or less 11VDC or less 1 7mA or less A The off voltage differs S The input resistance is Input resistance Approx 3 3kQ Approx 3 9KQ A 4 increased 0 1ms 0 2ms 0 4ms 0 6ms 1ms or 0 1ms or less less g Off gt on 24VDC Configure the setting in the PLC O parameter dialog box Response 0 2ms is set by default Set the input response time of time 0 1ms 0 2ms 0 4ms 0 6ms 1ms or parameter to 0 1ms 0 2ms or less ie On off 24VDC Configure the setting in the PLC O parameter dialog box 0 2ms is set
329. tely 10 Microcomputer program not available Q2ASHCPU S1 QO4UDHCPU I O control Refresh only Processing speed LD instruction 0 075yus 0 0095us PC MIX value 3 8 60 Number of I O points 1024 points 4096 points Number of I O device points 8192 points 8192 points Program capacity 60k steps 40k steps Number of file register points Ok points Memory card sold separately is necessary 128k points Using memory card Max 4086k points Number of extension stages 1 stage 7 stages Applicable memory program memory memory card sold separately program memory Standard RAM Standard ROM memory card sold separately 10 Microcomputer program not available QO6UDHCPU I O control Refresh only Processing speed LD instruction 0 075us 0 0095us PC MIX value 3 8 60 Number of I O points 1024 points 4096 points Number of I O device points 8192 points 8192 points Program capacity 60k steps Number of file register points Ok points Memory card sold separately is necessary 384k points Using memory card Max 4086k points Number of extension stages 1 stage 7 stages Applicable memory program memory memory card sold separately program memory Standard RAM Standard ROM memory card sold separately 10 Microcomputer program not available REPLACEMENT OF CPU MODULE 2 Replacement with High Performance model QCPU 1 I O c
330. the CPU and a signal is output to the CPU module module 12 24VDC 12 24VDC Voltage exceeding 28 8VDC is External Voltage 10 2 to 28 8VDC A 10 2 to 30VDC ee as not applicable power ripple ratio within 5 SEPEN Current 20mA 20mA 24VDC o typ 24VDC for each common External connection 20 point terminal block connector 18 point terminal block 7 system M3 5x7 screws M3x6 screws Core 0 3 to 0 75mm Applicable wire si 2 i i pplic wire size 0 75 to 1 25mm outside diameter 2 8mm 0 11 x Wiring change is required inches or less R1 25 3 Appiicableisolderass R1 2579 5 R235 Sleeved solderless terminal cannot x terminal RAV1 25 3 5 RAV2 3 5 be used Current consumption 0 12A typ all points on 0 08A typ all points on O External dimensions 130 H x34 5 W x93 6 D mm 98 H x27 4 W x90 D mm A Wiring space is narrower Weight 0 20kg 0 17kg O 3 REPLACEMENT OF I O MODULE 19 Specifications comparison between A1SY81 and QY81P Specifications O Compatible A Partially changed x Incompatible Compat Precautions for replacement ibility Number of output points 32 points 32 points Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated load voltage 12 24VDC 12 24VDC 20 15 O ting load volt Volt ding 28 8VDC i O peraing load votage 10 2 to 30VDC 10 2 to 28 8VDC ei i range not applicable Maximum load current 0 1A point 2A common 0
331. the PLC o i 24VDC parameter dialog box 10ms is set by default CORON E 32 points common 32 points common Pret common terminal 1B1 1B2 2B1 common terminal 1B01 1B02 O s 2B2 2B01 2B02 On indication LED On indication LED Operation indication 32 point switching indication with the 32 point switching indication with the O switch switch External connection 40 pin connector 2 pieces 40 pin connector 2 pieces o system accessory sold separately Existing external wiring can be ae 0 3mm used Applicable wire size 0 3mm2 a ae eae A6CON1 A6CON4 Current consumption 0 09A typ all points on 0 085A typ all points on O External dimensions 130 H x34 5 W x93 6 D mm 98 H x27 4 W x90 D mm O Weight 0 28kg 0 13kg O 1 When applying 24VDC use the QX42 or QX41 S2 2 3 100 On ratio A1SX42 an 33C 23 C J 50 4T 0 10 20 Ambient temperature 30 40 50 55 C Check the specifications of the sensor or switches to be connected to the QX72 The following shows the derating chart 3 REPLACEMENT OF I O MODULE 19 Specifications comparison between A1SX42 S1 and QX42 S1 O Compatible A Partially changed x Incompatible Cc t Specifications A1SX42 S1 QX42 S1 ban Precautions for replacement Numbe
332. the allowable momentary power failure time occurs Remotely runs or stops the program operations in the CPU module from external switches or peripherals PAUSE Stops operations while holding the output status Set the PAUSE enable flag with the special relay M9040 for the AnS series and with the special relay SM206 for the Q series 3 Interrupt processing Executes the program that corresponds to the cause when an interrupt cause occurs Microcomputer mode Executes various controls and operations over utility programs and user created microcomputer programs stored in the microcomputer program area by calling them from the sequence program Consider use of sequence program etc as the substitution Instructions from any utility package need to be replaced with the corresponding instructions of the QCPU Display of priority of ERROR LED Sets the ERROR LED on off status at an error Target errors vary for each module but there is no functional difference ROM operation 1 The Basic model is a generic term of Q00JCPU QOOCPU and Q01CPU Enables operation with parameters and programs stored in ROM not to lose user programs due to battery exhaustion For the AnS series CPU modules an EPROM cassette sold separately is required for copying data to the ROM for ROM operation The High Performance model QCPU modules have the boot operation function w
333. the limit of 50 times may cause malfunction Do not drop or apply shock to the battery to be installed in the module Doing so may damage the battery causing the battery fluid to leak inside the battery If the battery is dropped or any shock is applied to it dispose of it without using Before handling the module touch a grounded metal object to discharge the static electricity from the human body Failure to do so may cause the module to fail or malfunction Disposal Precautions CAUTION When disposing of this product treat it as industrial waste When disposing of batteries separate them from other wastes according to the local regulations For details of the battery directive in EU member states refer to the QCPU User s Manual Hardware Design Maintenance and Inspection Transportation Precautions CAUTION When transporting lithium batteries follow the transportation regulations For details of the regulated models refer to the QCPU User s Manual Hardware Design Maintenance and Inspection CONDITIONS OF USE FOR THE PRODUCT 1 Mitsubishi programmable controller the PRODUCT shall be used in conditions i where any problem fault or failure occurring in the PRODUCT if any shall not lead to any major or serious accident and ii where the backup and fail safe function are systematically or automatically provided outside of the PRODUCT for the case of any problem fault o
334. ting hole of the AnS series base unit for mounting MELSEC Q series module For example using the conversion adapter allows utilizing the wiring connected to the AnS series I O module for the Q series module without change For details refer to the catalog of the upgrade tool 2 Using outside connection method the existing wiring for AnS series input output module connector type is usable No need to change the wiring only move the connecter to the Q series module Moreover it is possible to mount a module used with the upgrade tool on the same base unit eeeeeoeeoeeeeveeeeeeeeeeveeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeseeeeeee 1 INTRODUCTION Replacement procedures e Remove the existing AnS series modules together with the base unit and use the existing mounting holes to mount the upgrade tool Base adapter manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric Engineering Co Ltd Then mount the Q series By mounting the base adapter it is not necessary to redo the mounting holes If the existing base unit is mounted on a DIN rail the replaced Q series base unit can be directed installed so a base adaptor is unnecessary e Mount the upgrade tool Conversion adapter manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric Engineering Co Ltd on the mounted Q series I O modules e Remove the terminal blocks wired from the existing AnS series I O modules and mount the blocks on the conversion adapter The existing wiring is usable e Programs are a
335. tion 37 pin D sub connector accessory 37 pin D sub connector Existing external wiring can be system sold separately used Note that the connecting Applicable wire size 0 3mm 0 3mm A6CON1E O direction of the connector is inverted Current consumption 0 08A typ all points on 0 075A typ all points on O External dimensions 130 H x34 5 W x93 6 D mm 98 H x27 4 W x90 D mm O Weight 0 24kg 0 16kg O 4 Check the specifications of the sensor or switches to be connected to the QX81 2 The following shows the derating chart A1SX81 S2 QX81 43 C 100 100 26 4 VDC 90 80 On 70 28 8VDC gt 70 ratio 3s Z ao 60 60 S 50 a 40 6 40 O 10 20 30 40 5055 C 30 Ambient temperature 20 10 0 10 20 30 40 50 55 C Ambient temperature 3 REPLACEMENT OF I O MODULE 33 Specifications comparison between A1SX81 S2 and QX81 S2 O Compatible A Partially changed x Incompatible Cc t Specifications A1SX81 S2 QX81 S2 ban Precautions for replacement Number of input points 32 points 32 points O Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated input voltage 24VDC 24VDC O b The rated input current is Rated input current Approx 7mA Approx 6mA A 4 reduced OREO nGe 19 2 to 26 4VDC 20 4 to 28 8VDC The operating voltage range Remain ripple ratio within 5 ripple ratio withi
336. to 30VDC 10 2 to 28 8VDC Voltage exceeding 28 8VDC is range peak voltage 30VDC ripple ratio within 5 A not applicable Maximum load current 0 1A point 2A common 0 1A point 2A common D Maximum inrush current 0 7A 10ms or less 0 7A 10ms or less O Leakage current at off 0 1mA or less 0 1mA or less O Maximum voltage drop 0 1VDC typ 0 1A 0 1VDC typ 0 1A o at on 0 2VDC MAX 0 1A 0 2VDC MAX 0 1A Off gt on 1ms or less 1ms or less O w Response 5 tine On off ims or less 1ms or less o 5 resistance load rated load resistance load S Surge suppressor Zener diode Zener diode O Q Available Available 3 overheat protection function overheat protection function overload protection function overload protection function 9 The overheat protection function e The overheat protection function Protection function is activated in increments of 1 is activated in increments of 1 O point point e The overload protection function The overload protection function is activated in increments of 1 is activated in increments of 1 point point Common terminal 32 points common 32 points common o arrangement common terminal 2A1 2A2 common terminal 2A01 2A02 12 24VDC PDS Voltage exceeding 28 8VDC is External Voltage 10 2 to 30VDC 10 2 to 28BVDC A not applicable power ripple ratio within 5 Supply Current deme MAX 15mA common A The current value is increased typ 24VDC for each common 24VDC all points on On indication LED
337. to 7 48 7 1 Program Replacement Procedure ecccceeceeeeeeee eee tieee eee ene eee setae eee ee tees eee nieeeeeetaeeeeeeniaeeenee 7 4 7 1 1 Program conversion procedure from AnS QnASCPU to QCPU ee eeceeceeeeeeeeeettteeeeeeeenaees 7 4 7 1 2 Changing programmable controller type 0 ecceceeeeeeeee eee eeeee eee ee teense ee eaaeeeeeeeiaeeeeeetaeeeeereea 7 5 7 1 3 AnSCPU program conversion ratio cccecccscctecenscctentnensctacateeasccedaapens RANEA AAEE 7 8 7 1 4 Reading Reusing other format files eee ceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeaeeeeeeeeaaaees 7 10 E 2 Instr ction COMVEFSIOMN 2s cincss dei ceesd naa a a a a deeenada eee 7 13 7 2 1 List of instructions conversion from AnSCPU to QCPU Sequence Basic Application instructions cecececeeeeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeesececeecacaeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeteees 7 13 7 2 2 List of instruction conversion from AnSCPU to QCPU Dedicated instructions 7 18 7 2 3 Instructions that may need a replacement at instruction conversion from AnSCPU to QCPU 7 21 7 2 4 Instruction conversion from QnASCPU to QCPU 0 eeeee ee c ee tener rere ae eneeeeetaaeetaas 7 25 7 2 5 Instructions that may need a replacement after conversion from QnASCPU to QCPU 7 26 7 3 Precautions for Replacement of Parameter ccccccececeeeeeeeeeceneenecaeceeeeeeeeeeesencensaeeaeeaeeeeeees 7 27 7 3 1 Conversion from ANSCPU to QCPU 000 cccccceccec cece eee ee
338. ts on 0 05A typ all points on O External dimensions 130 H x34 5 W x93 6 D mm 98 H x27 4 W x90 D mm A Wiring space is narrower Weight 0 20kg 0 16kg O 4 Check the specifications of the sensor or switches to be connected to the QX40 3 REPLACEMENT OF I O MODULE 10 Specifications comparison between A1SX41 and QX41 3 22 O Compatible A Partially changed x Incompatible Cc t Specifications A1SX41 Diit Precautions for replacement Number of input points 32 points 32 points O Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated input voltage 12 24VDC 24VDC A 12VDC is not applicable R The rated input current is Rated input current Approx 3mA Approx 7mA Approx 4mA A 9 reduced oe aen eE 10 2 to 26 4VDC 20 4 to 28 8VDC 4 Decne Nee ripple ratio within 5 ripple ratio within 5 A NBG is notapplicable Maximum number of x A 5 Refer to the derating chart 3 Refer to the derating chart 3 O simultaneous input points On voltage on current 8VDC or more 2mA or more 19VDC or more 3mA or more A 12VDC is not applicable 1 Off voltage off current 4VDC or less 1mA or less 11VDC or less 1 7mA or less A 12VDC is not applicable 1 The input resistance is Input resistance Approx 3 3kQ Approx 5 6kQ A 9 increased 1ms 5ms 10ms 20ms 70ms or less Of
339. umber of mountable I O modules 3 modules can be mounted Extendability An extension base unit can be connected An extension base unit cannot be connected Mounting hole size 06 bell shaped hole For M5 screw M4 screw hole or 64 5 hole For M4 screw External dimensions 130 H x 255 W x 28 D mm 5 12 H x 10 04 W x 1 10 D inches 98 H x 142 W x 18 5 D mm 3 86 H x 5 59 W x 0 73 D inches Panel installation dimensions 235 x 110mm 9 25 x 4 33 inches c Comparison between A1S33B and Q33B AnS QnAS series A1S33B 129 x 80mm 5 08 x 3 15 inches For precautions for replacement refer to Section 5 3 1 When using the upgrade tool base adapter with existing mounting holes use the Q33B For extension connection use a main base unit supporting the connection Precautions for replacement Number of mountable 1 O modules 3 modules can be mounted Extendability An extension base unit can be connected Mounting hole size 06 bell shaped hole For M5 screw M4 screw hole or 04 5 hole For M4 screw External dimensions 130 H x 255 W x 28 D mm 5 12 H x 10 04 W x 1 10 D inches 98 H x 189 W x 44 1 D mm 3 86 H x 7 44 W x 1 74 D inches Panel installation dimensions 235 x 110mm 9 25 x 4 33 inches 169 x 80mm 6 65 x 3 15 inches For precautions for replacement refer to Section 5 3 1 For extensi
340. unit can be connected Mounting hole size 06 bell shaped hole For M5 screw M4 screw hole or 4 5 hole For M4 screw 130 H x 155 W x 28 D mm 98 H x 106 W x 44 1 D mm External dimensions 5 12 H x 6 10 W x 1 10 D 3 86 H x 4 17 W x 1 74 D inches inches Panel installation 135 x 110mm 83 5 x 80mm dimensions 5 31 x 4 33 inches 3 29 x 3 15 inches b Comparison between A1S55B S1 and Q55B For precautions for replacement refer to Section 5 3 1 The upgrade tool base adapter with existing mounting holes is available AnS QnAS series Qseres Precautions for replacement A1S55B S1 Number of mountable I O modules 5 modules can be mounted Extendability An extension base unit cannot be connected An extension base unit can be connected Mounting hole size 06 bell shaped hole For M5 screw M4 screw hole or 64 5 hole For M4 screw 130 H x 260 W x 28 D mm 98 H x 189 W x 44 1 D mm External dimensions 5 12 H x 10 24 W x 1 10 D 3 86 H x 7 44 W x 1 74 D inches inches Panel installation 240x 110mm 167 x 80mm dimensions 9 45 x 4 33 inches 6 57 x 3 15 inches c Comparison between A1S58B S1 and two Q55Bs Number of mountable I O modules Extendability For precautions for replacement refer to Section 5 3 1 The upgrade tool base adapter with existing mounting holes is available AnS
341. untable I O modules QA1S65B 5 QA1S68B 8 QA65B 5 Extendability Applicable module Mounting additional AnS series module modules is possible A series module 5 VDC internal current consumption 0 12A 0 11A 0 12A 0 12A Mounting hole size M5 screw hole or 5 5 hole For M5 screw M5 screw hole or 05 5 hole For M5 screw H 130mm 5 12inch 250mm 9 84inch f 315mm 420mm 352mm 466mm External dimensions W 12 4inch 16 55inch 13 86inch 18 34inch D 51 2mm 2 02inch 46 6mm 1 83inch Weight 0 75kg 1 00kg 1 60kg 2 00kg Accessory Mounting screw M5 x 25 4screws Applicable QCPU The following table shows CPU models that can use the QA 1S extension base unit as an extension base unit for the QCPU CPU Model Universal model QCPU QOOUJCPU Availability QOOUCPU Q01UCPU QO2UCPU QO3UDCPU QO4UDHCPU QO6UDHCPU Unusable Planned to support in the future High Performance model QCPU Q02CPU QO02HCPU QO6HCPU Q12HCPU Q25HCPU Usable Basic model QCPU QOOCPU Q01CPU Q01CPU Unusable Process CPU Q12PHCPU Q25PHCPU Unusable Redundant CPU Q12PRHCPU Q25PRHCPU Unusable 1 When using QA 1S extension base unit there are restrictions on the version of Universal model QCPU The QA 1S extension base unit cannot be used by the existi
342. ure or drop of the module When using the programmable controller in an environment of frequent vibrations fix the module with a screw Tighten the screw within the specified torque range Undertightening can cause drop of the screw short circuit or malfunction Overtightening can damage the screw and or module resulting in drop short circuit or malfunction When using an extension cable connect it to the extension cable connector of the base unit securely Check the connection for looseness Poor contact may cause incorrect input or output When using a memory card fully insert it into the memory card slot Check that it is inserted completely Poor contact may cause malfunction Shut off the external power supply for the system in all phases before mounting or removing the module Failure to do so may result in damage to the product A module can be replaced online while power is on on any MELSECNET H remote I O station or in the system where a CPU module supporting the online module change function is used Note that there are restrictions on the modules that can be replaced online and each module has its predetermined replacement procedure For details refer to the relevant sections in the QCPU User s Manual Hardware Design Maintenance and Inspection and in the manual for the corresponding module Do not directly touch any conductive part of the module Doing so can cause malfunction or failure of the module W
343. ury to the public or property Notwithstanding the above restrictions Mitsubishi may in its sole discretion authorize use of the PRODUCT in one or more of the Prohibited Applications provided that the usage of the PRODUCT is limited only for the specific applications agreed to by Mitsubishi and provided further that no special quality assurance or fail safe redundant or other safety features which exceed the general specifications of the PRODUCTs are required For details please contact the Mitsubishi representative in your region REVISIONS The handbook number is given on the bottom left of the back cover Print Date Handbook Number Revision Nov 2011 L NA 08219ENG A First edition Japanese Handbook Version L 08209 This handbook confers no industrial property rights or any rights of any other kind nor does it confer any patent licenses Mitsubishi Electric Corporation cannot be held responsible for any problems involving industrial property rights which may occur as a result of using the contents noted in this handbook 2011 MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC CORPORATION CONTENTS SAFE TY PRECAUTIONS eocenie aan ain anil a Aa A AAE A 1 CONDITIONS OF USE FOR THE PRODUCT 0 cccccccccceesseceeeceneceeeeeceeeeeeeeceeeesaeesceeeeaeeeeseeeeaeeseseesaeeessseeatees A 7 REVI TONS ien A teeters seed neat eye setae raat E trsatcns tunes taarunsieyeeeeciateraas A 8 GENERIC TERMS AND ABBREVIATIONS cccccc
344. utomatically converted by changing the programmable controller type from AnS QnASCPU to QCPU using GX Developer Even if the module arrangement is changed the I O can be assigned to the same number as before which cuts out the need to modify the programs and slot number for I O module Some instructions are not automatically converted In case of intelligent function module or network module programs and parameters need be changed Existing AnS series Q series Upgrade tool 4 Base adapter N 1 INTRODUCTION Ex Point 1 Conversion adapter Product MELSEC AnS QnAS Series module model MELSEC Q Series module model Conversion adapter A1SX10 A1SX10EU QX10 ERNT ASQTXY 10 A1SX40 A1SX40 S2 QX40 ERNT ASQTX40 Input A1SX40 S1 QX40 S1 Suen ATSA QX80 ERNT ASQTX80 A1SX80 S2 A1SY10 A1SY10EU QY10 ERNT ASQTXY 10 A1SY22 QY22 ERNT ASQTY22 Output A1SY40 A1SY40P QY40P ERNT ASQTY40 A1SY50 QY50 ERNT ASQTY50 A1SY80 QY80 ERNT ASQTY80 A1S64AD Q64AD ERNT ASQT64AD Analog input Q68ADV A1S68AD ERNT ASQT68AD Q68ADI A1S62DA Q62DAN ERNT ASQT62DA Anal tput nalog outpu A1S68DAV Q68DAVN ERNT ASQT68DA A1S68DAI Q68DAIN 2 Base adapter Product Main base unit Extension base unit Power supply Extension base unit None power supply CPU module and base unit MELSEC AnS QnAS Series module model A1S33B A1S35B A1S38B A1S3
345. utput after operation execution Reads or writes the internal The Q settes handles th clock data of the CPU module i i Seuss cheese yee four digits western calendar Clock function The clock data consists of year O A A whereas the AnS series handles month date hour minute the year in the last two digits second and a day of the week y gos Changes the programs of For the Q series it is necessary Section Write during RUN writes programs to the O O o to set the reserved capacity for 243 running CPU module the write during RUN in advance i Stores the data of the entire device memory area at the time Sete bie of error occurrence in the built o o The Q series does not support in memory or a memory the status latch function cassette and monitors the stored data by a peripheral Stores the data of the specified device memory area in the built in memory or a memory D 5 cassette at a set interval to Sampling trace O oO 4 a MPN Aol check the changes of the Q a device memory area and monitors the stored data by a peripheral The Q series does not support Stops the execution of a the steps operation function steps operation sequence program at the O O x This function can be substituted specified steps by the force external I O ON OFF function Separates the device memory d for the OUT ais fe ee F The Q series does not support Off line switch instruction from the operation O O x the off line s
346. witch function processing of sequence program f Replaces input output modules To replace the input output Online I O modul 8 i Malas while the CPU module is in x x x modules online use the Process change f z operation CPU o ka Perf If di tics t G Self diagnostic iam ROO Error codes differ between the n check for errors detect errors O a AnS series and O series and stop the CPU module 1 Universal model QCPU refers QOOUJCPU QOOUCPU Q01UCPU and others QnUCPUs 3 It is necessary to set the reserved capacity for the write during RUN in advance Default set to 500 steps 4 The function is not provided in QQOUJCPU 2 17 REPLACEMENT OF CPU MODULE 2 Comparison between AnSCPU and Basic model QCPU High Performance model QCPU O Available A Although available specifications such as setting method partially differ x Not available AnS series Q series A2USCPU High Function Description Precautions for replacement Reference AnSHCPU A2USHCPU Performance S1 model Control Constant scan Executes the sequence program at constant time intervals regardless of the processing time of the program Set this function with the special register D9020 for the AnS series and with parameters for the Q series Latch data retention during power failure Remote RUN STOP Holds the data of devices when turning off the power resetting and a momentary power failure longer than
347. wn indication t 3 and a signal is output to the CPU module External Voltage 100 240VAC 85 to 264VAC ONET An exierial power supply is not Current 2mA typ 200VAC common O required supply External connection 20 point terminal block connector 18 point terminal block T system M3 5x7 screws M3x6 screws Core 0 3 to 0 75mm Applicable wire size 0 75 to 1 25mm outside diameter 2 8mm x Wiri iring change is required 0 11 inches or less Applicable soldetiass R282 R29 Sleeved a oa cannot x terminal RAV1 25 3 5 RAV2 3 5 be used Current consumption 0 27A typ all points on 0 25A MAX all points on O External dimensions 130 H x34 5 W x93 6 D mm 98 H x27 4 W x112 3 D mm A Wiring space is narrower Weight 0 24kg 0 40kg A The weight is increased 1 Connect a fuse to every external terminal to prevent the external device and module at load short from burnout Also configure an external circuit if fuse blown indication is required 3 54 3 REPLACEMENT OF I O MODULE 7 Specifications comparison between A1SY40 and QY40P Specifications A1SY40 O Compatible A Partially changed x Incompatible Compat Precautions for replacement ibility Number of output points 16 points 16 points Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler O Rated load voltage 12 24VDC 12 24VDC O Operating load voltage 10 2 30VDC 10 2 28 8VDC X Voltage
348. word sewp r Allocate memory for write during RUN Clear PLC memory m Specifying an identical step to all files Fep e 7 Format PLC memory ceadna lencana a i Te Sarre NTE Arrange PLC memor Je Merge pepee staterent nate Create title Total free space Free space volume volume Bytes 2 27 REPLACEMENT OF CPU MODULE 2 4 4 Number of slots on the base unit The following table shows how to determine the number of slots on the base unit for each series Item Number of slots on the base unit 2 28 Model AnS series QnAS series Fixed to 8 slots regardless of the actual number Q series Same as the actual number of slots The number of slots can be determined in the parameter setting Supplement If other than 8 slot base unit is used in the Q series after replacement set the start XY address of each slot or set the number of slots to 8 in the I O assignment tab of the PLC parameter dialog box REPLACEMENT OF CPU MODULE y The following gives an example of replacing the A1S35B A1S68B system default parameter is used with the Q35B Q68B system I O assignment for the AnS series before replacement I O assignment for the Q series after replacement A1S35B Q35B v OZA X n OvA X a npow Add sulod g sulod 91 syulod 9 sinpow dD ainpow Ajddns Jamod sjulod 9 sjulod 9 sjulod 9 A ddns samodg suiod 9 OGA X
349. x Nesting N 8 8 8 8 15 15 Pointer P 256 256 256 256 4096 4096 Interrupt pointer I 32 32 32 32 48 48 Special relay M SM 256 256 256 256 2048 2048 Special register D SD 256 256 256 256 2048 2048 Special link relay SB x x x x 2048 2048 Special link register SW x x x x 2048 2048 Function input FX x x x x 16 16 Function output FY x x x x 16 16 Function register FD x x x x 5 5 Number of Comment points 3648 3648 4032 4032 vax PEE Max E comment points 13 Extended comment 3968 3968 3968 3968 x x Watchdog timer WDT Self diagnostics Boye ones o o o o o o Battery error detection etc ee i Stop Continue setting O O O O O O Output mode Re output operation status ores o o o o o STOP to RUN execution 9 The points indicate the number of usable points in the program 10 For the QnAS and Q series the steps relay S is dedicated for SFC programs 11 A memory card sold separately is required 12 The points apply when the size of a memory card used is 2M bytes 13 The number of comment points indicate the maximum number of points that can be written to the CPU module 2 10 REPLACEMENT OF CPU MODULE O Available Universal model QCPU A Although available specifications such as setting method partially differ x Not available QO0UJCPU QOO0UCPU Q01UCPU eli Ulo 10 QO03UDCPU Q04UDHCPU QO6UDHCPU
350. x 44 1 D mm 3 86 H x 9 65 W x 1 74 D inches Panel installation dimensions 305x 110mm 12 00 x 4 33 inches 224 5 x 80mm 8 84 x 3 15 inches f Comparison between A1S38B A1S38HB A1S38HBEU and Q38B Number of mountable I O modules A1S38B A1S38HB A1S38HBEU 8 modules can be mounted Extendability An extension base unit can be connected Mounting hole size External dimensions 06 bell shaped hole For M5 screw 130 H x 430 W x 28 D mm 5 12 H x 16 93 W x 1 10 D inches M4 screw hole or 64 5 hole For M4 screw 98 H x 328 W x 44 1 D mm 3 86 H x 12 91 W x 1 74 D inches Panel installation dimensions 410x 110mm 16 14 x 4 33 inches 308 x 80mm 12 13 x 3 15 inches For precautions for replacement refer to Section 5 3 1 The upgrade tool base adapter with existing mounting holes is available Precautions for replacement For precautions for replacement refer to Section 5 3 1 The upgrade tool base adapter with existing mounting holes is available 5 REPLACEMENT OF BASE UNIT AND EXTENSION CABLE 2 Extension base unit type requiring no power supply module a Comparison between A1S52B S1 and Q52B Number of mountable I O modules AnS QnAS series Qseres Precautions for replacement A1S52B S1 2 modules can be mounted Extendability An extension base unit cannot be connected An extension base
351. x27 4 W x90 D mm O Weight 0 24kg 0 16kg O 4 Check the specifications of the sensor or switches to be connected to the QX81 S2 2 The following shows the derating chart A1SX81 S2 QX81 S2 us 100 100 264 VDC 90 90 80 80 70 S 70 On 60 z S ratio a 60 60 50 50 40 6 40 30 31 25 24VDC 30 20 18 75 28 8VDC 20 10 o an 0 10 20 30 40 5055 C Ambient temperature 0 10 20 30 40 50 55 C Ambient temperature 3 45 3 REPLACEMENT OF I O MODULE 34 Specifications comparison between A1SX82 S1 and QX82 S1 3 46 O Compatible A Partially changed x Incompatible Cc t Specifications A1SX82 S1 QX82 S1 ilit Precautions for replacement Number of input points 64 points 64 points O Isolation method Photocoupler Photocoupler Rated input voltage 24VDC 24VDC O The rated input current is Rated input current Approx 5mA Approx 4mA A 4 reduced One inenaenetanae 19 2 to 26 4VDC 20 4 to 28 8VDC The operating voltage range itch USI nee ripple ratio within 5 ripple ratio within 5 A ditfers Maximum number of Simultaneously on 50 7 9 o simultaneous input points 16 points common 24VDC Refer tothe derating chart On voltage on current 18 5VDC or more 3 5mA or more 19VDC or more 3mA or more A The on voltage on current differ Off voltage off current 3VDC or less 0 45mA or less 9 5VDC or less 1 5mA or less A The off voltage off current differ S The
352. y PLC to PLC network is available 4 modules 4 modules remote I O network is not available Ethernet 1 module 4 modules 4 modules CC Link 2 module No limit No limit 4 There are restrictions on the version of CPU For details please refer to QCPU User s Manual Hardware Design Maintenance and Inspection App 2 Appendix 1 2 CPU module specifications comparison App 3 Function Contents AnS QnAS series AnS H CPU AnUS H CPU QnAS H CPU Control method Repetitive operation of stored program O O O 1 O control method Refresh mode Direct mode o i A 2 A 2 Language dedicated to sequence Programming language control Relay symbol Logic symbol O O O MELSAP language Processing speed Sequence instructions us step 1 0 0 15 0 075 Watchdog timer WDT Watchdog timer WDT ms 10 to 2000 200 5 to 2000 Memory capacity User memory capacity bytes Max 448K Max 1024K Max 2036K x 2 Memory cassette Memory cassette SRAM card Sequence program steps Max 30K x 2 Max 30K x 4 Max 124K Program capacity Microcomputer program bytes Max 58K x x Number of occupied 1 O points Number of I O points points 256 to 2048 512 to 4096 512 to 4096 Input device X points 256 to 2048 8192 8192 Output device Y points 4 256 to 2048 8192 8192 Internal relay M points 8192 Latch relay L points Total 2048 Tot
353. year western calendar whereas the AnS series handles only the last two digits Function Contents O Usable A Unusable x Partially different in spec e g setting method AnS series Basic model QCPU AnS H Q00J Q00 Q01 cpu CPU CPU CPU Precaution for replacement i For the Basic model QCPU it is necessary Changes writes to the program of a A Write during RUN 0 o l o l O 1 to set the reserved capacity for the write CPU in the RUN mode A during RUN in advance Stores the data of all devices in the memory cassette or memory card at The Basic model QCPU does not include the Status latch O x x x the occurrence of an error for status latch function monitoring by the peripheral device D Stores the data of specified devices at 8 3 the specified intervals for monitoring The Basic model QCPU does not include the Sampling trace A O x x x by the peripheral device to check the sampling trance function change of device status Step operation skip The Basic model QCPU does not include the s Stops the execution of a sequence f operation partial 1s O x x x step operation function Consider the debug program at the specified step i operation with GX Simulator Skips the devi d for OUT 3 z i cares ni 5 or x The Basic model QCPU does not include the Off line switch instruction in the operation processing O x x x i a off line switc

Series to Q Series Handbook (Fundamentals)

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents